A Research and Science in the Society What is the research for in the society? We may imagine the professionals engaged in these activities, shall we say, university professors, researchers in the public and private institutions, and even the lay inventors at home or in the neighborhood. The research is related with some of knowledge or ideas, which, however, should be creative and original. It is the main function of those professionals, and can develop in dissemination of the findings produced by research. It frontiers the knowledge of humans which enables a better view of world and generates the public welfare. The scholars are often those professionals who are required or in some cases, squeezed to produce an original contribution to the specific field of academy. As the society develops, we now require a scientific knowledge beyond the plain understanding of the nature and society (Creswell, J., 2009). The scientific knowledge is qualified of some elements, i.e., evidence-based, universal frame to be applied, sense of understanding, pragmatic in comprehension or application, more persuasion on theory, paradigm, typologies, intersubjectivity, empirical relevance and so. It informs a philosophy of humans, makes them conscientious and knowledgeable, as well as enhances a professional performance for not only their field but also other disciplines. For example, the criminal justice system borrows the idea or information confirmed by other disciplines, psychology and sociology notably. What is the Durham rule in the excuse of culpability? The scope of rule could not enjoy a persuasion if not to be supported by the works of psychologists. The scientific knowledge perhaps could recourse its most salient dynamism in coupling with an economic exploitation. A cultivation of knowledge to serve the economic use and its industrialization reveals it's competitive edge in the society. The kind of concepts, information age, e-technology, and intellectual property rights are leading the present time of narrative as we see routinely. May new laws, and new concept of e-education or egovernment, GMO products as well as the travel of universe in the near future also follow that the updated profile of scientific knowledge on the engineering and natural science contributed to expand our horizon of subsistence. Some Work on the Research Terminology The idea is a most crucial niche we need to visit in surveying the research terminology. It is pivotal to comprise the human sense and intelligence, and most naïve to verify if in deconstruction toward the basics. It is viral and uploaded into a mental recognition for the normal dimension of humans, but it is used critically in the research terminology about a crystallization into the research outcome, key aspect of research methods, motives for the research and so. For example, most convinced level of theory may be called as law, as such are the Boyle's law and others. The idea may be equivalent to the term, law, in this case (Reynolds, P. D., 2007). The typologies generally denote a method of classification, and could be seen as a seminal element which brings the research into any beginning scratch. However, it continues to be adhered with in the process of research and veritable through the production of research outcome. The usefulness of typologies need to be weighed seriously to begin any research work, and often desired to possess the quality of exhaustiveness and mutual exclusiveness (2007). The concept or statement is important to appreciate the research work in terms of the research design and performance as well as presentation or dissemination of ideas. The concept may pertain to the structure and basic quality of specific research work, which is pivotal to convey the ideas and truths of research. It is desired to be universal and coherent so that the application of theory could not be hurdled on a case by case basis. The statement is some definite form of expression from the researchers, which often denotes a conclusion of research work. It needs to have a clarity and supported by the forms of scientific evidence. The theory is an approved form of verity scientifically unearthed, and might be the point of culmination at which the researchers aspired to arrive at. The theory brings a public value enabling a prediction and explanation, and can be defined as a coherent set of framework and allegation to matter with the issues and phenomenon. It would contain the concept, analysis, logic and metaphor, as well as empirical data to prove the points of contest. It would hopefully be pragmatic to improve the lives of human. For example, the law may have the ideals of legal stability and predictability which saves an agent from an unexpected predicament. The context could be similar, but we may be unfortunate in the limits of present capacity concerning, for example, the prediction of earthquake completely. The basic characteristics of theory require three elements, say, abstractness, intersubjectivity and empirical relevance (2007). Abstractness serves the quality of truths to be more universal and applicable notwithstanding the circumstances specifically involved. Intersubjectivity increases the meaning of alleged truths, and denotes the aspect of shared agreement. In the research terms, we have three extents or scales in presenting the implications of scientific allegation or truths and concerning the elements composed by agents, God and world in the oriental perception, which might be equivalent of the physics and body dualism in the western concept. Interesting is that the Chinese view about the structure contains three which implies a lesser science for the long period of time and recent follow ups from a formerly religious attitudes. Kuhn paradigm could be defined as that of a grand scale or revolutionary impact which would directly affects the basic view about the world and human or social mode of existence. Historically, the findings of Newton, Darwinian theory of evolution and Marxist view of social evolution would qualify as Kuhn paradigm (2007). Newton may contribute for a severance between the humans and world against the heaven or God, which opened a turning point for new understanding of nature as well as the human dilemma or earthly faith. His concept on a weight and interconnectivity to pull each other and on bond signifies a human interaction and mode of subsistence. Darwin liked to wheel ahead this new commitment with his paradigm on the evolution of world or nature while Marx liked to wheel ahead with his paradigm on the evolution of a human interaction and mode of communal subsistence. Hence we can call them pioneering and revolutionary in perceiving the paradigm entangled with three basic elements. We can find several attributes within the Kuhn paradigm, "(i) It represents a radically new conceptualization of the phenomena; (ii) It suggests a new research strategy or methodological procedure for gathering empirical evidence to support the paradigm; (iii) It tends to suggest new problems for solution; (iv) Application of the new paradigm frequently explains phenomena that previous paradigms were unable to explain (2007, p.20).The Freudian theory of personality may be a candidate as one of Kuhn paradigm which opened a new paradigm of human intrinsic or essences. The paradigm would be a second rank of theory on its quality as well as the extent of version and application. It includes a persuasive scientific power to predict, explain and apply, and a scope of influence to inform or interact with the subsequent development of theories as relevant. Heiders's balance theory may come as a paradigm, and in this rank, we can derive a different conceptualization about the same research topic or concerns (2007). For example, two concepts on the research of status structure or social stratification between the elitists and pluralistic, may yield different frames ascribed independently as learned (2007). Typically, the following would reveal a notable theory qualified as a paradigm, "theories of cognitive balance, theories of social exchange, utility theory, pluralistic conceptions of status structure, elitist conceptions of status structure, Weber's conception of bureaucracies as goal-oriented mechanical systems, Barnard's conception of organizations as survival-oriented social systems, stimulus–response learning theory, information-processing models of cognitive processes, Structural–functional strategies" (2007, pp. 25-26). The paradigm variations would come in the last order where details or refinements would follow subsequently upon the presentation of Kuhn paradigm or paradigm that are ambiguous or unspecified (2007). They can enrich the initial paradigm by offering alternatives which are several and slight variations from the original conceptualization. The nature of paradigm variations in Kuhn's classification is not to involve any changes in the basic conceptualization of phenomena associated with the paradigm. Reflections Then research is the process and human activities to produce a scientific knowledge. The research terminology serves many purposes. I consider one aspect is important. To illustrate, it facilitates the sharing and enhancement of researchers' recognition in understanding the quality of works they pursue. Therefore, it serves its own independent purpose as an orientation and in ways of methodology. For example, the research ethics has been coined to respond with the abusive aspect of experiments, falsification of data, and others. For instance, there would we now consider some standards about the decent treatment of animals as a research object. We also may have some standards or factors in common that create a uniform community for the researchers. For our reference, M. Foucault, one post-modern thinker, commented that the dominant knowledge recognized are ahistorical, but that false consciousness could be rampant to serve the power at that time by the social elites and governing class (Michel Foucault, 1982; The SAGE Encyclopedia of Social Science Research Methods, 2013). In the face of this statement, we may not be settled to stay in our routine research work without some time on this comment. We may develop more cautiously to throw the question seriously into ourselves, i.e., whether the method or research performance is to be a best way or veritable? It is merely glib or in less comport with the paradigm of humanity or history? We may repose for some time about the basic tenet between the mind and physics. A Cartesian churning or Russell's leverage about the truthfulness of knowledge could occupy a person of researchers. Reference Creswell, J. (2009). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Reynolds, P. D. (2007). A primer in theory construction (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Boston: Pearson Education. Laureate Education, Inc. (2008). Research theory, design, and methods. Baltimore, MD: Author. "Introduction to Research Design" & "Doctoral Research: Advice" The SAGE Encyclopedia of Social Science Research Methods. Retrieved Dec. 3, 2013 from http://sage-ereference.com.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/socialscience/ Michel Foucault (1982). The Archaeology of Knowledge. New York, NY: Vintage Introduction As the research is endeavored in pursuit of interpersonal communication, of course, mostly within the scholarly circle, it invariably entails a philosophical horizon about the mainstream of propositions. The following would not be exhaustive, but I hope it to make a use in lighting the basics. Philosophies or Thoughts Useful for the Researchers Ontology could be a beginning point in exercising an intelligent work, and be defined as the thoughts or philosophy to find a verity concerning the nature of things or events, social system and institution as well as ground, process, implication in the cognition of object. It would be useful dominantly on the natural science in juxtaposition with the deontology. The latter would be more pertinent in the work of social science. Kant and other continental rationalists could complement the ontological approach and may enable to engraft it with the social science (The SAGE Encyclopedia of Social Science Research Methods, 2013). For example, the jurists may posit a serious question if the law could exist in any meaningful or coherent fashion to be cognizable? Empiricism can offer one way in a critical influence to expand the horizon of human awareness and may represent an emancipation from the black age in the wave of Renaissance (Cahn, S,M., 2012). Empiricism would be seen as a thought to find the ground of truths from our usual experience and draws a major point of contest whether the truth can be supported by the sensory perception or empirical data. The leverage needs to be made however, across the temper and time element of society, so that the classic age of empiricism may not be the same as that of present days. Rationalism could be a companion of empiricism which arose from the Continental thoughts as Descartes or Spinoza, and also served to emancipate the humanity from an exterior superiority (2012). Therefore, it is in a resonance with the ethos of enlightenment age and would be foundational to developing the science and modern frames of social science. Now as resurrected with the declaration from Descartes, "I exist because I think," humans are an agent on reason and prime or precious subject operating as a center of the nature or social events. He or she would no longer be a religious subject, nor charged with an ungrounded or absolute piety or loyalty toward any incomprehensible super being. Still earlier rationalists ascribe the innate nature of humans or body to the God or divine being, but his ability or intellectual extension toward the outside world could or should be on reasonableness and humanly persuasion. A syllogism or deductive reasoning could be instrumental to find the truths in this line of thought which would be in some contrast with the inductive reasoning in empiricism. The continental rationalism may incur a primal atmosphere for the German idealism and some effect on the aesthetics in logic or metaphor for the French thinking. Notably, the concept of Raison D'etat espoused by Hegel or Kantian articulation in coverage of epistemology, deontology, metaphysics, ethics, and aesthetics had yielded a powerful influence. His three set of treatise "Critique on Pure Reason,"Critique on Practical Reason,"and "Critique of Judgment," are considered some of harbor to resolve the parallel of empiricism and rationalism. This entitled him to be a central figure in modern philosophy, and was seen to bring a Copernican Revolution between the object and subject (2012). It is, for the researchers and scientists, a delicate point in performing a research work, in which even the natural science could be approached and reached a different conclusion in accordance with the personality or ethics of subject. The implication would be that a human surprise over the past period before Kant about the greatness of outer world, geographical discovery or revolutionary advance in the natural science, became moderated to reconcile. The wave on this track, to say, prosperity of rationalism, could carry the long run until it encounters a tragic war in the early of last century. The idealism has the quality to exclude others, which can fuel the background for the World War I. The intellectual influence or ethos was proven to escalate into any social conflict or dissention which brought a serious collapse of all the humanities. In refection of this worst extent, the counteractive strand of philosophy had grown, notably analytical reasoning and analysis proposed and developed notably by a British thinker, B. Russell. Now the Anglo-American line of thoughts require a clarity and analytical or convincing process of verification or understanding, which transcends the paradigm of aesthetic generalization or assertion of deontological superiority. Epistemology is the philosophy concerning how and on what basis as well as to what extent the humans can cognize the verity on the earth, hence, involves a hybrid nature of churning in scope of humanity, social phenomenon, provable methods, and possibly even the expression of cognition. The medium of expression on verity also can be analyzed to matter at linguistic basis, and the signs or symbols can be used to enrich a human understanding. Positivism would be one way to respond with a turbulence across the development of natural science and social needs to transform the paradigm. It bridged a leap of enlightenment in accomplishments and new findings which could engineer the science and society against the prevailing notion of authority or the context of Ancien Regime. It requires the quality of science to be strictly on the sensory perception, evidence, statistics and data which the kind of modern scientists cherish as their basis. It, therefore, as we hint on Comte's, contributed to dismantle an established regime or authority to bring the prosperity of civil society (2012). They could be free to allege their scientific truths which might be repugnant to the understanding of ruling class. They could enrich their ground by arming their theory or verity with new wave of positive thinking. For example, the legal positivism, perhaps one ramification of the positivist thinking can be in contrast with the natural theory that the law can have a valid ground for its source and effect. A Sovereign being in Austin or Hart and Grundnorm in the case of Kelsen could positively offer the ground for the validity of existing legal system. That is a thought as contrary to the passive retreat from the natural law theory. A formidable level of Ancien Regime or the concept of divinity inviolable over the history in times could lessen the extent of law as meager and allow a sole point of reference the natural order or similar others, but it turned positively to protest and claim a legitimacy of law within the preserve of legal positivism. The positivism is considered as emancipating the researchers from an implied oppression and restriction from the existing authority, perhaps religion or noble class in their times, as well as controversies about the stem cell research or other issues of research ethics in the present days. We may also consider a dilemma of innovators, for example, Einstein, involved in the development of atomic bombs in the last century. Constructivism is considered a principal attitude that the present scientists would employ most dominantly. In this purview of theory, the research findings or truths they allege are the product of constrictive process within the inner mind of them where an acknowledgement, comparison, assessment, evaluation, reflection, hence, any subjective nature of scientific process occurs (Reynolds, P. D., 2007). It could be seen one type of rationalism, but in an enhanced quality in response with the advancement of society. It might be akin to the objectivism which would be a prevailing attitude of lay persons, but can be distinct so that constructivists would be more appreciative in some cases, and could be more critical about the subjects or phenomenon (Laureate Education, Inc., 2008). Perhaps, it would help if we attribute that the objectivists may settle with the assumption that the racial minority would be a deprived class economically while the constructivists perceive a further step ahead about the reason, the extent of disparity and poverty issue. Conclusion There are many other intellectual traditions to affect the strands of humanity and society as well as influence the ways to view the world or unearth the truths of world. They would be a pragmatism, critical theory, deconstructivism, structuralism, post-modernism and so (2012; Michel Foucault, 1982). For example, the critical theory, notably from the Frankfurt school in Germany, would pose a serious challenge to the mainstream of western intelligence, and presented the new ways of approach to contest, critique, and deconstruct through the basics of humanity or ground justice of society the power-amok generalization or smacks in theory or assumption. This could be employed by the researchers as one way to contest and parallel the competing theories or version in the purpose to reach a tested and better view or conclusion of their research performance. The critical theory may be applied to a scope of disciplines, for example, the critical legal or race theory in parallel with the mainstream of American legal realism. If American legal realism focuses on the role and its realistic impact on the society, hence, econo-politically conservative or liberal and including many of sociological or psychological ways of investigation in creating a jurisprudence, the critical race theory would like to reveal its flaws or shades within the lack of justice as well as employ the form of narratives or post-modern type of dealings and impliedly critique such injustice. Reference Cahn, S,M. (2012). Classics of Western Philosophy. Indianapolis, IN: Hackett Publishing. Reynolds, P. D. (2007). A primer in theory construction (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Boston: Pearson Education. Laureate Education, Inc. (2008). Research theory, design, and methods. Baltimore, MD: Author. "Introduction to Research Design" & "Doctoral Research: Advice" The SAGE Encyclopedia of Social Science Research Methods. Retrieved Dec. 3, 2013 from http://sage-ereference.com.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/socialscience/ Michel Foucault (1982). The Archaeology of Knowledge. New York, NY: Vintage Some Thoughts on the Ethics and Research In the beginning, we may ponder on the attribute or quality of the relationship between the ethics and research as well as the epistemological implications from the terms. As we see, the research would be a course of action to pursue a scientific knowledge where we generally see it to be in comport with the human instinct and nature to know while it being toward a system building and archaeology, in the least, the network of intelligence or knowledge in any fine structure or cognizance. Hence, it would be related with levels of individual and social attributes, needs, and merits to advance the nation or international community (National Academy Press, 2009). Individually, the research often would arise to create a professional community or the jobs to generate his or her income source. The researchers, upon the completion of required training often would serve as a university professor and highly paid in-house researchers. They are a principal player to excavate a new knowledge and exercise a chief role to assess an intellectual leverage for the nation, as we see the National Academies or Institute of Medicine (2009). In Korea, how to perceive the 20 th history of nation in objectivity and more scientific or convinced as well as harmonized sharing has long been discussed and contended over the chaning nature of past administrations. The issues, from how to define the nature over time since its 1948 inauguration in terms of ideology and Republican form of government through the exact cause for the Korean War in 1950, was not resolved in any definite way, which subjects them to a controversy and disagreement among the historians and social scientists in Korea. Some constitutional scientists argue that the basic agreement of Korean people should be construed to support the malleable nature of social-liberalists democracy as inviolable as a matter of constitutional theory. That perspective has been countered by other group of scholars that the nation could not exploit or craft other ways of constitutional engineering, for example, an extremely applied social measure against the fundament of liberal constitutionalism. This tendency of Korean academy exhibits some implications. First, the debate was fueled by the 2000's MH Noh administration which pursues a new paradigm of national politics on the social nationalism. Second, the academic freedom was enhanced over time which could not be embraced in the militaristic or conservative nature of administrations pervasive until 2000. Of course, this plainly reveals a hard nature of science about any convincing outcome or general agreements on the sensitive scientific issues. As the researchers, scholars and writers are a person and individual in diverse beliefs and value, the elements may lead to a flourishing of understanding and expands the horizon of knowledge on one aspect, but requires an ethics, conscience and professional faith on the other hand (2009). For the history of Korean War in 1950, the prevailing version in Korea has long been suspected by the work of B. Cummings, and his view actually helped to inform the controversies about who provoked or actually initiated the war. As a matter of national policy, strategy or ethos, we are led to believe that North Korea is a culprit as a war perpetrator, which was challenged, but not as determinative of conclusion, by some of ambiguous proposition involving the turbulent years of pre-war escalation between the North and South. In the Cummings' version, we can hardly say the North Korea was definitely liable to that tragic war, which confused the usual awareness of Koreans. He is a scientist on the political science and history, and was reported to have a hardship about the available data or documents perhaps classed as a top secret. This episode discloses the limited nature of research not in the factor from a person or individual, but in the scanty of resources or data mattering with the research object and methods. Importantly, the case also can be perceived from the ethics of research where we are concerned if the truths or authenticity of knowledge should be deemed in primacy against the national policy or strategic needs (2009). Can we reconcile the constructivism in some general force, in the assumption that it is constructively true that NK invaded , with the scientific needs to truth, but to risk the strategic interest of the nation? This concern may bring an aspect of points in dispute and contention involving the freedom of expression or academic freedom, hence beyond the topic of this week. However, it shows that the research can be thought beyond its authentic sphere and can implicate the society, the concept of ethics, and the value or merit we can generally share. The issues of this kind, of course, could be illustrated worldwide, as we see in the Russian rejection of Mendelian genetics for a public policy reason. It actually crippled the Soviet biology in 1930's and the scientists of eugenics was one time forged, in misapprehension and for some strategic reason of nations and groups, to focus their research to demonstrate the inferiority of particular human groups (Creswell, J.W., 2009). Ethics in its linguistic understanding can be defined as the kind of standard that the human agents are required to comply with and that the society generally considers as desirable or virtuous. Hence, it would be an avenue to bridge the individual actors with the society in general or structure and governance as a system, and enhance the flat or liberal activities as the kind of value. In some case, the research may come entirely meaningless to be denied as a public value, for example, a plagiarism or falsification of important data, which, of course, would come in any serious misconduct of research. The ethics often is employed by many public authorities to interact with the society and maintain the integrity of organization or association. The spectrum would be extensive so that every organization, notwithstanding private and public in nature, virtually would pursue their mission within some frames of ethical code. Even solo business in Korea would be a member of business field associated in the national extent which is regulated or required to abide by the ethics. Large corporations often have an independent ethical code or charter of social commitment. It also occupies one chapter in the national public laws to guide or regulate the public employees. The American sociological, anthropological, educational, and Nurses association also shingle out their ethical code in the websites to encourage, inform, and regulate the researchers and interact with the public in the course of their professional research (2009). In ascribing the ethical requirement to the research, I consider two attributes as distinct from other dimension of organizations. As the research involves any flexibilities to pursue a frontier of scientific knowledge, they would be more vulnerable about the concept or command of ethics. They could be more easily enticed to employ any method or pursue a truth lacking a due consideration of its ethical aspect. Second, the researchers often are the most highly educated group in the society so that they have more a potential to share the necessities or role of ethics and requirements stressed by the code of conduct. This would be true, and this understanding has long prevailed while leading to a scanty emphasis on the research ethics in the past. However, this does not mean that the ethics education or professional focus on the enhanced commitment to the ethics could be lessened (American Psychological Association, 2011). The context now tends to shift demanding the ethics of researchers more seriously, particularly in response with the rapid advancement of scientific fields and its increasing impact on the national or international economy. Some Points about the Ethics of Researchers In sum, I may derive two dimension that the research ethics interact with the society and public, which I like to term a dual sphere between the intrinsic and transactional. The intrinsic sphere was scratched to require the substantive quality of research to be investigated. It falls within the essential aspect of research activities largely deferred to the learning, conscience, beliefs, attributes of scholarly field and so (Laureate Education, Inc., 2008). The dimension would often be entitled to the kind of privileges of academic freedom or freedom of expression. The transactional sphere is more amenable to regulation, moralities, and public demand or virtue. The ethical issues in this dimension could be anticipated, and may correspond with the phase of research activities, i.e., ethical issues in identifying the research problem, and those in the research purpose and questions and data collection. Hesse-Bibler and Leavy stated, for example, the ethical implication in identifying the research problem which is required of rationale and its importance (2009). It is also ethically required to benefit the individuals or study participants and not to marginalize or disempower them. It also brings an ethically proper status that the proposal developers effectively convey the purpose of research to the audience or readers and assessors including the central intent and questions of a study. It should be aware that the institutional board of research (IBR) has to be instituted as a matter of federal law within the campus, which could play a role to ensure the ethics in the phase of data collection and provides a professional assessment about the a scope of risks, i.e., physical, psychological, social, economic or legal harm (2009). For a due protection of participants and clarity about the ethics issue, it would be wise or required in some cases to use the informed consent form containing a relevant information, for example, indication of how the participators were selected and identification of the sponsoring institution (2009). The research would progress in the later stage involving a data collection and interpretation as well as writing and disseminating of the research. The ethical issues in this phase are diverse, for example, who owns the data, how to protect the anonymity of individuals, roles, and incidents in the project, the duration of period to keep the data, professionally acceptable and accurate interpretation of data, and so (2009). The writing stage also require the researchers have to ethically progress, for example, due regard in authorship for the coresearchers or participants, a reasonable calculation about the repercussion of conducting the research on certain audiences and no misuse, no misappropriation to personal needs or other impermissible purpose (2009). Considerations concerning the Scenario I Scenario 1 stimulated an interesting aspect of researcher's ethics concerning the conflict of commitment. The conflict of commitment can be distinguished from the conflict of interest, but can be escalated into or interplay with the latter and sometimes poses the challenges in a combined influence to explore what is the right ways to respond with. The researchers are required to be loyal, fiduciary, faithful, honest as well as to support the interest of employers or organizations which raises a difficult and sensitive ethical dilemma. The conflict of interest may arise when the issues or challenges in the course of research involves an ethical dilemma whether to act in the interest of researcher himself or in the interest of other sublime or professionally desired ethical requirement (2009). The context often matters with the employment relationship as we see the scope of university patent right shared by innovators, what we call a collective right of patent. In some cases, the authorship or copy rights would be discussed whether it meets the ethical standard if the copyright is exclusively held in title and economic status by the university or based on the written agreement. In this case, the conflict of interest could be narrowly construed to cover an economic quality about the interest involved which could be generous for the researchers. If the conflict of interest would be conceived in an extended area of coverage, the professor researchers would be unduly restrained to research or teach, which, therefore, can raise an aspect of academic freedom. The status of researchers, in this consideration can factor to define the requirements of ethics when the conflict of interest issue arises. A more highly paid and in distinct commitment to serve the for-profit firms or enterprises may be required of a stringent standard of ethics. Besides the status of researchers, the circumstances and environment of society may vary in the quality and cultural elements which can have a potential to make fall with a subtle difference. The conflict of commitment can be viewed to cover the job requirement and positional responsibility in a more emphasis than the consequential injustice or undue interest and loss. Therefore, it involves an ethical dilemma and standard expected to correspond with the whole of job duties or commitment as well as the expected role as an employee. In Korea, for example, the polifessor denotes a university professor to impermissibly digress their responsibility for the political activities. They do not receive a due regard since their faith or commitment was diverted from their intrinsic role to research and teach. In some cases, the renowned professors earn an extra income to put his name on the list of ex partite corporate directors for the big firms. This could also arouse the conflict of commitment if their loyalty split against the interest of employers. Dr. Frederic in the scenario is a very competent professor to recruit a number of graduate students by subsidizing the research funds. It is meritorious to increase the research activities, and yield a dual benefit for creation of jobs and quality education for them (2009). However, the bad aspect could be present to obstruct a desired paradigm of graduate education by imposing a chores or work engagement often not required for normal graduate students. In the Scenario, Sandra could develop his skill to respond with the demand of funding institutions and production of fine reports to attract them (2009). He also could be excited about the pieces of contribution which, however, would be desultory or fragmented against a coherent progress toward a final dissertation and delay the time to enable a structured contemplation for his research goals for the completion of degree. Therefore, the conflict of commitment can arise for both of them as a supervisor and advisee. That would implicate both since we have a separate code of conduct for the professors and students as well as the campus research. The problem, in my view, seems not so serious provided if the graduate education eventually purports for the kind of research as Dr. Frederic's. In some dimension, we may also take account of the factors that the graduate studies and production of dissertation could be seen basic and Sandra can receive a useful skill or tactics as a professional researcher well in advance. The kind of partnership may apply to this case as a junior researcher who would be foundational for his professional career. On the other hand, the points would be serious provided if the partnership may go in some impermissible way. The charismatic culture of labs and interpersonal dominance could contribute to create a mishap. An adequate compensation should be reimbursed for the work of research assistants, for instance. No sexual or other improper relations should be guaranteed which could deprave the research team. A due regard must be afforded for the graduate assistants as a junior researcher, which means a need to encourage and avoid an unnecessary reprimand or suppression for a higher productivity. Most importantly, Dr. Frederic has to mainstream the commitment to boost a graduate education and has to have a perception that Sandra's main goal is to complete his graduate education in the most effective and successful manner. An excessive work demand or treatment as a maiden or servant for the physical work and personal chores also is cautioned to avoid. As the Scenario involves a research funding, I consider that the bias or misdirection affected by the funded institution could be a serious factor and particularly so since the relations are inextricably implicated about the living education of ethics (2009). Dr. Frederic faces with no way but to interact, and his action or decision is critical in cultivating the professional quality and attitudes of Sandra. In terms of the conflict of commitment, one point needs to be recalled that the academic supervisor extend his responsibility of education and supervision when he transfers to another university or college. Given a competitive market of professors and researchers, the supervisor may have to transfer for reasons, notably insufficient compensation against his contribution and utility or merit. He may be faithful to accompany his graduate students or arrange a due aftermath for the prospect of his advisees. Reference Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches, Baltimore. MD: Laureate Education Inc. American Psychological Association (2011). Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association, Washington DC. USA. National Academy Press. (2009). On being a scientist: Responsible conduct in research (3rd ed.). Washington, DC. USA. Laureate Education, Inc. (Executive Producer). (2008). Research theory, design, and methods. Baltimore, MD: Author. Zalta, E. N. (Ed.). (2013). The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy. Retrieved from http://Plato.Standford.edu/archives/spr2013/entries/ctitical-theory The Researchers' Ethics and its Increasing Profile in the Contemporary Society As a scientist, the ethics functions to ensure an objectivity and veritable ground to be prerequisite for a scientific truth. Being a scientist surely goes beyond the professional competence and skills of research. It would be a kind of socially interactive and value concept from the bottom line of professional performance. For example, animal research is reviewed on the basis of ethical standard where some universities are proud to mark A grade. A decency and human like commitment to prevent a cruelty or ill effect involving animals for the society, neighborhood, as well as environment could be a factor to respect. Being a scientist requires a compliance with the code of conduct since they now begin with the research career as one of privileged class in the society (National Academy Press, 2009). As the nature is a little flexible unlike other professions, we would not be imposed as any formal context of ethics or inauguration about the ethics. For example, the national bar associations including various states of the United States formally adopt the code of ethics and provide an ideal or standard of practice as well as the disciplinary system of bar members. The oath of Hippocrates for the medical doctors also could be exemplary to found their ethical commitment. As such interdisciplinary nature of studies and research, what we sometimes call a conscilience by E. Wilson within various branches of science, develops, we may share same strand with those two professions. Often, the social science can interact with and increase a mutual awareness from the attitudes of Bar Association while the natural science may discuss a similar element for the accords or learning with the medical science. Of course, some points in distinction could vary and may be incorporated into each branch of science so that we can confirm many websites, for instance, sociological, anthropological, chemical, about the ethical languages encouraged to respect. The researchers and adjacent professions, for example, university professors generally are not a capitalist class in the society, but involve a distinct role to excavate the new knowledge and education. The importance of science and education have increased its profile in response with the highly technologically advanced society (Laureate Education, Inc., 2008). A scope of universities extends their service for a community outreach to invite the local high school students and stimulates their curiosity or scientific interest as potential innovators. The National Academy instituted a National Academy of Inventors which signifies an undefined and random as well as universal commitment for an innovation and new horizon of scientific knowledge beyond the traditional structure in hierarchy, to say, the national academies, national medal of science, Nobel Prize and so. Nobody could deny the importance of science in the contemporary society since it plays to invite a new worldview, more decent standard of living, new frames of social system and interaction, and frontier to generate a new source of income (2009). Hence, the research work would be both sacred and meritorious to encourage and even stimulated as we see in the concept of creative economy developed in UK and now applied in Korea. As the course of conducting research generally involves a soft nature of interaction and as true from its academic nature, for example, survey or experiment and some others, the ethical standard would differ and often impose a lesser stricture with some moderate form of paragraph. However, it would be unwise to conceive any trade-offs between the median pay level of researchers and the standard of ethics. That is because the research work would be a process of sanctity as a noble class of profession and provides a model to inculcate the citizenry. I believe, therefore, that the higher standard of ethics is desired and should be practiced despite the logic of economically just calculation between the involved factors (2009). As vice versa, we also can consider the economic merits of research. I may be correct if we define the grand stage in the transformation of human subsistence about the history of science, covering the stone age, bronze age, iron age, and perhaps an information age. I am not certain why we do not interpose that the invention of electricity from Edison whatsoever. In any case, the contemporary researchers now perform to push a minimal but meaningful progress within that grand genre. If we are available of this grand picture in mind, its can serve moderating, on the other hand, a salience, competitive quality or overgone zeal involved in the research work so as to restore their conscience, sense of affinity and social attitudes or better construction of meaning. They could refresh from a tension and strains toward the socially eclectic conscience which could proffer a concrete platform for the standard of ethics. The economic factors in the field of research ethics would be typical in addition to the human rights, environmental preservation, and public or participant's health. The patent could ensure a certain of research revenue while the copyright of exciting literature also does the same. It was publicly disclosed that the publishing companies of science journals have been interested in the commercial benefit more than the sacred mission to inform and disseminate a scientific knowledge. In the counteractive response since 1980's, the free on-line scholarship or on-line publication was pursued from the mindful scientists against the traditional academic publication. They generally oppose the basic tendency to cherish an economic incentive. For example, they critique that the publishing companies may decrease the rejection rate of articles in the attempt to increase their profit. Today, one Nobel Prize winner announced the ill side of traditional journals to obstruct a more efficient publication of research findings, scholarly proposition, assertion and arguments. This new idea may cohere with a democratic justice of academy and perhaps can even elevate to the concept of "creative common" as illustrated in the US initiative of the National Academy of Inventors. The economic factor often involves a conflict of interest in the context of research funding (Creswell, J.W., 2009). It would be a central point to be stressed in terms of the research ethics that the researchers should be vigil to stay unbiased and neutral from the influence of funding institutions. Scenario 2 and Some Advice Hopefully Workable A Scenario 2 I picked up for this discussion purpose exposes a distinct situation where the personal bias may work to meddle the objectivity and neutral attitudes that must be tuned through the completion of research (Week 2 Discussion Thread, 2013). However, it can be perceived that the factor would not be strong unlike other examples, i.e., rejection of the Mendelian genetics in Russia as a matter of state policy and Euginca to distort the objective stance in the interest of state strategy and for the scientific support of inferiority of specific ethnicity (Creswell, J.W., 2009). The context can be assimilated in sense with the sexually harassed female researchers, who are about the research question of gender or sexual statistics of society. Some researchers may be given a similar status when they lose their father or mother in the traffic accident from the drunken drivers. They could be subject to a question if they are neutral or unbiased about the research on traffic accident. I may make several tips of advice for a research in this scenario. First, the researcher needs to have some time about his role and responsibility within the society and for his respective professional circle. For example, he may increase his sense and beliefs as a researcher by consuming time on the books on Legens philosophy and transcendalist's work, for example, from Bergson. The bible also can sublimate his spiritual commitment as a researcher. It also would be wise to reflect his decades or years of research career if he is a senior researcher. It would also be wise to make time to consult or communicate with the higher rank of researchers or senior supervisors who, in many chances, would experience a same dilemma or crisis in his professional course of career. Second, he or she gets better to reconsider the research question and basic framework of research proposal if he still were to be uncertain about his conviction on objectivity. There are a scope of inquiries that a researcher can contribute his competence and wisdom as a researcher. There possibly are many encumbrances to change or retreat from the research question, for example, funded context, school policy, its high profile of academic merits, and loss from a cancellation due to partial performance, and so on. In a scope of civil law traditions, the civil procedure law provides a three set of rules about the mandatory avoidance, claim based avoidance, and voluntary avoidance of judges if the situation involves a suspicious environment about the fair administration of justice. For example, a close kindredship between the judges and litigants can lead to a mandatory retreat from the case at bar. Of course, the science is less strict about the objectivity and neutrality since the subjective strands of researcher could be a source to produce the creative knowledge and serves enriching the views or research findings in diversity as well as possibly on the active debate for scholarly flourishing. However, the researcher, in some points, is required to keep neutral and unbiased as well as to make an objective assessment. For instance, the statistical or qualitative analysis should be objective so as to merit the verity of research findings. Therefore, the kind of idea, voluntary avoidance practiced in the judicial institution can be applied to a researcher in this scenario unless other supervening force from the environment or factors is present. Third, a researcher seems to conduct in the stage of data collection and analysis since he now is brought to the question about the survey participant who is a Muslim and of Mid East Asian origin (2013). I like to advise to make a team or employ a coworker to consult and discuss the certainty about an objective survey. His personal sufferance could be neutralized and prevent a bias within an interactive approach for the research. He also needs to have an awareness not to fear or apply an indecent treatment which may bring a undue consequence procedurally and substantively. The participant may be apprehended to affect his role as a research subject if the researcher is not decent and courteous. The course of conducting a research would be the kind of enterprise that the researchers and participants consume a time in process and therefore one mode of human subsistence in this science age. In the process, we may find the operation of human rights, ethical interaction, material and psychological welfare, which would be respected in the varying nature of time length for the completion of research. For example, an anthropological work in the endogenous community of Africa may require a decade of years to meet the research purpose. The principal investigator, correspondence researchers, co-workers, and participants are the kind of enterprise to share and please themselves. Forth, the participant has to be informed adequately about the research question and purpose, which helps to eliminate a sense of affront or dereliction from a sudden intrusion of survey question or other activities for the data collection. In some cases, it would be ethically desired to provide an adequate compensation in response with the work and efforts dispensed by the participants. The universities and colleges often are required to institute the IRB for facilitating and monitoring the ethical standard of research. In many probabilities, the researcher would be encouraged to use the informed consent form in the end to clarify the critical factors of research and seek an informed consent. The researcher in my Scenario is highly recommended to use that form if available, which would enable a prudence and opportunity of reflection by undertaking the stern and formal process. Fifth, the participant, who is extensive to substantially influence the research success or findings, could be given a status as a shared authorship. The context seems not probable, however, provided if the participant might be charged to merely respond to the survey questions. Reference Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches, Baltimore. MD: Laureate Education Inc. Laureate Education, Inc. (Executive Producer). (2008). Research theory, design, and methods. Baltimore, MD: Author. National Academy Press. (2009). On being a scientist: Responsible conduct in research (3rd ed.). Washington, DC. USA. Week 2 Discussion Thread (2013). Research Theory: Recognizing and Avoiding Bias, Retrieved from https://class.waldenu.edu/webapps/portal/frameset.jsp?tab_tab_group_id=_2_1&url=%2Fwe bapps%2Fblackboard%2Fexecute%2Flauncher%3Ftype%3DCourse%26id%3D_4093596_1 %26url%3D. Terms, Theoretical Concept, Operational Definition and Theory As we agree, the goal of scientific knowledge is to provide a system of classification, socalled a typology as well as explanations, predictions, and a sense of understanding (Reynolds, P. D., 2007). The statement that the scientists argue has to have an empirical relevance, and defined as the description of a relationship between two or more concepts and statements. It needs to avoid an abstract expression, and can covey a clear message for the audience. The scientists employ the medium of expression in the form of language, math, and symbols, which generally are the ways to communicate his ideas. As the language is a most dominant medium, the terms are important which are classed as primitive and derivative terms (2007; Hempel, 1952). The term needs to be defined clearly to serve his frame of studies and coherently upheld through a research piece. A piece of researches to be grouped into a common theme also require a consistence and coherence in use of terms which also increase its persuasive power in the logic and aesthetics. It could be coherently related on the basis of "schedule of reinforcement" to be used and discussed onward and backward to expose the archaeology of scientific knowledge in any convincing manner. The terms or its definition would arise between the dictionary and real ones (2007). The dictionary definition of terms would incur a benefit that it is universal and common most in comport with the community. In a purpose or special needs, the researcher could be tempted to use a real definition of term which would bear the realistic aspect of terms in operation, interaction, and phenomenology. For the researchers, the real aspect or definition of terms would be more challenging and actually frequent which often requires a devotion of time for the shared agreement in understanding his theory or proposition. The derivative terms perhaps would be amenable to a different cognitive receipt as we are illustrated the expression, "the butterflies in my stomach." Unlike the butterfly (primitive term) designated in a concrete epistemology, it could be used to describe the situation or human feelings in variance. For example, it may describe the first big hump of a roller coaster or going down in a fast elevator (2007). The theory is generally a coherent set of scientific knowledge to be applied and used by the lay people as well as the scientists in pursuit of their professional or occupational goals. The theory often involves a theme, event and occurrences which influence our way of livings, including the social interaction and subsistence as a subject. The theory is based on the science, and possesses a quality to be distinct on evidence, empirical data, logic, metaphor, ascetics, and applicability (SAGE, 2013). It is preferably to be abstract, but could come to explain or propose addressing the concrete setting, and eventually to be stretched to a specific or terminal object in coverage as "concrete-difference." The theoretical concept would center to bring the plane where the operational definition could be extended in the procedure of measurements and the interobservers properly trained would generally arrive at the same result. If the theoretical concept or operational definition is too concrete, its scientific role or quality could be diminished (2007). The science would be pseudo-perfection of actual phenomenon and the frame of approach or receipt into a human creature, so that the levels of abstraction is inevitable or indispensable which often is in rank order from theoretical, operational and concrete. In order to forge a sense and knowledge into a human agent, the theory could take the form of hypothetical constructs (2007; MacCorquodale & Meehl, 1948) and operational definition could lay the status of hierarchy in accord with (1) its relation to a theoretical concept, and (2) its suitability as a measurement procedure (2007). Some Thoughts on the Form and Role of Theory The theory has three different forms in presenting a scientific knowledge or new research findings, which are "set of laws form, axiomatic, and causal process" (2007). As said, it provides a typology about the humanity, nature and society to create a knowledgeable person in levels and paradigm. Hence, it is a bridge or liaison between the agent and exterior circumstances or conditions. It, therefore, is keenly related with breeding or educating a person. The theory would be both horizontal and vertical which corresponds with its coverage and degree of understanding. The high school curriculum could be more comprehensive, hence horizontally universal, and the college level, through the graduate or research education. The vertical extent would be deepened accordingly, but the theory or topic could be specific or address a professionally shaped and narrow fashion. The theory in a specific topic may, however, be studied in a consistence and decades of pursuit with many articles, proceedings or books and scientific comments, to accomplish a greater contribution about the horizontally universal question which could lead to the winning of Nobel Prize and so. Their contribution is to be used to inculcate a better world view for the high school or college students where we often find a set of laws form of theory and axioms. An axiomatic theory would be in the hierarchical influence for the theme or topic, which, in turn, allows a scope of propositions based on the axiom (2007). There are pros and cons about the three forms, but the causal process would be preferred since it is interrelational, less susceptible to the intersubjectivity strand of truth, practical and dynamic, and most readily convincing or often actual from the support of a process and phenomenon. While the axiomatic form includes an interrelated set of definitions and statements, as seen advantages, it could be less strong to arouse a sense of understanding for the conceivers. The causal process often involves no distinction between the axiom and proposition, and the factors to compose a truth would be of equal importance to provide a set of dynamism on process (2007). Although not in a complete fit, we may suppose a comparative sense between the prescription of laws in the civil law country and sociological trait of law from the common law system. The former often evokes the manner or structure of legal findings or virtue as a hierarchical form of statutory provision. It could be seen a kind of axiom or set of laws form in theory, which is maturated into any scientific knowledge as best suited to their society. Hence the role of legislature could be placed central to create a scientific knowledge and theory. The judiciary is expected, in this theory generating structure of law, to plainly implement the findings of legislature by supplementing with the interpretive works for a vacuum or insufficiency of statutory language. The latter, in contrast, cherishes a case law contemplated, as typically illustrated in the words of Holmes, concerning how the judgment or court opinion could effect to process or in higher expectations, improve the society. Therefore, the court opinion often includes a lengthy story of facts, and presents in pages the legal theory and social implications. Three form of theory also can be constructed which would fall to the same trait in response with the three forms of statement, i.e., existence statement, relational statement, and causal statements (2007). Other dimension to be aware of would lie between the deterministic or probabilistic statements, in which the advent of latter approach could serve expanding the applicability of science and ways of understanding. If the science requires a self perfection, the space that a deterministic statement could play would not be extensive. The findings of probability could be seen significant for the outreach of scientific minds. The role of theory is extensive across the biological aspect of human, social, economic, political or legal (Freund, J., 1973). The theory is an actual generator of scientific knowledge while its level or quality could vary across the time and space, which made an agent distinctive from the animals or other species (Creswell, J., 2009). It provides a human to think and meditate, and reduce a hunch or intuition, which enables to consume a much more time for the long life span generally. It enables making a reasonable retreat to appreciate and handle so that many educators encourage to read and meditate. It provides a source of software to intellectually govern the exterior conditions and circumstances serving a human dignity from the barbarians. They could select a better option about the alternatives they face with. The role of theory also is critical to raise a commonality of society and its congruence. For example, the medieval advancement of science from the middle east countries or annotators work on the Roman law, contributed to increase the present vocabulary of English or science. The theory, by ways of the diverse context of exposure and opportunity to learn, generally influences to shape a whole of person and their world views. In some cases, it could eventually lead to a passion or sharing on the same footing. For instance, the theory of beneficence from the imperial rule may impress a different concept on the humans as we see in the Japanese argument. They perceive a Japanese rule for 36 years (1910-1945) increased the industrialization of Korea which might, in some aspect, be positive or encouraging. The understanding of Koreans, however, is fairly contrasted so that the exploitative nature of rule, arbitrary governance with the discrimination and suppression, invasion of national sovereignty as well as the international peace and others, are worse of a serious repentance from Japan. This perspective in differences, supposedly not in disagreement though, historically could generate a different understanding of comfort woman in the war time between two authorities. This issue has long been in the international highlight which still was not resolved in any satisfactory manner. The role of theory could also be illustrated with the striking insensibilities of Chang's execution in North Korea, which occurred on Dec. 12, 2013. The political and legal theory would differ between the communist and liberal states. As a variegated form of communist regime, North Korea has exerted to make it concrete the Kim's rule on hereditary basis. For the absolute hierarchy of communist economy and working class, the antithetic attitude can be punished so cruelly with a short trial and immediate execution. The concept of due process is other theory unavailable for the rule of North Korea. In our weekly purpose, the role of theory has typical implications to interact with the researchers who are responsible to create the theory and scientific knowledge (SAGE, 2013; Walden Center for Research Support, 2013). It inculcates the peers and enriches the resources for a level-playing ground. The Kuhn's paradigm perhaps could come to be shared by the researchers. A researcher also can work on the axioms to breed him a protégé of proponents. A new theory produces the plane to test and apply, and make an application. Reference Creswell, J. (2009). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Freund, J. (1973). Les théories des sciences humaines. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France. Hempel, C.G. (1952). Fundamentals of Concept Formation in Empirical Science. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. MacCorquodale, K & Meehl, P.E. (1948). On a Distinction between Hypothetical Constructs and Intervening Variables. Psychological Review. vol. 55, pp. 95-207. Reynolds, P. D. (2007). A primer in theory construction (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Boston: Pearson Education. The SAGE Encyclopedia of Social Science Research Methods. Retrieved Dec. 17, 2013 from http://sage-ereference.com.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/socialscience/ Walden Center for Research Support: "Office of Student Research Support" Retrieved Dec. 17, 2013 from http://researchcenter.waldenu.edu/Office-of-Student-Research-Support.htm Certificate of Completion The National Institutes of Health (NIH) Office of Extramural Research certifies that Kiyoung Kim successfully completed the NIH Webbased training course "Protecting Human Research Participants". Date of completion: 12/15/2013 Certification Number: 1344750 Introduction This discussion post intends to discuss a model article which addresses their theme on the quantitative methodology. It was assigned as pertains to the discipline of public policy and administration. The research was undertaken by three or assistants, and the authors ofarticle were presented in three names of professor, R.C. Feiock & A. Steinacker & Park, H.J. The title of article is, "Institutional collective action and economic development joint ventures," which featured in the journal of Public Administration Review 69(2), 256-270. Hereinafter, the article will be referred to "article A or article." The Defining Characteristics of Quantitative Research and Article A The article A used a quantitative method where the basis of argument, suggestion, and prediction relied on the variables, i.e., independent, dependent, occasionally intervening or control variables (Constantine, M. G., Barbara, C.W., Kindaichi, M. M., 2005; Creswell, J.W., 2009). The principal purpose of article is to test a theory that the transaction cost determines the propensity of local governments to engage in the economic development joint action. The local governments basically function as competitive to attract the constituents, and in the tenet to interact with the political externalities provided in system and structure of government. The article is intended to test the theory, frame a scientific finding to predict the behavior of local governments, which is an attribute of quantitative methodology (2009). That is comparable to that of qualitative method whose purpose principally is to generate a theory itself. The quantitative method employs a deductive method beginning with the theory to be tested, discussed, analyzed, and suggested or predicted with implications and based on the research findings. The researchers placed a theory in the beginning as typical of quantitative method and posed their research question which challenges a prevailing assumption derived from the theory (Laureate Education, Inc., 2008; 2009). Often, the research questions would be placed right before a theory, but can be presented in the section of introduction. The researchers generally label the section as the theory, theoretical conceptualization or literature review. They are required to search a related, influential, cohesive scope of literature preferably within their specific discipline, which would not be unnecessarily larger to blur the focus of research. They present a set of extant literature in summary and essence, its use of theory, impact, strengths and weaknesses, academic and social implications, while it might be critiqued. The article employs a scope of independent variables which the researchers consider relevant and meaningful to his topic or theme. They include, for example, joint gains, information cost, division of joint gains, agency const which could be believed to constitute a transaction cost, variables in coverage affecting the dependent variable, in this case, the likelihood of advancing into the joint venture agreement between the local governments. The joint venture represents a critical strand or criterion in explicating the researchers posit about the institutional collective action. The theory contains a statement on the basic of scientific truths and influences the belief system of humans which would be deterministic or probabilistic, and could be presented in three forms (Reynolds, P. D., 2007). In the extent of literature, the researchers summarize the literature in a fairly axiomatic form or partially a set of laws and causal process which should be tested or suggested. On this point, the confidence in theory would be an important concept in appreciating the role of quantitative research. The confidence in theory often would not be overhauled or discarded at any one moment of challenges. It may be gradually eroded or increased by being tested, suggested and in cycle of interactive research performance. The theory, in essences, are comprised of terms and concepts in the form of statement (2007). The article A would be incomplete to frame any general context of concept, but its postulate with the key terms, to say, economic development joint venture or institutional collective action, could be bred into a theory as being tested or explored by the future research. It, therefore, should be ambitious to suggest a follow-up work about the map of specific local governments concerning the realities or expectations of collective action. In this sense, the quantitative research is not entirely isolated from the potential to generate a theory itself. The authors are fairly concerned of a relationship between the economic stress or fiscal pressure of local governments and the likelihood to enter into the joint venture arrangement or collective actions (R.C. Feiock & A. Steinacker & Park, H.J, 2009). I suppose this factor is an important control or confounding variable that the authors implicitly dealt, but not in the formal focus, rather in a suggestive or informal explication (Constantine, M. G., Barbara, C.W., Kindaichi, M. M., 2005; Creswell, J.W., 2009). The article, I suppose, could influence a future research since many contextual variables also work to enrich the coverage of theme. For example, the author's message could be contested surrounding the developmental countries or so. The researchers pointed to the relevance of control variable as a factor, yet leading a disparate outcome from expectations or assumptions. To explain, the authors suggested that a time lag between an economic stagnation or stalemate and the opportunity of collective action would be seen to vary an initial expectation. Seven Criteria in the Use of Theory We are provided with seven criteria to use a theory for the research purpose. For example, the authors are required to present one overarching theory with the name of theorists clearly identified. A theory is the prime source of evaluation, discussion, implications of research, and suggestion. It offers a backdrop or cause to conduct a research and must be continued in match for the future research. Hence, a proper allocation to reveal the shape, content or development of theory in terms of pages and quality would be necessary. For the dissertation work, it might occupy a lengthy pages of introduction, main proposition, history and development, and its use of other researchers which can convey meanings and implications themselves. The authors in the article A introduced one overarching theory with the name of theorist Hawkins in this case, whose proposition generally is contradictory to the author's assumption (R.C. Feiock & A. Steinacker & Park, H.J, 2009). Hawkins view is that the local governments do not require a consolidation of municipalities for economic development. Other theory considered profound would be that of Coase about the general pattern between the willingness to negotiate and transaction cost. The authors also derived theories and hypotheses pertaining to each independent variable from their discipline. They also illustrate a development of theory by identifying the follow-up works, which erode a confidence of Hawkins and are argued on the basis of case studies or empirical data of cities elaborated by Gillete and Oakersons (2009). Summers studied 27 metropolitan areas to explore variables specifically between the central city and suburbs, and tax system of local governments. An availability of property tax, besides the sales tax and about the probability of joint action, would be pointed later as one factor of independent variable. Hence, the illustration of Summers work would be virtuous to ground author's intent. Johnson and Leiman were incorporated in names to bridge the development of theory that the institutional collective action became common across the local municipalities (2009). The authors also elicited a recent turn on the cooperation or collaboration of local governments to bring an economic development, which would largely be on same propositions, but with some need to be more elucidated. Hence, the authors can pursue their scientific inquiry by presenting a research question, "Why do the local governments engage in collective agreement while others do not?" Assumptions, Discussion, and Suggestion The authors assume that the transactional problem and its cost would be most a dominant factor to influence the behaviors of local government. For example, voluntary agreements can bring a factor of cost, say, opportunistic defection from its binding nature, uncertainty in fair distribution of joint gains, and so. It is also a basic theory or understanding in the discipline of public administration that the high cost of transactional cost requires to be lowered by centralization of government and consolidation of decentralized government. The authors, therefore, need to employ the theorem of Coase concerning a behavior of seeking a voluntary bargaining according to the rule of Pareto-efficiency if the transaction cost is sufficiently low (2009). This theorem can be applied to intergovernmental relations that the spillover effect from growth can cause the local governments to negotiate a bargain. This theorem or its applied context were identified in names clearly, for our note, Coase, Lubell, Ostrom, and Weber in the article A (2009). With respect to the work of Inman and Rubenfield, the authors extracted five sources of independent variable to explain the transaction cost in terms of intergovernmental relations, which include a bargaining, information, agency, division of joint gains and enforcement cost (2009). In order to prove their assumption about a correlation between the transactional cost and more probability to engage in joint action, the authors collect a scope of data from the website of local governments, survey results addressed to sample officers, and facts available from the sources (2009). The data were analyzed in a meaningful way by compilation and applying a statistical method. As learned, the classic statistical procedure purports for a true description of the nature, but we need to be aware that the statistical decision procedure is not applied to the statement directly, but to the concrete statement that is subsumed by the abstract statement (Reynolds, P. D., 2007). In this case, it also is required that only one operational definition can be proven of its verity when we apply the statistics. It generally lacks the quality to prove the statement to be true, but can serve to prove its falsity, and two types of statistical procedure generally are practiced, i,e,, descriptive and inferential (2007). As said, the authors chose the extent of joint venture agreement as a dependent variable to measure their theme, in this case, an institutional collective action for economic development. The article was shaped to test the transaction cost model or theory, which was developed, if more specifically than Coase's, to address the discipline of public administration. Then a theory from the works of their discipline, may be articulated in response to the independent variables as we see over pages, 261-264 (2009). In the scope, the joint gains are a little distinct from other independent variables which positively correlate with the propensity to engage in a joint venture agreement. As said, the authors seemed to employ a control or confounding variable, an economic stress or decline of municipalities, which I consider an interesting point to test, but less attractive for its seasonableness and as deviated from the transaction cost model. One important point of emphasis from the article seems to critique the network model between so-called a strong and weak tie of inter-local governments since it largely neglects the attribute of actors (2009). The findings of authors have an implication at a considerable extent that the attributes or their change are factors to determine the propensity of joint venture. In the author's argument, the traditional theory focused on the relations and extent of ties disregarded or underrated the attributes of each municipality or local governments. In this case, we can share an axiom that the statistical decision procedure cannot prove or test any definitely the person's intuitive judgment, but could be used very powerfully to test the hypothesis or assumption derived from a clearly formulated or explicit theory. The theories in this article also show the hierarchy of competing theories diffused vertically from the Coase theorem, and works or theories of public administration in response with each independent variable (Laureate Education, Inc., 2008; Reynolds, P.D., 2007). Reference Constantine, M. G., Barbara, C.W., Kindaichi, M. M. (2005). Examining Contextual Factors in the Career Decision Status of African American Adolescents, Journal of Career Assessment Vol. 13 No. 3, 307–319. Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research design :Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed approach, (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Laureate Education, Inc. (2008). Research theory, design, and methods. Baltimore, MD: Author. "Theory" R.C. Feiock & A. Steinacker & Park, H.J (2009). Institutional collective action and economic development joint ventures, Public Administration Review 69(2), 256-270. Reynolds, P. D. (2007). A primer in theory construction (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Boston, MA: Pearson Education. The Literature Review and Article A In a research and scholarly performance, the literature articulated before the research would be important in assumptions and reality. The research product has to be creative and original to contribute to a respective academic field, which means the prior world has been refreshed from that addition of new research. Therefore, the literature review is preferably exhaustive, but has to be smart with a proper curtail, classification, and generalization. The literature review requires a critical reading and thinking, which would develop into a fine and attractive research proposal, and also provides a yardstick to measure the creativity and scientific sensibilities for new research. It may also turn to be a new powerful authority which would be reviewed by future researchers. Often a source of authorities would be searched, reviewed, summarized, and cited, which could be a basis to measure the research performance of institutions and universities by the librarians and assessors. They compile the data, and analyze or rank. For example, the Leiden, SCI Mago, and Shapiro or Leiter could be exemplified among others, and the rating agencies of general nature for the universities or colleges also conduct the same work for a part of their overall purpose. The literature review is critical and shapes a main attribute of new research while being appealingly incorporated into a research proposal. It works competitively, for example, to determine where the research grants would go as we see in the NSF or state and private funding institutions. I consider the article A was wrought in a very fair modality of quantitative research with the fine summary of existing theories and literature. This perhaps scored high to attain a research grant from the NSF as attached in the last of research piece. The kind of funded research would increase the credibility or authoritative power by a stern peer review. As I have said, the literature is any written expression of human cognition, hence, a unique source besides an experience, which could influence and structure the intelligence and sense of researchers (Creswell, J.W., 2009). Except for the grounded theory, the research could not begin without reviewing the past works. The literary works and, in some limited context and as in-ground theory, experiences of the researchers as to affect the consciousness and cognition of researchers would be a soil of new research and could be likened to be a seed money for the start-up company. The literature or its review would not necessarily be projectspecific that the works read in the undergraduate years may pioneer the research. For example, Korean, Zambia or Chinese students may have much experience and be better prepared for the Korean or their countries' topic, history, and status, as provoking a research need. He may read many books or articles in Korean or home words and most importantly might be equipped with the decades living experience. In this kind of rare cases, the experience of researchers may explain more than the literary works he has read and was affected from. Nonetheless, any intended studies or reading work often frequent within a specific research, and the article A has three authors perhaps in order of responsibility about their project. Literature, Experience, and the Beginning of Research A theme from the Article A involves a general or US-oriented studies about the propensity of joint action by the local governments. The third author, H.J., Park was principally educated in Korea except his graduate education in US, and serves the Sungkyunkwan university located in Korea (R.C. Feiock & A. Steinacker & Park, H.J, 2009). He may undertake a part of statistical work. If not, it would require much effort of reading, which would be received on his experience, basic learning in Korea and US, and particular occasion of engagement for this research purpose. I am now serving as a professor in Korea, and once talked with one newly recruited professor. He was in joy about his lecture and research work. He taught with the law books which he was used to read in his college days. He served as a judge and spent years of legal practice who had to tackle with the caseloads and reading a court docket. He said he was highly refreshed since he has spent on the law books and with young law students. He told, "when he teaches, he feels to be mentally brought back to the college days, and may readily turn to be curious about many passages of textbook. His motivation to do research was seen really sanguine, and literature he uses in his classroom would be a source of creative ideas and scientific inquisition. He likely does not need to spare an extra time to read and evaluate to serve his research, and his time in the college or undergraduate experience in law seems sufficient as to perform the research as a legal scholar. Hence, I consider that the scope of literature would be that of researcher's whole lives, often contracted to a projectspecific though, and his experience through the livings would enter. In a Y. Lee's case, the literature in his college days and experience over his professional career would be a spring of creative ideas which could lead to the research. Of course, how to condense his curiosity into a particular purpose of research and with the complementary investigation of literature makes another point of consideration. As we learn, the creative reading or thinking as a scholar practitioner would intervene to produce a quality product of research (The Walden Writing Center b, 2013). Perhaps in our case, the Coase theorem would be important to structure the discourse or key ideas of public policy in the US and South Korea (R.C. Feiock & A. Steinacker & Park, H.J., 2009). That would be taught in the college days or basic training in the graduate education of discipline. That most probably would be the same within two countries since the US public policy is a paradigm as applied and educated in South Korea. Other theories in the Article A, such as from Lubell, Ostrom, and Weber as well as Inman & Rubenfield and which were surveyed and illustrated in the article might be an impressive one for the researchers. This context comes about their teaching responsibility as likely occurs to the Y. Lee's personhood. A work necessary for the researchers, then, would be to search the scope of literature, read critically, assess in a scholarly way, exclude and include by classification and generalization. Then they can reduce their reading into a written summary, which would be the basis for explicating his motive of research, present status of professional understanding about the topic or issue, the research questions to be inquired and addressed, research findings or implications as distinct from a previous status, and perhaps a message for future research. The Literature Review and Critical Reading In this process, one interesting point could be cast that the readers, according to the reception theory, could have a different comprehension about the literature he read or examined. The theory guides that the receipt of ideas or interpretations are generally affected not only by the text itself, but also reader's individual and social conventions. Its tenet, therefore, can be shared to forebode the radical or cognitive constructivism. Where the subject largely construes its empirical world itself, the radical constructivism put an emphasis, as we see in the work of S. Schmidt, on the separation of interpretation and strictly scientific study of literature based on radical constructivism (Schmidt, S. J., 1987). This theory induces two conventions, aesthetic and polyvalence, to be tested continually so as to evaluate the literature from a lay dimension, i.e., convention of facts in the daily language and monovalency in the daily empirical world. The implications from this theory would be that the reading would yield a different conception, and the scientists need to be critical in his reading. We may be more concrete from the study of reader response elaborated by C. Osgood who employed a wide array of techniques, such as protocol techniques and thinking aloud protocol to prestructured techniques and the semantic seven point scale (Osgood, C.E. & Tzeng, O., 1990). This problem seems to be related with that the subjective element could not be entirely converted into the objectivity or neutrality, which would factor the nature of research (Reynolds, P. D., 2007). In this dimension, we can tell that the intersubjectivity and objectivity are two essences to compose the nature of theories and tenets. Hence we need not averse of subjective factors in the process of research, but the critical question would be about how it can construct the intersubjectivity and be accepted as a scientific communication within that professional field. Could the Article A be begun without the Literature Review? In our case, the research may be pursued on the grounded theory which was developed by two sociologists, B. Glaser and A. Strauss. In that case, the literature review would be waived by directly engaging in the collection of data. The theory requires processing the four stages to generate a theory. The codes, concepts, and categories would be explored to process the data in the purpose to generate a theory. Although the theory is criticized on points, it makes an important contribution to elicit an on-going character of theory itself and serves to highlight the importance of data than the firm nature of generalized theory. It can increase the insights and corroborative interplay with the critical theory. Partly because the extent of data would be so wider in Article A and if the theme was neither directly addressed by the theories illustrated, it is thinkable to begin with the data than the literature review. In that case, however, the data collection would preferably require a lengthy years to settle and convince. Between the grounded theory and literature review as in the Article A, I may illustrate the studies of scholarly or research impact within the US law schools. Two most influential sources had long been compiled by Shapiro and B. Leiter & his successor. They are long settlers in the law schools, Yale and University of Chicago, and served a professorship. They may be seen to be grounded in the law school or firmly situated to perform the research activities for decades. They would be very adequate to compile the data, and present their research findings about the research or scholarly impact, i.e., citation studies (Creswell, J.W., 2009). They may be the kind of anthropologists to reside in the African tribes or meteorologist for the years in the Antarctic shelter or research post. Shapiro produced his report or research article in about ten years interval and qualitatively with the 100 most cited articles or 20 most cited treatise and legal books. In the Leiter's case, it would be about two or three years in time interval along with the statistical analysis of whole professors. They provide a good research work to test a prevailing generalization of law school rankings or common sensibilities. The outcome would not be widely unexpected, but with some different findings for a small class of law people. This may be one attribute found in the use of grounded theory. The research performance of professors would factor a tenure review, perhaps salaries or opportunity to transfer and personally his or her academic recognition. The research degree students in law may critically see it important other tha the JD students when he decides the place of his studies. In this kind of research, they employ a method beginning with the collection of data, codes, concepts and categories, which are identified in the grounded theory as we see in the Journal of Legal Studies published by the Chicago Law School in 2000 (2009). Then the researchers can present his analysis and implications about the research impact as well as in some comparative reference to the popular rankings of law school. It might amount to the theory or tenet if the findings are coherent or structured. For example, Harvard or Yale performs well as dominant against other law schools, and most cited articles or authors of books are often taught-based JD degree holders while the graduate law degrees, LLM/SJD, are small in size to minimally impact the American legal scholarship. In some possibilities, however, they may posit that the UW-Madison Law School has long managed the Hastie fellowship and East Asian Legal Studies Center devoted to breed a minority of law professors. And he could derive a finding that, despite the upper-mid status in the general ranking of Wisconsin Law School, this system may work to produce high impacted scholars on the all time list who hold a graduate law degree such as LaFave and Kimberly from that university. This approach would be taken account of one example for the in-ground method particularly since the tenet or theory critically depends on the data themselves and the data can vary with the time element. Their tenet or proposition is never constant, but most realistic as data-based and in the end to explain their theme with a theoretical frame. Given the status of authors as a public administration professor, they would be less adequate to perform an in-grounded method about the propensity of local governments to engage in the joint venture (R.C. Feiock & A. Steinacker & Park, H.J, 2009). However, with the aid of technology, friendly officers and increased public availability of data, the long term basis of grounded research may possibly be envisaged to generate his own and most immediate authority concerning the institutional collective action. Other Points in the Article A I consider that the Use of Theory Checklist generally would confirm a fine way of dealings by the authors. The place of literature review seems to be apposite by locating at the head part of article, and was effectively reflected in a section entitled "the Result" and "Conclusion (2009)." As said, the empirical study of literature review stresses a high relevance about the literary system of action and history of reading the sources. This means that the production, publication, dissemination, censorship history or other context of books and articles are scientifically impressive. It may be considered as a component to increase the intersubjectivity of theory or research. It may be connected with the interactive symbolism as we tense with the critical theory or in-ground method of qualitative research. I consider the Article A was well organized if to inform explicitly the context of peer review with the University of Sothern California, which is one way to increase the credibility of their research (2009). A practical aspect of literature review in the Article A would be fine to comply with the general advice, (i) choose your book carefully, (ii) read actively and critically, (iii) focus first on summary and analysis (The Walden Writing Center a, b, 2013). The researcher then begins to evaluate being minded with the lessons. For example, if you know other books on the same subject, you can compare the arguments and quality of the book you're reviewing with the others, emphasizing what's new and what's especially valuable in the book you're reviewing. If you don't know others' books on this subject, you can still do some evaluation. Ask, for example, "how well does the book fulfill the promises the author makes in the preface and introduction?" or how effective is the book's methodology?" In the Article A, this aspect also was made good in the literature review, but more desirably could be refined with the kind of latter question. Reference Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research design :Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed approach, (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Laureate Education, Inc. (2008). Research theory, design, and methods. Baltimore, MD: Author. "Literature Review" Osgood, C.E. & Tzeng, O. (1990), Language, Meaning, and Culture: The Selected Papers of C. E. Osgood. New York, NY: Praeger. R.C. Feiock & A. Steinacker & Park, H.J (2009). Institutional collective action and economic development joint ventures, Public Administration Review 69(2), 256-270. Reynolds, P. D. (2007). A primer in theory construction (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Boston, MA: Pearson Education. Schmidt, S. J. (1987). Der Diskurs des Radikalen Konstruktivismus. Frankfurt/M.: Suhrkamp. The Walden Writing Center (a): "Literature Reviews" Retrieved Dec. 31, 2013 from http://writingcenter.waldenu.edu/50.htm The Walden Writing Center (b): "Resources for Critical Reading" Retrieved Dec. 31, 2013 from http://inside.waldenu.edu/c/Student_Faculty/StudentFaculty_12926.htm Theories and Theorists One Officer: Public Administration, Society and Professional Responsibility One rank officer in the Government complex located in Gwacheon city, South Korea, sigh in the smoking booth. He was in a deep breath, and seemed to be stymied from the intense strains and fatigue. It seems certain to be exhausted from a murky path of privatization, flak of interested groups as well as public criticism. The confrontation and suppressive activities of national police against the headquarter of labor union in Seoul may approach him a kind of chaos from a violence, atrocities, as well as the fighting words to blackmail a sedition. He works under the administration of Park Geun-hye, now at the closing of one year in power and four years expected on the road ahead. As a public employee, he should be loyal and faithful, as required by the ethics code as well as the public laws on the personnel affairs and government structure. He passed the higher exam administered by the government where he enjoyed many amenities, status in rank and job stability, and relatively stable level of pay. He is a so-called mid-class in Korea, and, as a public administrator, responsible to shape a privatization policy about the National Railroad (Korail) and public health system. For its nature and dilemma among the interested group, his work involves a difficult question allocating the resources and distributive justice. The present employees of Railroad and health professionals generally consider a privatization as detrimental to their interests, and against their privilege entertained from the shield of public laws and governmental practices. Their voice would diminish, the quality of job status may be threatened, and fear that the private management can exercise a plenary power in the cause of business reason and pursuit of commercial interest. Their autonomy or power may well be anticipated to diminish, and they think that the unionism will develop tweak and disorganized. In their view, it would be a course of progress over the years that the privatized capital will twerk implementing an ironmask logic for efficiency, profitability, competitiveness, quality service and so. They often are apprehended that the Job stability, economic democracy, decent standard of labor or distributive justice and social welfare may be sacrificed from the privatization initiative. They may envisage an equal participation for the business decision making, which is radical and impermissible in the paradigm of liberal constitutionalism. Its practical consequence would be continued strikes annually, and labor negotiation for the pay increase and improvement of the working conditions. Now in the end of 2013, the conflict and tension aggravated seriously involving two major public services in Korea. The backdrop for a social and personal chaos could be collected in despair, angst, absurdity and so, which surrounds the development of this public confrontation (Foucault, M, 1988). His personal emotion and psychic state may seem to be a post modern being typically depicted by the philosophers of existentialism. The Unified Progressive Party now became subjected to the constitutional litigation, and their fate is highly probable to be disorganized. Its leader was criminally accused of the conspiracy to rebel and overturn a legitimate government now in power. The national sedition or criminal act has provisions to well incriminate his years of systemic activities. UPP's political goal, perhaps properly labeled in the term of national communism, is expected that can no longer continue to survive in the soil of two Koreas. It would be a worse story for them that Jang Sung-taek was executed in Dec, 2013 in any deprived way and against the civilized concept of law. UPP made no public comment while people and the political parties raise a voice to condemn the brutality of Northern regime in the peninsular. It is generally a firm conviction for him and other public employees that the communism will certainly fail as evidenced in history. The production and material standard of welfare should be worse as the nature of thing so that the communist states are inevitably inferior since nobody would be willing to consume himself without any prurient interest. He has this kind of basic assumption about an ill aspect of communist economy or politics of the working class. He has had some time to ponder on the morality argument or idealistic posture of communism, but could not agree from the realities and history (1988). He generally considered the Keynesian welfare paradigm to be idealistic, the neo-liberal strands being eclectic between the strengths and weaknesses, and the third way espoused by A. Giddens being a workable philosophy or making the humans and society function. On his desk, a newspaper article about the Federal Reserve was detailed one page volume about its history, role, responsibility and recent issue of tapering. The economic analysts in Korea heralded its impact on the world, regional and national economies, and proposed a bright prospect to grow and prosper. The KOSDAQ will welcome, the stock market will turn a buzz and the public would be sanguine to see the enterprises or firms to be elevated and encouraged. A Scrooge like attitude of investors patterned over the decades was reported to shift and turn their interest to the stock market from the savings bank. He also charted the rise of China and is concerned of G2 politics as the kind of circumstances posed over the course of his job responsibility as a public employee. Theories and Tenets, their Relationships and Relevance for the Discipline Structuralism As a public employee, he is required to be competent and expected to do a morally right thing, but the reality or circumstances would not be a weather spoon or capricious, but seems imposing. He now begins thinking a theory which is useful to inform the public employees about his role and social expectations (Reynolds, P. D., 2007). He contemplated two theories among others so-called structuralism and institutionalism, and made the functionalism sided in comparison (Creswell, J.W., 2009). Structuralism is the theory to understand the human behavior, events, occurrences, or social phenomenon or system within a larger scale of structure, which repudiates the possibility of realistic or scientific truths with an untainted paradigm of human elements or social essences (Levi-Strauss, C., 1995; Piaget, J., 1970). Therefore, in this theory or tenet, pure liberalism or communism, for example, would merely be a pseudo-science or false assumptions to avoid the reality of human and society. It also denies a certainty of universalism, which disregards a genuine element of humans and society as influenced by the structure or as affected to materialistically evolve and actually phenomenological. For example, we may derive a universal notion of reasonable person standard who is assumed to be rational and can select an alternative to the best interest of his. A reasonableness and rational leverage, however, may well vary with the influence, education, experience, history, lesson, and social system already established or practiced. For example, Chinese or Koreans may be reasonable from the western standard, but their gross part of innate mind or hidden dimension of personhood might be oriental or readily palpable. The western standard of reasonableness may be rejected by some group which can be factored by a grand scale of structure (1995; 1970). Therefore, this idea would be useful to study anthropology, psychology, sociology and politics of nation or tribes since one and society often evolve as interacted, affected, shared, and struggled. If we are a policy maker or assume a leadership role, we begin to think about the environment or exterior conditions to address. This way of approach would come similar in a tenet of structuralism whereas it comes rather indefinite or malleable to adapt with levels of plane, but often resting within the societal and humanity studies. Its hypothesis is fairly persuasive provided if the creature never is one night product, but to experience, learn, interact and grow. That is a contrast with the plain allegation "all creatures are innately reasonable and could be culpable for his criminal acts." Then it is a kind of applied concept and theory since its tenet may see a diverse source or influence as a structure. For example, they may investigate a history about the extension of civil law system which often approximates the influence of imperial rule, and may determine the strands of civil law embedded as a structure to predict a due course of jurists' behavior. If the region is British influenced, its culture or social attitude may work as a kind of structure and can lend the lens to comprehend or analyze their behavior or social value. The structure, nonetheless and in the tenet of structuralism framework, could be ambiguous and defined insufficient to generalize or assort (1995; 1970). I suppose that a theoretical tradition or intellectual influence alone may possess the ability to constitute a structure which is premised as well as provided as seizing to govern. For example, the poststructuralism now had been enlightened to apply the concept of Marxist theory for the specific context of polities. The critical theory espoused by Heidegger or his protégés may be seen to identify a governing ethos or mainstream of the academics or thoughts, and may counteract, attempt to rectify or in the least, to criticize the society on the basis of moral and allegedly intoxicated society within a large scale of influence, what we call structure (1995; 1970). Old and New Institutionalism One counter thesis, called institutionalism or institutional theory, may claim the institution as a more persuasive subject or lens to understand the humanity and social interaction. An institutionalism originally focuses on the organization or institution itself and was understood from any pure purview of institutional dynamism (Selznick, P., 1957). The intensity, ordinance, and specificity in the theory were improved, but supposed to face with the complicated strands largely screening out the general elements or making a relatively less emphasis on the abstract or universal factor. The theory is largely presupposed about the basic value or human strands to be shared and applied. It is said to have two phases where old institutionalism churns on the ingredients of organizational studies, psychic findings of humans as well as the morality or leadership role (1957). Hence, the paradigm could develop to be leveraged from the liberal and communal dualism. They like to figure out how to apply a difficult agenda, easy disagreement and dilemma of morality, to social interaction. They perceive it pivotal to construct an acceptable society, but retreat from applying their theory directly to the society at large. Rather, they attempt to find the concept of institution or organization more suitable or pioneering, and their assumption should be true provided if the institution is actually powerful to dominate the contemporary subsistence of humans. As of the nature in this theory, the tenet can be friendly or engrafted more in frequency with the essences of nationalism or law as well as the kind of ordained or normative order. However, the theory can have a prongs to be abstract, as we know, which could make it applied to a varied form of institutions. As we see its seminal or subsequent development, the earlier industrial studies and science in US stood on this stance, which cherished the thought of pragmatism and engineered the foundation of modern business science. Later, Huntington, one of most influential and national political scientists, as succeeded by F. Fukuyama, has projected the concept as old institutionalism for the nation and political theory. Hence, the theory and tenet are closely entwined with the rise of American power in the last century (Meyer, J.W., 1980). This influence may be structured to shape the American response with the international community and difficult domestic issues, for example, Iraqi war and the paradigm of small government as financially sound. In application, the nation may be the kind of company or business organization to make a travel expediting the human or national cause oversea or defending the American interest with a strong government. The strong government of US produced an imagery from the skyscrapers in New York and colossus of US army. The military might perhaps had been bred from the reduction of social welfare expenditure hence, closely tied up with the paradigm of small government. It may flavor in this sense and apprehension that America could be an imperialistic company charted by the Royal power or King George III, a powerful monarch and exploiter. Ironically, the Hawks in the Bush Administration call themselves a tea party which incurred the breakout of revolutionary war in 1787. They may share a same ethos or attitude, but singled out that historic symbol to forge their political ideals. The Bush administration has had a cause, perhaps, the humanistic or international peace, sovereignty of nation, and others. In a countering argument, some scholars raised a hidden motive to defend the national interest of oil industries within the region. Some political scientist may call his reign a nightmare of American realism for its dominance, new wave of dictatorship on neo-liberalization and neoconservatism, which cherished a business reason as we see in the decadent of feudal monarch, perhaps likely King George III, and ironically any same name. The Bush administration also is criticized that it failed a justice by subjecting a law as the kind of instrumentality to rule more conveniently. In their version, the public or social value and shared experience over the American history has been derogated to bring an apoliticism. This attribution or criticism may create an impression of mere replacement from the greedy King in pursuit of wealth to any faithful servant in a mightier power, who perhaps underwrote a plutocracy or business classes under the title of democracy. Why, then, the US could not recourse the nationalism? We can know the rich history of Roman law and refined institutions. The nationalism can be periled to reach a pinnacle as we see in the Hitler's case. The Hitler's reign would most likely be a worst situation artistically sublimated with the tension of imperialistic contest, corporatism, socialism and nationalism. Paradoxically, any most stuck feels of legal theory would arise in this context to serve the Hitler's fascism. For the global public, it would not be preferred that the American hegemony would develop into a nationalism or as worse, a kind of sublime form, a fascism. US has, a decade ago, been considered as the world superpower and unipolarity in terms of the international politics was praised. It is said to entertain a unparalleled influence in the history well exceeding the Roman, British and any European empire. While the Pax Romana, Pax Britannica and Pax Americana were said, the density in influence or interactiveness could not be compared due to the compression of global village and one day travel era to the world most distanced locale. Strictly speaking, the international peace would be in a resort and cold balance thanks to the nuclear armistice. Besides this militaristic poise only, however, the econo-political influence of US is striking and typically more practical with the advancement of society and technology. Now a Throne can address every specificity on the globe and Amazon, the book company, now explores a delivery of their books by utilizing this concept. A satellite can picture a meter-discernible object on earth, and the social criticism had prevailed in the international community about the impermissible or unethical intrusion of the NSA into a private or public communication intended to be kept confidential. The American judiciary ruled it unconstitutional which is generally welcomed. This outcome might be compared if the critiques of judiciary in the Bush administration largely sustained to earn the name of political justice. As the society and its extent of influence differ, a fascism, if it were to be some most strong form of nationalism, within the US would not be the same as Germany in 1940's. The institutionalism without a criticism or constructive interaction may create a risk about an unfriendly nationalism. A caveat emptor about the theory for reasons, the institutionalism, however, can give us greater insights to inculcate the public employees immediately from old institutionalism and may be enriched to breed them with the branches of new institutionalism covering a normative, psychological, sociological (Reynolds, P. D., 2007). The public administrators are responsible to conduct ethically and serve a merit or policy goals of organization. They often are required to implement the laws, programs, public contracts, projects, and create a public value to be enforced or practiced. Therefore, the institutional theory would bear a typical implications and be relevant to rely on. The National public administration may hold on the goals or value about which the administrators are to be loyal about, such as efficiency, democracy, productivity and so (Meyer, J.W., 1980). On the other hand, the structure could be provided which provokes to contemplate for a sociably acclaimed public policy. They have to deliberate on the question, "what is structure for the public administrators or agents?" They also rethink, "how much are they owed to or demanded from the institution or law?" For example, a mixed ethnicity or different races could be a structure to understand the American society which must capture the concern of policy makers. What is an affirmative action? It might include the factors and variants exclusively attributed to the American society, such as past wrongs and concept of justice, which could be structured to influence. One example would be a critical theory of law or race studies in the mainstream of American realism or institutionalism. Other illustration would be for the Korean administrators about the history of bitter Korean war in 1950, diving a nation onto the communism and liberal capitalism between two Koreas, as well as the developmental paradigm of economy around the 1970's and social welfare experiment in1the 980s and 1990s. This can constitute a structure to understand the anthropological or sociological quality of nations and policy subjects. As reverted, the constitutional jurists are now faced with a national case in any high public attention whether the UPP deserves being disorganized. The labor unionism may have transgressed a national compromise to be desired. Why do they act in that way? What structurally influenced them? The kind of questions could be posed as the challenges for the public administrators of Korea. We have the laws, history of struggle, and social system to deal with. Then it could be good from the benefit of institutional analysis. In addition and for the relationship briefed as between the theories, the way of structuralism also can offer the kind of framework to approach, discuss, debate and assess. Functionalism and the Theory of Structuration One useful theory for the mid-level or waned-developed countries and policy makers could be referred to the work and tenet proposed by A. Giddens (Giddens, A., 1984). His version, often characterized a utopian realist third way, has a trajectory of articulations, criticism, reconstruction about the modernity, capitalism, post-modernity of isolation, dysfunctional reality, and in the search for truths. His theory can engineer a leadership, bureaucratic function, and can serve a new paradigm for the ruling class. He is basically a sociologist, and one of most cited scholars in the humanities. His theory can be considered as powerful framework to lend the mask and mindset of devotion for the leaders and public administrators. Provided if a unipolarity in the international politics may decrease with the dual or polycenters, his theory could exploit the ways and may exercise a practical influence for the superpowers or most developed countries. For instance, the propensity or political ideals from China, one of G2 countries, may be tested in parallel with the US, largely most liberal horns in the world and considered as a country of most institutional nation. While the law represents an expression of political consent, it would generally be a most typical of right wing politics. It composes a factor in most tense to explain an institutional thinking or institutionalism. As a sociologist, his theory, called structuration, would bring an ideological realism and one of most possible alternatives that the leaders or public administrators could face up with the international challenges (1984). As the nomenclature of his theory flavors, it presents some extent of firmness than the structuralism argument, which, therefore, is basically European, a secondary loci from the shift of world power (from Europe to the US), but fairly constructive for an ideo-practical influence . Hence, it could be a midform of instrumentality between abiding by the national laws, often most tangible and being merely structural. One scholar pointed to the classification of philosophical, political or social theories based from an attribute, theoretical lens and purpose , which are to be explicable between the ruling and ruled. While the ruling class is small in size within the society, they are its prime engine and culprit to move forward the society from a generally unorganized base of people. In this light, the theory of Giddens certainly echoes, particularly for the public administrators in this highly globalized society (1984). He would be termed as one of most prominent thinkers of functionalism with his great insight about the humanity, society, history and philosophical understanding. For example, Korean public administrators may orient themselves for his professional attitude as combined with the loyalty to the state and law, functionalists mind and alliance theory. This paradigm would not be improbable given my enriched interplay with the Korean culture, political and social history, events and dynamism. They tend to consider the policy subjects or ruled people in kindred-ship on one hand, but the laws or institutional demand would be very dominant. In the last Korail strike, they negotiated and persuaded among another to make the government and Korail, one of worse public enterprises with an enormous debt, to function. The mid-level tension or conflict existed between the hard force of law and struggles to improve or progress. If the law and public institution were to be absolute, the arrest of union leaders or enforcement of criminal justice would not be delayed nor failed. The poll revealed a high percentage of disagreements with the labor strike, but some people may be attuned with their action. For example, some said, "they are our families and kindred" as narrated in the alliance theory. A large number of people disagreed, but it is not certain if they support or favor the law enforcement or government intervention. I suppose, however, that a prevailing percentage of people are institutionalism adherent in Korea, to say, the guarantor of national laws. If people were to say, "... chronicled,..." "a kind of déjà vu,...." "...annual feast" or some similarities, the structuration as argued by Giddens might come into reality (1984). Then we can ask if we arrive at any utopian reality. If our mind would go to make it more progressive or idealistic and churns on the phenomenology, factors, or activism as developed in the society, then Korea may still be said to be friendly with the structuralism thinking. This point may be in departure from the institutionalism way and perhaps the structuration as modest, and may be singled out to show that it could be a different dose for the class of people (Levi-Strauss, C., 1995; Meyer, J.W., 1980; 1984). The ruling class most likely is in want of utopia and the kind of utopian paradigm since they need to be empowered. Marx and Engels, for example, are the sons of bourgeois class at their time. His idea would be scientific, but included the utopian ways of thinking. For the public administrators, however, they could not avert his eyes from the reality. What is the reality checkpoint for the leadership of President or governors? We often relate a structuralism idea with the socialist or communist thinking which are mostly true if in a political frame. Although the communism or its quasireligious easiness were to disappear in this present day, it is not surprising that many new born states in 1940s underwrote the communism as their state ideal. That would not be surprising if the state or public administration is communal in a most quality and it would appeal to the public for its idealistic theme, perhaps emancipation of labor and economic equality in the society. The structuralism ideas, however, could enhance our understanding about the humanity, anthropology, and psychology, which are besides its impracticability for the sensitive states, notably South Korea with his northern enemy. The structure, in this dimension, would not be limited to a certain ideology, but can be scoped as grand, influential, as well as fundamental and most persuasive or determinative (Levi-Strauss, C., 1995). The agents or subjects are interactive, communal, and societal who were to be learned and cultivated. For instance, a large number of Korean people may respect Mencian preaching or Confucianism as we occasionally encounter the fanfare of Kim Yong-ok's lecture. It is the kind of structure that the public administrators need to appreciate. We would term and had been educated that the industrialization drive in the 1960's and 1970's were necessary, and evolved correctively with the concept of social justice as well as western paradigm of democracy in the late 1980's and afterwards. Then that is the kind of structure under which the public administrators may act or implement. As mentioned, both ideas are European, and may project similar strands for the intellectual coverage of world politics after the advent of new world hegemony. The difference may be identified that the structuration is rather static and more adaptive to the bureaucratic elites or ruling class. You may imagine the income citizens or ranked officers who are tedious about the Korail strike while the union members in the news scene are physically struggling. The contrast may help to focus on the functionality of agents, who often are the ruling class because the ruled class generally is poor, hence passive or because the exploitation or disparity in aspects may impede a human function in various ways. For example, the education may lack or could be insufficient against the economically poor which may paralyze their functionality in the international plane. In this sense, the English education in Korea was fanned and often seen indispensable for the Korean household. The theory of structuralism, on the other, may be dynamic or creative to inquire and interact, and include the whole of social class (Creswell, J.W., 2009; Reynolds, P. D., 2007). Given the theory of functionalism explores a social engine to rule and inculcate, it might be correct to recourse the thought of J.J. Rousseau since he laid the foundation of democratic rule in the modern times. The collective will from J.J. Rousseau would be a sprite that the agents, particularly the government employees and conscientious commons, could claim a basis for his function. Comte's positivism also offers a backdrop to develop the functionalist theme and to pursue a well-streamed function of the agents, society, and state, and international society. The theory can complement with the scientific autonomy and possibility of new horizon for the human agents to function as endowed. Radcliff-Brown and Giddens might be reminiscent of Pluto's justice about a polity or city state where all the citizens could function as gifted. That approach is in some contrast with the Roman ways, who considered, for example, the Justinian code is in top priority to govern. The political scientists often compare a US hegemony with the Roman Republic. The normative or institutional ways of thinking, then, may be interestingly juxtaposed to fit within the attribute of two hegemonies. If the institutionalism or normative approach is seen a prevailing theory for the Americans and their bureaucrats, it can be derived that the hegemony or superpower, if unitary and unrivalled as in Rome or perhaps US as short though of ten years in the last century, may favor a law and institution. Then we can class three influences in order about its extent of being static and concrete, which would be the institutionalism, functionalism, notably the theory of structruation as argued by Giddens, and structuralism (Levi-Strauss, C., 1995; Piaget, J., 1970; 1984). One precept, however, needs to be drawn about the collective will or social perfectionism, which can be related with the dictatorship of Hitler or other fears of intoxication. It could be worse than the communism or boss nationalism. If we say the Bush Administration a kind of boss nationalism, who might be depicted from some circle as both a corporate head and ruler of nation, we may impute him as a nightmare against the settled understanding of US democracy and about the compassion, history or American value of society. However, that would be all of him whose rule would be on the business and to the interest of Us economy and prestige. Perhaps most economists in the practice and teaching within the US, notwithstanding the pure theorists, would be the kind of Bush's protégé if ideologically and intellectually speaking. They are advocates on the pro-growth stance and often figurative of how to boost the national and world economy. They may be, then, a least with the economy only and subject to a political shift. The social nationalism, as I like call it to define Hitler's reign, would possess a more quality for the possibility of dictatorship. He can be seen as totalitarian to be ambitious for the whole class of society, notwithstanding the capitalists and labor, and the religious-like belief on Germania made it aggressive and expansive (RadcliffBrown, A.R., 1958). The consequence had been serious to persecute both the communists and Jewish people, who could transmit an image of two notorious classes in the society and history. The hidden stories about the World War II dramatized by BBC documented a persecution of communist lawyers, named Litton, and many other examples around Chile, Argentine, and others. Hence, the inchoate ideas presented in the context to rebel the rule of monarchy or other absolute nature of belief system, such as Rousseau's, has to be used in some care and requisite scrutiny. The collective will or social totalitarianism untainted and pure in the Rousseau's case may evolve and diverge on a science and concern, but its antithesis against one man rule, aristocracy, anti-democratic legitimacy of any kinds or religious hypocrisy could be bought to develop the functionalist theme. For the public administrators, his or her functionality has to be on the science-based and professionally applied or leveled where he or she could not enforce his policy or public project merely on some kind of appeal or oppression. They have to be a reasonable agent at the national and global scale who can function and deliver effectively their professional responsibility. The ideas that the agents and subjects can learn, grow and be cultivated is an important thesis from J.J. Rousseau, J.S. Mills, John Dewy, Ronald Dworkin, Sen, Radcliff and Giddens (Giddens, A., 1984). It is one important strand of justice that Plato and Aristotle had confirmed from their close examination of prescient. It is plainly encouraging that the Korean government spends to educate their bureaucrats with one year leave for the foreign universities or perhaps national universities in this contemporary age as likely being a global village. A Sabbatical often practiced by the global universities may be seen in this purview that the professors learn and grow to support the society in many ways. Concluding Insights : Interplay & Relationship to the Research Therefore, I consider that the three theories are closely intertwined to shape the propensity and intelligence, and in some cases, moral attitudes of public administrators. They principally are required to respect the law and national government, and must understand the environments or circumstances where the general base of people is disposed (Radcliff-Brown, A.R., 1958). They need to be cautious not to practice a dereliction or manipulation for their policy addresses, often called a citizenry in the liberal society or perhaps denizens in the communist states. A more critical understanding about the policy environment would help to yield a better result of policy design and implementation. In this aspect, the structuralism views could help. For example, Korean people is an orthodox society on the linguistics and ethnicity, and the public employees can utilize this understanding to assess how much effective a zoning of English Village would be in the Sohn Hak-kyu's case. One incident stirred the Islam community in Korea since the city mayor revoked years of construction license in Incheon city to some critical detriment of Islam. It defamed an international reputation of Korean civilization and public administration. A narrow and determined mindset of leaders and administrators to abhor or if lesser, avoid the kind of factors, such as idealistic, communal or ethics and who would go only fiduciary for the property concept, contract freedom, and minimalism of government, might not be preferable for the discipline of public administration. How could such public project be realized to zone the fine satellite cities, Bundang and Ilsan, without the picturesque or idealistic imagery and affectation into the mind of project officers. How do the governmental employees suffer to work in the office located in distance (two hours driving from Seoul) if without the love and affection for the community and citizenry? Why do we preferably require a presidential candidate to experience the community movement or act as an organizer as we see Noh Moo-hyun in early of new millennium. That would not be solely for the US case as we know from an Obama's career, but now the public in Korea evaluate the electoral candidates concerning how they serve the community and generate a public good in his career. I suppose that the three theories could work in order as a kind of bible, reference to fill the gap about the proper ways to function, and intelligence of public employees. I have been interested in the integration of Europe, and concerned about the public administration of European Union. It fairly approximates the advent and framework of federal system in US around the 18 and 19 th centuries. It failed to organize one federal nation which was vetoed by the French people about years ago. The chance to one federal government and under the single constitution in the EU would likely be hardly achievable if we know that France is one of most pro-federalism country. Even some nations, like Great Britain, may explore to renounce its membership status. Different ethnicities and languages, and most decisively, the level of economic status would militate against one union in Europe. However, they administer a public policy and manage the regime of higher laws to preempt the national laws. Hence, the practical aspect of public administration would not be dissimilar with the US in extent. For example, the federal common laws are very restrictive and no uniform criminal code is enforced in the US. Of course, the United States is represented by the federal presidency diplomatically, who is a chief administrator to execute the laws and also is responsible for the national army. The US Congress works under the bicameralism and is empowered a unique authority to legislate and enact. The European Commission and Parliament, an equal branch to the President and Congress from the US, never possess such a quality. Hence, we would not be incorrect to evaluate that only a small of civil dimension, to cover the trade regulation, customs and financial policy or labor mobility and other some would be administered in the EU government. In this context, I may research the nature of public administration in the EU, and the normative influence of EU institutions or laws in consideration of the factors on the structuralism and structuration or functionalism. That would be analyzed or discussed in a comparative paradigm with the public administration of national government. I may derive some of essences about the public administration of EU (Creswell, J.W., 2009; Reynolds, P. D., 2007). And I hopefully expect that the research findings could apply to the international organizations or regional compact such as FTAs or ASEAN, MERCOSUR, and so (2009; 2007). For this assignment purpose, I identified several classics below and in-text cited. Reference Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research design :Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed approach, (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Levi-Strauss, C. (1995). Myth and Meaning: Cracking the Code of Culture, New York. NY: Schocken ( 1995) Foucault, M (1988). Madness and Civilization: A History of Insanity in the Age of Reason, New York NY: Vintage. Piaget, J. (1970). Structuralism. New York, NY: Basic Books. Giddens, A. (1984). The Constitution of Society. Outline of the Theory of Structuration. Cambridge : Polity. Radcliff-Brown, A.R. (1958). Method in Social Anthropology. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press. Reynolds, P. D. (2007). A primer in theory construction (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Boston, MA: Pearson Education. Meyer, J.W. (1980). The World Polity and the Authority of the Nation-State." In A. Bergesen (ed.), Studies of the Modern World-System. pp. 109-37, Burlington. NA: Academic Press.. Selznick, P. (1957). Leadership in Administration: a Sociological Interpretation. Evanston, IL: Row & Peterson. Introduction and Statement of Purpose within the Article B Concerns from the Qualitative or Mixed Method According to Newman et al, the mixed research can be superior to increase a coherence in the pursuit of research than the two traditional types, i.e., qualitative and quantitative (Creswell, J.W., 2009; Newman, I., Ridenour, C. S., Newman, C., & DeMarco, G. M. P., 2003). The method focuses on the concept of interactive conium which is dynamic and less bridled from a strict frame proposed by two ways. The concept of variables to test, measure and prove their thesis or proposition, often seen important in the quantitative method, is less imposing so that the research questions as well as a coherence or veritable structure of research design would be placed central, and more flexible from the traditional interplay. The dominant ways, including a meaning, concept, qualitative statement and others in the qualitative research also can be surmounted to make a research generally plenary and autonomous, not a dichotomy between the qualitative and quantitative, but with an emphasis to foster some creative ways to deliver a research performance. In this case, it is important how to establish the validity of research, to say, both of measurement validity and design validity, and the method tends to come rather secondary that the research questions generally factor what method would be most effective and with more scientific power to convince (Alexander, J and Nank, R., 2009; 2003). The traditional role of theory diminishes in the mixed research which fertilizes a soil of creative work, as unleashed from any less workable use of literature or past work in the name of theory. The concept in the alternative, called interactive continuum, can play leading to or promoting an earlier involvement of theme or researcher's initiative (2003). Another important notion is a consistency between the questions and research design which can be seen to play either a role of literature review or examination of theories or tenets from the past works. That offers the standard to measure the quality and scientific value of research. The Purpose of Research and Nine Categories from the Social Science Research Generally the researchers begin their research to answer the questions he is curious in ways and for reasons. It may be apparent, but does not suffice to reveal a genuine intent or purpose that they shape the research questions, collect data, analyze or interpret them, discuss and argue, and present their conclusion, perhaps to answer the questions. The research purpose may be more accurately identified if we look at the behind, practical, social, and intellectual factors as intervened in that specific research. For example, the correlative between a reduction of class size and enhanced learning outcome from the students may be central to compose the research questions. And the research would purport to answer his inquiry. However, a more important purpose underlying the researcher's intent would be how to address the social problems about some lower or depraved level of educational effect for the deprived condition of public school and marginalized class (2003). Concerning the social science research, we can understand the nine categories of general purpose as presented by Newman et al (2003). First, the research has to build a general law and place their research work suitable to predict. In the article B, the authors derived their tenet that a partnership with the CBNs could generally be useful to remedy the failure of public service from non-market reasons (Alexander, J and Nank, R., 2009). They addressed the ideological or domain consensus which could be facilitated in this form of public service. It may be referred to help the future research varying with a different context or sectors of public service. Second and third, the research has to contribute by generating a new knowledge as well as having a personal, institutional, social, or organizational impact (2009). In the Article B, the tenet that the authors argued may have a strong potential to be applied by the public agency faltering in the same nature of dilemma (Reynolds, P. D., 2007; 2009). The authors also posited that the CBNs nonetheless now suffer from the nature of resources and less of governance autonomy. In this way, they generated a new knowledge and added to a knowledge base. For others, he may refute claims and argue on the discrepancies or inconsistencies of existing version in some of pages. The researchers of social science resist an authority and influences a change as noted in the Article B. From the authors' contribution, the knowledge base were added that the researchers clarify a structural or ideological connection between the important social processes or that he may reinterpret the previous data. Within the categories, the research of social science often purports to measure change, test new ideas, and understand a complex phenomena, which is well fared in the Article B. For others, the general purpose can be illustrated to include generating new ideas, informing the constituencies and examining the past. The research findings in Article B are informative for the constituencies, and addressed a key point about the past fallacy of public service in their sectors of concern (2009). Some Details on the Article B The introduction and statement of purpose structured in the Article B would be fine, and in a fair comport with the ways of mixed research. While the Article B's method may be defined as qualitative, it can also possess the quality of mixed one. It intends to generate a new theory which elucidates the question about "In what circumstances the partnerships between the government and CBNs would be mostly highly emerges?" (2009). The authors, beyond this purpose of theory, are informed and predisposed about a theme and across the topics and issues around the discipline, and likely be planned to argue on the community-friendly or interactive paradigm of governance while they encourage the role of that type of partnerships. This point can be connoted if the authors urge a voluntary failure not from the point of market failure, but from the distrust or defective interaction with the community, base of people, and policy recipients. This kind of priority or messages attempted to be delivered by the authors may well be envisaged by the researchers before they began a research work, and now be viewed as one of attributes in the mixed mode of research. The basin, culture or background may be bred in the circumstances where the researchers may have any years or decades of rich experience in the issue or with a practice (2009). In the mixed method, the ways to collect data and discuss the issues would be also distinctive, and in some cases employ the method from in-ground theory (Harley, A. E., Buckworth, J., Katz, M. L., Willis, S. K., Odoms-Young, & Heaney, C. A., 2007). The community concept or subject matter of research in the Article B tend to involve some extent of distinct share about the attribute or typology of research. I am not exactly sure about a backdrop, but San Antonio or locale to base the research would likely contain such quality leading to the way of deals the authors are committed to. The authors are wise to inform a previous work which is general or principled about the partnerships and efficient administration of public service, for example, the interdependence theory from Salamon and historical aspect of CBNs as a sort of research and development arm of public sector from Walden (2009). They began with the general aspect of collaboration and partnership by introducing the works of Gazley and Denhardt. They would be insightful and generally governing a theme the authors plan to excavate, but may fall short about the condition, form of partners or sectors of interest. In the authors' words, they provide a little guidance about the actual process, "...by which they are established and sustained, their overall effectiveness in public service delivery, or their impact on governance (2009)." CBNs are a formality or type of organization deeply related with the fairness or equal protection of public service. The authors looked more seriously about the lack of distrust, perhaps from discrimination or deprivation within the basic of communities, hence, a distrust, ideological or domain dissension or ambiguities should be key words to be churned about (2009). The typology of research purpose is generally clear and straightforward to orient the audience about a goal or purpose which the authors engage with. It was finely articulated in the introduction and statement of purpose. They also are clever to reserve the area or problems about which the future research can be worked, and argued that the sectors of public service would importantly matter. They chose a match of coherent research progress through the selection of Department of Child and Family Service (DCFS), Family to Family Initiative (FFI), and CBNs (2009). A sector or government program focused by the authors is concerned of the area that the marginalized class will most likely be affected. Hence, the concept of New Public Service can arise to define his research and frontier over the future research. The quality of mixed method is found in places so that the interactive continuum is an idea or concept applied critically to the work of authors. The theories were surveyed rather in a short form and with few works (2009). Instead, the context of failure within the American society, discrimination, and deprivation was anchored and dominant, but to be within the general theory principled and held by the discipline. They resorted to refer and compare, but to purport to project its continuum for the distinct, perhaps discrete or insular scope of public service sectors or geographical confines. In this deals, a consistency is critical through the beginning, collection and analysis of data, and final form of written product. Long years of exposure and monitoring of the research object perhaps well deserve this mode of study and facilitate a consistency unparalleled by any other context of research (2007). The research questions bear a high tone of social issues as well as a special context which is devised distinctively and overwhelming when we compare with the two traditional ways, qualitative and quantitative. These factors or conditions often could be present in the foreign trained researchers. For example, Korea-educated jurists may approach the theme of death penalty in Korea by charting some long years of practice and social ethos in Korea. That would go similar if China-educated economists may work extensively for the topics of Chinese economy. Provided if the Asian research students generally are a patron for the graduate education in the US generally except for a Japanese origin, the context in this sphere seems to be rampant. That is, however, less likely with Europeans. The research questions tend to preempt other considerations in shaping a research design, and more productive or creative with a circulation from the theory, to literature review, analogy, hypothesis, to theory and so on. A validity, quality and scientific value, however, must be concerned through the research and expected to be entwined with the measurement and design validity of research at times as necessary. In the article B, this kind of methodological way was well described to enhance the nature of research and purpose of authors in the introduction and statement of purpose pages. We may connoisseur a quality to be related with the purview of research purpose in the part of Article B that the authors not only intended to answer the research questions, but generally was directed about the fair and community-based or democratic value of public service and administration (2009). They generally appear serious about a deprived class within the sphere and lack or insufficiency and failure of public response. Their subject matter comes from a child care, which is urgent for the marginalized class in the society. The purpose seems declared clearly and as supported by the coherent frames of research. The research of social science is expected to contribute to the specific field or discipline, and the Article B is fairly responsive to increase its scientific value. Reference Alexander, J and Nank, R. (2009). Nonprofit Partnership: Realizing the New Public Service – Public 41 (3). 364-386 Administration & Society. Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research design :Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed approach, (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Harley, A. E., Buckworth, J., Katz, M. L., Willis, S. K., Odoms-Young, & Heaney, C. A. (2007). Developing long-term physical activity participation: A grounded theory study with African American women. Health Education & Behavior, doi:10.1177/1090198107306434. Laureate Education, Inc. (2008). Research theory, design, and methods. Baltimore, MD: Author. "Purpose of Research" Newman, I., Ridenour, C. S., Newman, C., & DeMarco, G. M. P. (2003). A typology of research purposes and its relationship to mixed methods. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and behavioral research (pp. 167-188). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Reynolds, P. D. (2007). A primer in theory construction (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Boston, MA: Pearson Education. Concerning the Research Questions from Article B Research Questions Generally The research questions generally have a different structure between the qualitative and quantitative methods. As the qualitative research inclines to horn its own genesis or quality to generate a theory, it tends not to begin with the objectives or hypotheses, but poses two types of questions, often called central and subquestions (Creswell, J.W., 2009). In the quantitative method, the researchers generally employ two forms, which are descriptive and inferential. As the purpose of research tests a theory and is structured under the variables closely entwined with the tenet or proposition, the inferential questions are to be sprung on that basis. The central question needs to be shaped to cohere or align the research with a broad context from the body of works and mainstream of professional knowledge. This point is crucial to enhance the quality and status of research as a scholarly rank, and can be considered a key attribute in distinction from the quantitative method. Therefore, the researchers trained from the latter preserve may not be accustomed to this approach. The central question often is concerned between the context of study and central phenomenon or concept, which is broad and orients the audience to the grand picture about the status, implication, and contribution of research (2009). As associated with the central question, the authors may pose and answer the subquestions which elucidate it and structure the contents of research. They would narrow the focus of study and substantiate the argument and the messages the authors intent to convey. They may interact with the factors and varied perspective or meanings that the participant hold, which more accurately describe the central phenomenon and derive the implications from the study (2009). In the mixed research, the guidelines for two methods would apply to write a quality research question. It is considered useful to order questions to comply with a different phase design, one and two phase ones respectively. The authors are expected to include a mixed research question from two strands, which can well expose the audience to the procedures and content of the study. The qualitative researchers often do not ask Why, but they begin by inquiring How or What (2009). This method, therefore, would typically be employed when the researchers are engaged with the narrative research, scientific understanding of phenomenon, grounded theory, ethnography, and case study. The researchers may provide the story to construct his tenet or scientific meaning. They may excavate the meaning of phenomenon which could yield a shape, pattern or structure in coherence and extent of consistency to be entitled a phenomenology. Furthermore, the research questions in qualitative study may be devised to generate a theory to explain the process or presented as an issue of case study as well as elicit the culture-sharing pattern for a specific ethnicity (2009). Points of Creswell and Assessment According Creswell, the research questions may comply with the following guidelines (Handout, 2013; 2009). Ask one or two central questions following by no more than five to seven subquestions. The article B generally took a path often attributed to the qualitative or mixed method by placing one or two central questions in the head part. It is shaped to ask what or how other than why so that the authors main focus was put on the identity or role of partnerships between the public agency and CBNs. The authors purported about the circumstances where the type of collaboration most likely emerges and the process that the distrust and trust evolve to resolve. The authors then make a point which is encouraging and positive for the type of public administration. In this purpose and progress, the authors also discuss the points in concern and interest, which, for example, would be the dynamism about the domain and ideological consensus. The authors might also raise a question about the context of resources and governance which could be improved, but are problematic about the traditional concept within the discipline. They stressed the need and rise of new public service, but did not deal completely by merely implying a fit within the kind of child or family related public service. The authors reserved this point by suggesting the need of further involvement by future research. The research questions were anyhow not related with an inquiry in the form of asking why. Their purpose was not to test the variables or hypotheses inferred from the existing theory. For example, they are more concerned of what the concept of trust would be for their thesis and how it operates to make the partnerships with CBNs viable. They are less interested about why the interdependence theory may take much more time or struggle if with the engagement of CBNs. They also had not deal with the question, such as why the importance of stability would work either feebly or strongly within this type of collaboration. Relate the central question to the specific qualitative strategy of inquiry. The central question of Article B was pursued strategically by interacting and monitoring the targeted, seemingly most fitted, sector of public service (Alexander, J & Nank, R., 2009; Newman, I., Ridenour, C. S., Newman, C., & DeMarco, G. M. P., 2003). The interview method would be strategically effective to explore the process in depth. This is particularly strategic since the concept of trust or viability of public service is highly personal or subjective less amenable to the quantitative generalization. More importantly, the authors' curiosity seemed to be created about the process how the type of partnership evolves and struggles leading to the viable option as a new public service. In order to reveal this aspect of truths, ten years of study would be effective and possessive from other ways of approach. Begin the research questions with the words what or how to convey an open and emerging design. The authors had not presented their questions directly by asking with what or how. We can identify indirectly from the phrases in the beginning pages. The authors said, " what remains to be articulated is... a solution to governance failure, defined not in the context of a market model, but as a failure of government to establish a relationship of trust and accountability with citizens" ( p. 365). Hence their concept or proposition to be addressed would be qualified in some distinct plane from the vast concern of market model paradigm. This context creates a justification that the research can employ an open and emerging design, yet to be credible and with a scientific value. They employ a tack of documents from the CBNs and public agency for the three consecutive phases over ten years, and performed an anchored context of data collection within a Midwest city. They looked seriously at the attitude and interaction of social workers, city agency, and community where the interview and the terms of new quality, denoting the elements of trust and opposing concepts from distrust, enabled an open and emerging design (2009). Focus on single phenomenon or concept. Their interest was centralized to such concepts, i.e., failure of government and trust and accountability with citizens. This plane of concern had not been dealt in any depth while the prior research findings are in an extent of compass about the success of interorganizational partnership and the concept or operation of trust within the relevant disciplines. For the former, the authors surveyed a mutual recognition of interdependence from Kettl et al, communication behaviors, leadership, the importance of stability from Milward & Provan et al, commitment to a shared purpose or mechanisms for conflict resolution from Anderson & Narus et al (2009). For the factor of trust, the authors illustrated a summary of previous works about the role or operation of trust, which includes a granting discretion and autonomy, delegation of authority, increasing productivity or outcomes from Golembiewski & McConkiel et al, lowering transaction costs from Van Slyke and Williamson, improving communication, sharing information, conflict resolution from Zald & McCarthy, enhanced problem solving, reducing stress, decreasing the extent of reliance on formal contracts, and increasing contractual flexibility from Carnevale et al (2009). The authors also referred to the definitional works on trust, which is important to make the purpose of research as distinct and original. Definitions of trust range widely, an element of strategic decision making, a calculation of risk from Boon et al, shared values and ideals from Hardin et al (2009). The literature review conducted were wide, but was to be reduced as centering on the theme of trust and non-market context of partnerships between the city agency and CBNs. The concept of trust, by illustration of relevant works, was introduced which varied nonetheless, and offered the basis to create an authors' own definition. The attribute of focusing single phenomenon or concept is strongly present about the concept, tenet, purpose of research, participants and data collection, and loci of research subject. Use exploratory verbs that convey the language of emerging design and are nondirectional. The behaviors believed to engender trust are required to be interactive about the ways of dealings since the authors' purpose was to elucidate the social or interorganizational process in building a trust within the partnerships between the public agency and CBNs. The works on this concern were included, which explored participation in dialogue, joint decision making, common experiences, repeated patterns of interactions and the predictability that ensues from Carnevale, preservation of equity and fairness from Korsgard et al, proactive information exchange from Macnei, and a willingness to adapt or accommodate the needs of the partner from Das & Teng (2009). Trust also is an element for feedback, self-disclosure, and the dialogue that fosters learning, while it has an attribute to be generated gradually and lost quickly (2009). In any case, the authors stressed from Bryson and others that the factor most often identified, and most critical, is trust. The verbs worked in this context would be precious to explain the process of successful partnership between the city agency and CBNs (2009). It also fits within the research design including the interviews, participant observations, and floor-level documents collected during the study. The verbs are generally non-dicretional since the prior findings or works are not a ground to begin with. They do not need to derive a hypothesis or assumption from the theory, which requires a strict adherence about the use of verbs, hence directional. The verbs seem to be exploratory since the authors themselves perceive different elements or notion about the understanding of trust concept. That is the basis that the authors generate a theory, and the key concepts about trust for their case must be "greater risk-taking behaviors, the delegation of discretionary authority, development of cross-sector decisions and tasks, and a willingness on the part of the more powerful partner, the county, to accommodate the needs of the nonprofit agencies" (p. 370). Trust on the part of CBNs would be viewed as "active engagement in the shared endeavor....reflects mutually defined values.....a change in perspective regarding the intentions and capabilities of the public agency" (p. 370). Expect the research questions to evolve and change during the study/Use open-ended questions without reference to the literature or theory The research questions in Article B were not directly framed with a question mark, but the authors circumscribed the factors in focus, "factors most important to effective partnership...critical points of ambiguity and difference that occurred in the partnership and how leadership in both sectors responded.....whether their responses were indications that trust was developing within the partnership" (p. 371). This implies that the research questions, across the ten years in period, could well evolve and change to meet the needs of adjustment. However, their central concept, trust and distrust, seems to lead with no or little shift in paradigm, and perhaps the market factors would be cautiously excluded. On the other hand, the context of governance issue might develop in the mid of study years which would be unexpected nor seriously contemplated as any precursor. Where they raise a critical concept of trust and posited a distinct purview about that concept, they, as said, inquired an orthodox question: What is trust/ How it could be built within the process of partnership. It is, therefore, to be open-ended and without reference to the literature or theory? This context of flexibility can also be noticed in the latter part of Article, "four issues of difference around domain emerged in the course of the study...." (p. 379). The authors also interconnected theirs to the future research which would be evolving or changing, "a recent turn in the nature of DCFS partnerships may provide more evidence about the distinctive attributes of organizational entities that partner with the public sector....four communities have selected local public sector entities as their lead agencies, including a school district, the human services division of the city government.....An examination of how these partnerships evolve in comparison to the CBNs may provide fruitful information for public sector partnerships and the contributions of particular sectors" (p. 382). Specify the participants and the research site for the study. The authors of article B had succinctly specified the participants, the term of research performance and site for the study. The study was conducted over three concentrated phases between October 1998 and November 2007, and the authors maintained intermittent contact between 1998 and 2003 (Harley, A. E., Buckworth, J., Katz, M. L., Willis, S. K., OdomsYoung, & Heaney, C. A., 2007: 2009). The interviews were repeatedly held in the spring of 2004, and they stated clearly about the quality and context of participant observation, grounded on such as community meetings, collaborative meetings, neighborhood center and community forums. They elicited that the community forums were called through a series of highly publicized crises involving a transition to a new director. Reference Alexander, J and Nank, R. (2009). Nonprofit Partnership: Realizing the New Public Service – Public 41 (3). 364-386 Administration & Society. Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research design :Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed approach, (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Handout (2013) : Research Questions and Hypotheses Checklist, St. Paul. MN: Walden University Harley, A. E., Buckworth, J., Katz, M. L., Willis, S. K., Odoms-Young, & Heaney, C. A. (2007). Developing long-term physical activity participation: A grounded theory study with African American women. Health Education & Behavior, doi:10.1177/1090198107306434. Newman, I., Ridenour, C. S., Newman, C., & DeMarco, G. M. P. (2003). A typology of research purposes and its relationship to mixed methods. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and behavioral research (pp. 167-188). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Introduction and Statement of Purpose Introduction (A Tentative Title of Thesis) European Union: Is it a political unity or unit of public administration?-The extent, dynamism, network, prospect and comparative lesson How do we make our public life and public cause? It could be remote actually, but must be artificial or might be on the kind of sanctity. A prescience of pure personhood would only be for the pious clergyman or bishop and the kind of privileged beings from the tradition, influence, coincidental sharing, popular ethos or sensibility and philosophical compassion. We may be honest on anger or despair, and may pursue an existence than essences if we are wet of J. Sartre or existentialism philosophers. The Rigolleto from Verdi, however, would be ours not to be divested. Europe would be a distinct place in terms of the intelligence, economy and world politics (Farrell, Mary F., Stefano N., Michael, 2002). The present civilization of world is framed, understood, and practiced on the logic, and perhaps apparently, in the least, on the strands and values originated from the West. Let it grow alone or in solitude as if for Monroe's case in the early 1800's, it would deserve our interest how Asia, generally lesser in scope from the Orient, could have exploited their destiny or civilization in any thrilled way. That, unfortunately, was not a reality while China had been submissive to the communist Russia and many liberal states on the globe were influenced by the European or US tradition and heritage. Now we manage on the instant context of globalized impact via e-mails, internet web pages, multi-function of smart phones or teleconference. While we may be less intimate, we would certainly not be awed, in the least, with any heterogeneity about different races, ethnicities, or nationalities. The business grows from an intensity and diversity within factors. We are usual to see Chinese or Japanese people working on the stock or currency exchange market who are fluent in English. They play a role as a business manager who recruits a number of white workers. A multilateralism or diversity in the workplace would be both an opportunity and challenge so that business theorists give a focus. Most of time for the global citizens would be spent around the private ways of interaction, family, hometown neighbors and friends as well as the kind of transformative working condition. The extent or time sequence might differ, however, so that the developing countries would be later as well as less exponential about the diversity in the workforce. This context of diversity or complicacies to interact would be surprising, but often would not be insurmountable by the normal standard of college educated workers. Behind this evolution of intense globalization, one curiosity could be fostered about their political or public life. In these contemporary elements as distinct, we can agree that the global citizens are but a political animal as attributed by Plato. Mittelman described well the turbulent decades of neo-liberalization and its profound impact on the politics of peripheral states (Milio, S., 2010; Mittelman, J.H., 2000). A neo-liberalization would not be the story from any political hegemony, but a bitter option to refresh the world economy to rescue a staggering giant of US and Great Britain. Competitiveness and exploitation of world market would be only way to rescue from the welfare fuzziness of society, and their ambition or measure was powerful to restructure most of global states, even making their political leaders distaste or be insipid. Despite a call or yell from the improvement of global standard, I consider a very positive sign within our mind about the humanity or our private orientation. The Buddhism expands to make both societies more congruent, and notably one of university curriculums in the US and major western nations. A famous Tibet leader, D. Lama, would be seen a figure very important if we may consider in terms of the symbolic interactionism. For its G2 status, a rising number of people in the US now like to learn the Chinese language. The practice of Meditation become widely available, and has been studied by many western psychologists, which is a method for the living and innate knowledge from the Orient. Some western actor in high public profile may like to visit Kangnam, South Korea to benefit from the Oriental medicine. The Buddhist temples in London are never surprising these days for the global public. If we were given a honorable mention as a sovereign people from the modern democratic revolution, we are generally both a subject to be ruled and the personality elected to be a ruler if without any suffrage discrimination. We are concerned how we rule or be ruled, which is very basic as Plato adduced or thrilling to recourse. We may like to calculate how much we had been prurient to amass the capital or how much we like to save as in the personality of Scrooge. We may like to retrovert how we are humanly or beneficient to save the starving children in Africa and as encouraged in the ads of UNICEF. These humanistic, philosophical or religious as well as economic and business thirst to be parked at the bottom of human strands are certainly an important part of humanity and indispensable. But we often spare a time to rethink how we rule and are being ruled. Around this crucial inquiry do generally the state and power theories lie, as well as our state or political lives. This sphere of interest also involves extensively, but fundamentally around a historical or philosophical viewpoints or tenets within the classics and works of modern political or legal scientists. In understanding the current system of governments, we may be useful to see three paradigms of western thought which corresponds with the US, European liberal or social democracy as well as Marx-Leninist communism. In research of governments or political system, the European case is most insightful for reasons (Morgan, G., 2004; Stivachtis, Y.A., 2008). First, European states actually are original to create a modern democratic form of government and parliamentary system. Second, they had been experimental to shift the paradigm to rule over history, and compiled a rich history about the state theory and political philosophy. They are a modern modality to influence many new born states since the World War II. Third, they had been interactive with the new republic of US, which would be another original source of democratic government called a presidential system and constitutional idea about the rule of law. Fourth, Europe is now operating under the system of European Union which is very orthodox nature of government or governance. It could hardly be defined as a state, but very systemic or authoritative with a scope of function and esteem often reserved for the national or state government. It perhaps would be interesting to see the hard nature of progress in terms of EU economy, political and social congruity while their successors or learners are well afforded generally from an import of their government system. Fifth, the attitude and ways of approach are analogous with the dualism confronted in the American continent around the independence struggle. Pro- integration and anti-integration can be charted to offer a useful point to be revisited. Around this wake to progress, the organization is competent and responsible to create its own public policy and implement through their institutions. That could be compared to a diverse form of governance currently standing which spans across the national or state government, United Nations and its agencies, such as WTO and others, as well as its peer concept of regional integration, such as ASEANs or MERCURSOR. EU now manages a scope of paid officers, members of European parliament, a number of Justices, and executive officers in the European Commission (Nedergaard, P.N.E., 2007; Van Der Eyden, A.P.J., 2003). They have no constitution, no president, no single national army, and so, hence, largely lack the quality as a national or state government, but highly agile or authoritative to implement a European policy. This implies that the aspect of public policy or administration is rather honed or as most necessary in the extent of mutually open international community. In other words, we may find an increasing importance of public administration in this highly globalized or informative society than the traditional emphasis on the politics or state power. As its distinct status of government studies, I believe it would be a kind of hyperbole to be examined. Statement of Purpose In this backdrop, my purpose is (i) to examine the accurate identity of European Union with the comparative, historical, intellectual or philosophical lens (ii) the extent of policy or state power now practiced by the European Union, as well as the role of public policy making and administration, (iii) the rationale to support the present status or regime and its prospect from the sources of influence, to illustrate, economic, social and intellectual or others (iv) the essences of governance or public administration within the EU to be compared with those of traditional state or power theories (v) the implications of studies for the comparative scholars of government, and idealists for the regional or world government. The current literature can be available widely about the topics concerning EU laws and institutions, its public policy and administration, state and political power as well as the history, culture or philosophy of Europe discoursed on the European politics or public value (Carson, Marcus B., Tom R. C., Dolores,2010; Nedergaard, P.N.E., 2007 ; Milio, S., 2010;Van Der Eyden, A.P.J., 2003). However, most of literature generally have focused on the studies of European law, foundational treaties, case studies of ECJ, and its sociological or institutional impact or interplay with the member states or European society. Some specific policy or political views may be contended or discussed, but their main argument would either be specific or merely suggestive to more tightly unite, be modified, or better to disintegrate. A considerable body of works can be found to discuss the European politics or EU from the points of view, including history, culture, economy, and societal (Morgan, G., 2004; Stivachtis, Y.A., 2008). For example, neo-realism viewpoint may argue more persuasively about the integration of EU based on the history, political, social and economic experience of European states (Farrell, Mary F., Stefano N., Michael, 2002; Kenealy, D. & Kostagiannis, K, 2013). I found that the theories or research findings in the contemporary literature may be seen fragmented to shape a whole picture about its current standing and prospect as well as generate a theory about the essences of governance or public administration to be compared and implicated with a scope of current understandings. In this status of our understanding, I may devise several of research questions to improve a better view about the identity of EU and its essences to be related with the tenets or theories about the politics, state power, public administration, and laws or institutions. The first question is why and under what condition would this system of governance evolved? The second question is how can we define its system of governance, a polity or unit of public administration? Under this inquiry, we may explore and discuss the extent of political role, public policy and implementation, and social or intercultural congruence or unity. The third question is what are essences of EU governance in relation with the traditional tenets or theories? Finally how is it prospective or deflective, and what are implications for the comparative scholars of government about the questions of law, rule of law and public administration, international organization and governance, world government as well as the holdings of political theorists. 8-entry Annotated Bibliography 1. Nedergaard, P.N.E. (2007). Nijhoff Law Specials, Volume 69 : European Union Administration : Legitimacy and Efficiency, Leiden. NLD : Brill Academic Publishers In this book, the author attempts to discuss the public administration of European Union. EU is an organization of special character between the federal union and international organizations, which leads to a unique nature of public administration. The author chose two central variables usually sanctified by the students of discipline, i.e., efficiency and legitimacy. These two threads have been tested and pursued for any more enhanced understanding of EU administration. They dealt with the traditional concepts, theories, and organizational studies, and projected to explore the key institutions of European Union, such as the Council of Ministers or EU Commission. Their focus was given in an extent about the decision making process which is critical to characterize the quality of EU administration. They also are concerned of staffing in the Eurocrats which would be threshold to enter the theme that the author intends to enlighten. The author's purview would be extensive which is the peer ways of dealing often employed by the discipline of public administration. This means that two threads, efficiency and legitimacy, were assessed broadly, which includes a triadic, i.e., organizational structure, process and culture. 2. Van Der Eyden, A.P.J. (2003). Public Management of Society : Rediscovering French Institutional Engineering in the European Context, Amsterdam. NLD: IOS Press. This book explores the context of public administration rather flexibly and perhaps may be seen to deconstruct our attitude of strict adherence to the kind of concepts or terms. Hence, the theme is entitled with any mild nature of words, such as management or society. Nonetheless, it churns on the strands and elements with a particular focus on the French society and history, which is insightful to understand the contemporary concepts, i.e., government, governance, public administration, state, and politics. For the authors, France would be any most candidate for the classroom of European culture and governance. It probably would be one of radical rights in Europe who should be a pro-integration or advocate for the European federalism. The author of book begins with the history and tradition from the Fifth Republic, and extended their concern through a public policy making, politics, and public management of society. Provided that France is an important diplomatic center in terms of world politics, they investigate and discuss the context and role of France in the international and co-national arena. Kindly enough, The book has a dual strengths about understanding the European integration and its public administration. First, they provide an interdisciplinary context or perspective to encompass the rule of law, idea of public authority and cultural intelligence. Second, the book offers a new insight and framework about EU governance in the neo-European age 3. Carson, Marcus B., Tom R. C., Dolores (2010). Paradigms in Public Policy : Theory and Practice of Paradigm Shifts in the EU, Frankfurt. DEU: Peter Lang AG. The book provides a useful reference about the rapidly changing environment of public policy in EU. It offers an excellent and coherent insight about the selected classics of public policy and its implications or operation for the major public programs or issues in the EU administration. Then the authors may articulate any refurbished nature of public policy paradigm in the extensions and conclusion. The public knowledge and meanings of state action are two basic assumptions on which the policy students or public officers place a critical focus in comprehension and practice. European states are unique in the extent of diversity about a language, culture, value or intelligence which, however, are historically and geographically mutual and interactive in some need of a political unity. Therefore, the cognitive and normative element would be more important than other context of polity or administrative unit, and the public policy paradigm is naturally reflexive on it. A theory in this case can be viewed as cultural-institutional. It is cultural since it deals with socially transmitted cognition or construction of knowledge. It is institutional because it makes a point of rule-based structure and organized human actors, who mobilize and struggle to realize their ideals and pursue the mundane interests. In this purview, the authors selected three classics of public policy paradigm, which cover J. Jenson, Peter Hall, and William Coleman et al. In rank order, the theory tends to accommodate more of progressive than protective, and exposes any minimal essence of public policy involving the classic arena of politics (US and France before 1914) through cooperative (economic) and socialized (agriculture). Then the authors discuss areas of public policy within EU, which includes a food policy and mad cows, regulation of chemicals, energy policy, climate policy, and gender equality. 4. Milio, S. (2010). Library of European Studies : From Policy to Implementation in the European Union : The Challenge of a Multi-Level Governance System, London. GBR: I.B. Tauris. The author in this book is concerned of the implementation deficit in the European Union, and provides an insightful analysis of member states and suggestions about its improvement. The way of approach is interesting and eye-opening by beginning with a most traditional state, Italy, and showcased their struggle by structuring the first and second preconditions for any effective implementation of EU policy within the member states. Her effort to explore a specific context of member states can be articulated in a meaningful way between the old and new member states. The tendency about a strict compliance and faithful implementation may be generalized within this dualism. The author enters a basic assumption to define the EU in terms of the mid-governance between the nation-state and international organization. Given its universal errand, the author considered a cohesion policy to be placed at the center of EU governance. She perceives that the practical importance to make EU any effective organization to create a public value depends on the policy implementation and some system to share. Concerned of the implementation dimension than a policy making, the book enables the audience to grasp a picture about the conditions and strands of member states, as well as dynamism, contention and struggle, evolution between them and EU. 5. Morgan, G. (2004). Idea of a European Superstate. New Jersey. NJ: Princeton University Press The book provides some great lens to describe a political justification for the European integration, and deals with the topic in three key quarrels, i.e., Eurosceptics, postsoverigntists, and federalists. The authors predict that the political institution in Europe will unlikely to disappear, which will increase to diverge and interact between US-friendly v. US allergic states, federalists v. anti-federalists, big states and small states. An institutional dilemma, if ever challenged, would likely be maneuvered leading to this kind of clever solution other than fundamental disorganization. In view of the authors, the political ethos is complicated. Some idealists may favor a universal ties of world concept or humanity writ large while others may prefer the independent Europe of many nations states. Some may argue that the current extent of centralization has to be modified to empower each member state as more autonomous and powerful. Others may propagandize the united states of Europe at the same extent of United States of America. In this context, a justification problem arises in the tense and urgency which could be a key concept concerning the current status of EU government and idealistic direction in the future. For the purpose of authors, the conceptual agreement would be important, which concerns the project, process and product of European integration. The constitutional treaty provides a momentum of research project which is a lengthy and elaborate work from Europeans. A division of competence, distribution of powers, and other friendly apparatus were offered to create the backdrop for this book. As centered on the theme of justification, the author discusses on a chapter basis the scope of relevant issues, which include the nationalism, eurosecpticism, welfare, security and so. The book was written to address two challenges, a constitutional treaty for European integration and more unilateral foreign policy from the US initiative, which proved eventually failed. The authors still hold, however, his argument about a deeper and wider Europe, justificatory deficit and the needs of European superstate. 6. Stivachtis, Y.A. (2008). State of European Integration. Abingdon, Oxon, GBR: Ashgate Publishing Group. The author in this volume purports to describe the state of European integration. As European Union is a comprehensive and complex organization, as multi-leveled and with a wide spectrum of competence, it is a threshold issue to choose most significant areas and issues in elaborating on his purpose. EU is one of most influential international actors, and the currency as well as financial challenge is imposing to threat the European integration. In this aspect, they were dealt to explicate the author's theme. Two other most important problems EU faces currently would lie within the socialization, democratization, legitimacy question and concerning a convergence and cohesion for the European policy. These areas were discussed to disclose the success, insufficiency and failure from the original scheme of European integration. The book is useful to grasp the current context of major European issues, political, social and economic process of EU and its member states. For instance, the author may raise three debates and suggests one research question in the area of financial administration, "Why did Germany join the EMU?" In terms of the international activities and security, the author views that the EU has the broad instruments and competence which cover CFSP, ESDP, and trade and development cooperation. ESDP may take a role to operate as a civil-military apparatus which could work in a coherent and integrated manner. They also explore the ways to manage the enlarged Europe effective, more democratic and transparent, and a better division of competence between the EU and member states also factors to address the policy challenges in the future. 7. Farrell, Mary F., Stefano N., Michael (2002). European Integration in the 21st Century: Unity in Diversity? London, GBR: SAGE Publications Ltd. The authors in this book are concerned of European integration in a more practical perspective, and argue within a neo-realist tenet or lens of analysis. Hence, they begin with the long history, covering the European Coal and Steel Community, European Community, and European Economic Community. They look at the past of many attempts, concessions, and initiatives to deal with the question of European integration, and suggest an ultimate loophole arising from the inability to agree a settled framework for the future shape of EU, absence of consensus among the EU member states concerning the end-point of European integration, as well as a lack of interest or sharing for the integration process. They view that the political motive of member states for an integration would differ for reasons including the policy priority or preferences and perceived institutional outcomes. In this context, the contributors discuss the areas of elementary issue for a possibly coherent model of unity and with respect to the common objectives, such as the political stability, security, human rights, social progress, and equitable and sustainable economic development. Typically, the book provides useful chapters for the students who like to know the real institutions of EU as well as the diversity of factors in relation with the integration ethos. For example, we can encounter a discourse dealing with the emerging integration of policing and criminal justice, network democracy as a flexible form of governance. That would go beyond the expectations of reader. The audience can benefit much more who can flavor the logic and metaphor of neorealism, including a historical teleologies, the issue of small states, and east European states coming less of unity in lieu of much extent of diversity. The authors then pursue an inquiry throughout the chapters how differentiated integration can be accommodated within the existing EU institutional framework and what are genuine or most powerful factors to engineer the kind of dilemma embedded in European integration. In this purpose, the authors would keep constant about two key concepts, i.e., superpower than superstate and the search for legitimacy. 8. Kenealy, D. & Kostagiannis, K (2013). Realist Visions of European Union: E.H. Carr and Integration, Millennium Journal of International Studies, 41: 221. The article purports to provide a true implication of realism proposed by E.H. Carr, which is posited for applying to the context of European integration. As a counter thesis, the authors argued severely attacking that the neorealism held by Mearsheimer and his student Rosato failed to adequately address the power dynamics and moral aspect adapted toward one united Europe. The authors intensely disfavor the federalism within the context of EU, which was rooted in the beliefs of E.H. Carr. For the authors, Mearsheimer and his disciples incorrectly applied a power balancing in a unique point of consideration, which took account after the postwar periods of European construction, and particularly after 1980's collapse of bipolarity. Their view, for the author's perspective, was narrowly drawn and also falsely assumed on a single focus between the threat of Soviet Union and European capabilities of containing her. The authors deplored an ahistorical perception and polemics employed to describe the EU politics and its integration scheme. The history accumulated long period through, in their eyes, is keenly entangled with the proper version of power and moral aspect dominating this region. The history, and its true implications would form a basis to animate the dynamism and persuasion of realistic viewpoints. In the viewpoint of authors, the European errand for construction and integration has been particular in the context of power and moral purpose. Neorealism, however, remotely shed to explicate the process of integration, which lacks a true insight striking the core of issues. The article is structured within four chapters: (i) the first section on superiority of Carr's realism over both neorealist accounts of European integration and other leading integration theories (ii) the second section on consistency of his series of works and theories including Conditions of Peace and Nationalism and After, and Twenty Years' Crisis. (iii) the third section on change occurring in, and analysis of nationalism as well as the specific application of that thinking to postwar Europe (iv) conclusion. The authors, in short, wrought acidly and in an intense tone about the fundamental question,"What can Carr's form of realism offer those who study the EU? They seriously argued on its historically convincing, consistent and superior nature in a way of understanding the postwar Europe. It falls sharply in contrast with the neorealism, which is considerably more nuanced and richer as the explanatory framework. Reference Carson, M. B., Tom R. C, Dolores (2010). Paradigms in Public Policy : Theory and Practice of Paradigm Shifts in the EU Frankfurt, DEU: Peter Lang AG. Farrell, Mary F., Stefano N., Michael (2002). European Integration in the 21st Century: Unity in Diversity? London, GBR: SAGE Publications Ltd. Kenealy, D. & Kostagiannis, K (2013). Realist Visions of European Union: E.H. Carr and Integration, Millennium Journal of International Studies, 41: 221. Nedergaard, P.N.E. (2007). Nijhoff Law Specials, Volume 69 : European Union Administration : Legitimacy and Efficiency Leiden, NLD : Brill Academic Publishers Milio, S. (2010). Library of European Studies : From Policy to Implementation in the European Union : The Challenge of a Multi-Level Governance System, London. GBR: I.B. Tauris. Mittelman, J.H. (2000). The Globalization Syndrome, New Jersey, NJ: Princeton University Press. Morgan, G. (2004). Idea of a European Superstate. New Jersey. NJ: Princeton University Press Stivachtis, Y.A. (2008). State of European Integration. Abingdon, Oxon, GBR: Ashgate Publishing Group. Van Der Eyden, A.P.J. (2003). Public Management of Society : Rediscovering French Institutional Engineering in the European Context, Amsterdam. NLD: IOS Press The Quantitative Research and Two Basic Methods In the quantitative study, two representative methods to deal with the purpose of research are a survey design and experimental one (Creswell, J.W., 2009). While the first has strands on trend, attitude or opinion of a populace, the latter method focuses on the impact of a treatment on an outcome. In order to recover a valid and reliable relation between the treatment and outcome, the researchers in the experimental design, called experimenter, control all other factors that might influence the outcome. A survey based research collect the data, or conduct an analysis and interpretation, which eventually turns to produce a quantitative or numeric description, statistical context of understanding, and implications of findings (2009). Both methods are based on a common philosophy on the post-positivism where the scientific truths can be unearthed positively between the object and human agent (Phillips, D.C. & Burbules & N.C., 2000). Human cognition can be made any better by employing the empirical evidence and outer world can be explained in any convincing extent. Its spirit and elementary assumption may share the tradition of determinism where a relationship between the variables, as explained on the basis of data and evidence and collected through the survey and experiment, is central to answering the questions and hypotheses (Creswell, J.W., 2009; Handout, 2013, a). An enhanced scrutiny indebted from a parsimonious set of variables and valid or reliable methods untainted from the unscientific arbitrariness fortifies a quality status of scientific statement. A survey or experiment, therefore, composes the crucial part of empirical observations or research findings and provides measure to test a theory (2009). In the progress of research, both methods commonly require to keep it neutral and objective from the known or unknown bias, prejudice or fallacy. Two methods often are considered to deal in objectivity from its tone of quantitative or statistical reliance. That would not be incorrect in general terms, but still a bias can interrupt, for example, how the survey questionnaires are worded or framed and how a researcher fairly draws the participants to match his research topic. That area of problem is subtle, but may lead to a greater deviation in consequence to produce any unpersuasive or less meaningful research outcome. In some cases, the readers may not be concrete or merely spin off the context of author's holdings or arguments provided if the survey results are unclear to explain any item of variables most tangibly or as related. Hence, it is generally encouraging to relate the variables to the specific questions or hypotheses on the instrument. It is preferable to use a technique to relate the three, i.e., variables, research questions or hypotheses and items on the survey instrument (2009). From this attitude, the readers can be clear about the context, structure of research and author's intent or purpose. A Characteristic of Research Questions, Discipline and Two Methods The survey method would be a way to assume the sample populace as objective and prudent about the questionnaires, yet not to be treated for some particular purpose of research. Therefore, it would be primary and less applied in response with the kind of research questions. It is primary provided if the sample group would often be viewed as one or normal people and the questionnaires demand a candid opinion often about the universal context of inquiries. For example, the research question, "how many adults dislike a smoking in the public street" would be immediate with the lay people, and the sample people are ones or normal people to be demanded of candid expression about it. They need not be treated, but the data would get worse if a treatment intervenes in this kind of research question (Laureate Education, Inc., 2008). For example, suppose some sample people were delivered drunken and led to see the movies where some gentleman with a pipe cigar in his mouth won a war of justice, possibly like the scene of Churchill. Then the survey result may be compared to yield a different rate of disfavor. In that case, a survey method may get applied or secondary to the assessment of phenomenon. In some research areas, the sample people may be drawn from sectors or specific field of profession. For example, the research questions dealing with the minority issue would target to mobilize a specific race group or females. For the academic issue about the satisfaction of students, a sample group would be qualified to include the college students. On the other hand, the experimental method may be more adequate if the phenomenon or fact to prove and disprove may be related with some condition artificially created or in need to be treated of the research participants (2008). For example, the researchers may like to know what temperature the drunken people respond to put off their winter coat at. Then they may undertake the experimental method to create a condition and collect their response. Suppose the research question were to be changed for what temperature northern people above 38 th line put off their winter coat at. Then the research may possibly be pursued with the aid of survey questionnaires for the sample populace drawn from Canada, England, northern US and China, and so forth. The phenomenon or fact is related with a primary chain or strands, neither secondary nor mediated and less applied. The survey method often yields its result as the quantitative data, which influences an extent of fitness and application. They tend to produce a result beginning with a simple two or three scales, i.e., yes or no, and positive, neutral and negative, as well as some rank scales to be devised by the researchers. That might be similar with the experimental one, which, however, would not be necessarily so. In my viewpoint, some points can be inferred about the research questions and use of each method. For example, two methods can be employed to seek an opinion from the sample group or participants. Nonetheless, the survey method may frequent in the fact-seeking inquiries than experimental one. A contrast between one or agent and treated subjects seems to determinative in distinguishing between two methods. The condition or assumption may be attached to the survey method or questionnaires. However, the experimental method would be indispensable about that element. The discipline of public policy and administration often is based on the concept or goals dealing with an efficiency, legitimacy, transparency, liberty and equality, loyalty, public good and value, and so on. There is a scope of existing theories workable to explain a phenomenology of public service and improve the performance of public administration. Hence, the quantitative method would likely be handy or favored by the researchers. Their inquiry or research questions tend to be entwined with a primary context of interaction between the object and agents which may be applied in some sectors or concerns. It implies that their concern comes dominantly with the kind of universal strands to be shared among the triadic, including the policy makers or administrators, researchers and policy subject. Their consciousness or apprehension would generally arise from the normal context and even democratic. In pursuit of the quantitative research, this characteristic tends to operate as favors the survey method in the discipline. The experimental method may be used, but seemingly less frequent unlike the psychology, education and health disciplines. Aspects of Two Methods in Comparison, and Validity or Reliability Although both methods serve a quantitative approach, they may be made distinct about a component, terminology, elements, statistics and so. Besides, we also can identify similarities between them. The survey design and experimental one are based on the same concept concerning a sample population and participants (2009). Since the first does not involve a treatment or an extent of active involvement in the data collection, we call them a sample population. On the other, we use the term participants in the experimental design. The sample group or participants are a critical base to verify the scientific value and validity or reliability of findings. Therefore, the researchers are strained and scrupulous to endeavor on the sample or participant selection. The statistical analysis is generally an important process, particularly in the survey design, to increase a scientific persuasion and validity of research. Hence, the sampling size needs to be determined in order to achieve a statistically meaningful one. The experimental design also is related with the statistics when the threats to the statistical conclusion validity arise leading to inaccurate inferences from the data, inadequate statistical power or violation of statistical assumptions (2009). The selection phase is mostly gone with a statistical consideration, i.e., a consideration of the level of statistical significance, the amount of power desired in a study, and the effect size. These three factors can be correlated by assigning values. In response to the selection method, we often use two terms called a quasi-experiment and true experiment. A true experiment occurs when the participants are selected randomly (2009). Participants will be assigned on the non-random basis to label it a quasi-experiment. It is required to control the variables that might influence an outcome so that the concept of matching participants works. A certain trait or characteristic would be the basis to match participants, but a researcher may opt to go without matching because it is expensive or takes time (2009). The survey design has a component of instrumentation in parallel with the experimental procedure in the experiment design. In tenet and practice, it is highly encouraged for the proposal developer to provide a detailed information of actual survey instrument. This can well complement leading the audience to the enhanced understanding of research process, ways of dealing, findings and its implications. This way also provides a clarity and guides for the future research. It is preferred to keep it for a certain period of time for reasons, for example, use to counter the controversy or dispute for any alleged falsification and so. It is advised to name the survey instrument, which may be an original to be devised for this research, a modified instrument or an intact instrument developed by someone else (2009). If the researchers decide to use an existing instrument, it is better to report efforts to establish validity, for example, by providing a description of validity and reliability of scores obtained from past use of the instrument. We can infer several threats to abridge the experimenter's ability to conclude the intervention affects an outcome. Internal validity threats are factored by the possibility of incorrect inferences involved in the research participants themselves in a specific design (2009; Handout, 2013, b). On the other, external validity threats arise when incorrect inferences are made not ingeniously, but from generalization beyond the sample data or other fallacy in the process of interpretation and conceptualization (2009). For example, the poverty data, as correlated with the minority class, may not be stated as true with the Asian Americans in the United States. A validity or reliability is an important concept provided that the general purpose of research is to shape a scientific truth or findings and make a scientific statement about the problem or concerned topic. Further, the concept of reliability comes important when the scores from past use of the instrument are involved. Internal consistency needs to be checked and ensured about test-retest correlations, test administration and scoring. It is square to be minded and take care to deal with, for instance, inclusion of sample items, indication of the major content, pilot testing or field testing, administration of the survey and follow-up efforts to ensure a high response rate (2009). Generally the validity and reliability in the research is demanded in a growing context of research ethics in this high-tech society. The research would be a source to generate incomes, and provides a standard of conduct for the contemporary citizens. A research outcome is the kind of soft law, though not to be strictly enforced, but can exercise a kind of dominant influence for a person and society. It may structure a basis for the public policy making, and be chained to boost the network, cooperation, and development of professional community. Increased validity and reliability stimulate a future research, and may work as a lesson or guide. It can enrich an interaction and productivity of professionals. In contrast, a falsification of data or plagiarism can disappoint the peer researchers, and militates against a public trust on the science and truths. While the instrumentation and materials tend to be less of importance in the experimental design, it may be used at a pre-test or post-test stage of procedure (2009). In this case, it is required to describe the instrument or instrument participants complete in the experiment and thoroughly discuss the materials used for the experimental treatment. In the experimental design, the procedures need to be identified about a specific experimental design. The researchers discuss an overall experimental type, cite reasons for the design and preferably advance a visual model for the audience. The general guide would cover; (i) identify the type of experimental design to be used, (ii) identify what is being compared in the experiment, (iii) provide a diagram or a figure to illustrate the specific research design (2009). Reference Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research design :Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed approach, (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Handout (2013) (a) : Measurement of Variables, St. Paul. MN: Walden University. Handout (2013) (b): Threats to Internal Validity, St. Paul. MN: Walden University. Laureate Education, Inc. (2008). Research theory, design, and methods. Baltimore, MD: Author. " Quantitative Methods: An Example ." Phillips, D.C. & Burbules & N.C. (2000). Postpositivism and Educational Research, Lanham & Oxon MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers. An Example of Quantitative Method Introduction In the scenario for the weeks' assignment, the research problem would arise from a dilemma about the ways of public service between the low demands of service and fiscal problem of government. How much do the leaders and key officers in the partnership think if the organizational culture is important to factor the success of partnership? Perhaps the high overhead cost and low demands would incur a financially or fiscally problematic status of government or administrators. They need to raise a demand of governmental service and must coincidentally seek some cure for the fiscal problem. To meet this challenge, they pursued a partnership-patronizing policy to deliver the areas of public service. They now may be curious if this initiative has effected or effects and how to improve its initial purpose to catch two rabbits for any busy government and fiscally sound status of it. Their key concept of inquiries in this scenario focuses on the different organizational cultures and the ways to integrate it. There are a scope of theories, tenets or propositions now generally assumed by the people, peers and public administrators for the discipline or closely related peer disciplines. In relation with the research problem at this moment, we may consider those which are concerned of the effect of partnership between the government and public nonprofit organizations, organizational culture and multiculturalism or diversity in the work place. The Statement of Purpose In the current literature, we may rely on the assumption or hypotheses that the partnership of scenario type can generally increase a democratic aspect of public service, an effective service delivery to the root base of policy addresses, participation of interested officers, workers and citizens, as well as a workable government on the policy network and interaction. It is generally undisputed and not contended that the organizational culture is any more important factor leading to the success of organizations (Jurkiewicz, C. , 2012; Meuleman, L, 2010; Stinchcomb, J. B.& Francisco, O., 2007). In this line of thought, we can find a body of works from the business, education, psychology and public policy scholars (Christian T., Lae greid, P. Roness, P.G., Røvik, K.A., 2007; Maden, C., 2012; Meuleman, L., 2010). There are generally less works on the multiculturalism or diversity in the workforce, but the high turns of globalization may bring an increased profile of research on this issue. This concern has been typically centralized in the US context since it is a most representative country of mixed nature across the races and ethnicity. The nation also is one of most advanced or civilized country to contest a gender inequality and discrimination. This backdrop may offer a motive for many of multiculturalism studies, and the general assumption of multiculturalism is positive or encouraging, yet with some opposing views. It emphasizes an importance of learning, democratic value, evolution context of organization, and diversity for the productive organizations (Stinchcomb, J. B.& Francisco, O., 2007). The research problem in the scenario involves the different cultures within two types organization which may, in a subtlety, be distinct from the traditional aspect of multiculturalism. While the culture involves a dominant ethos and attitude of organization or organizational members, as often embedded on the intelligence, morality and passion, the assumptions or hypotheses inferred from the literature may be applied to the cultural issue between the public non-profit organizations and government ( Bennett, T., 2007; Meuleman, L., 2010). In the light of research scenario, we may infer two hypotheses (i) The partnership can serve the goals of government in ways and may increase an organization performance on the multicultural context of administration (ii) The organizational culture will be some of most important factor leading to the success of partnership (iii) Different cultures may impede a performance, and need to be constantly attended with the learning, education, and sharing leading to the improved cooperation, coordination and collaboration. Then we may derive research questions in response with these hypotheses; (i) Are different cultures an important factor to increase the partnership performance? Why do the leaders and key officers in the partnership think if the organizational culture is important to factor the success of partnership? (ii) Do the different cultures between public and government impede or positively effect on the success of partnership? Why the different cultures between non-profit public organizations and government impede or positively effect on the success of partnership? (iii) Can we integrate the multicultural context of partnership to improve its practice? While the qualitative or mixed method may be instrumental to resolve the inquiry about the different cultures and types of collaborations, I believe that the quantitative method would be more adequate to deal with the question for reasons (2009). First, the topic and research problem are typical, but general to be well subsumed by the prior findings from theories and tenets. The literature and general assumption may be presumed to appreciate the nature or profile of issue and the critical curiosity could be explored by undergirding the theories, inferring the hypotheses or assumptions from them, and answering the research questions related with them. They may find a need to develop the research in other ways as the progress of this method alarms a different quality of response from the survey result or assessment. Then the researchers may develop a qualitative or mixed method to characterize the problem as orthodox or distinct from the existing viewpoints or theories. Second, the topic may be addressed in the practically most useful context by exploring the leadership experience of both organizations which involves a survey of leaders and key officers. They are most knowledgeable persons responsible to administer the public service and cultural issue to enhance the effective and productive performance of partnership concerning a coordination, cooperation, and collaboration. The integration of culturally different organizations in terms of partnership most heavily depends on the elements of human resources which can be measured by the public survey of leaders and key officers working within the partnership form of service delivery. While the data or questionnaires are primary about the status of organizational cultures, strengths and weaknesses of them to deal with the partnership requirements and productive collaboration, I consider that the experimental method would not likely serve any more refined context of relevance with the independent and dependent variables. This brings an adequacy of survey method, but the survey questionnaires need to be prepared prudently about the checklist of questions for designing a survey as summarized by Creswell (2009). For example, we had several meetings to devise a survey questionnaire with the consulting firms. For that arrangement, we utilized the amount of dollar support from the funding institution. We discussed the points illustrated in much time of assessment. For example, we mutually confirmed it as satisfactory (i) if the purpose of a survey design is stated, (ii) how many people will be in the sample and on what basis was this size chosen, (iii) what instrument will be used in the survey, (iv) what is the timeline for administering the survey, and others. This aspect and details were attached at the last of this research article (actually not attached with this statement of purpose). We launched the survey plan to be scheduled for two months between Feb. 1 and April 30. The questionnaires delivered were sectioned into three parts and including 20 questions (A part of it actually attached), and e-mailed to the 200 leaders of partnership and its 600 key officers from around the nation. 200 leaders and 600 key officers were respectively selected on a random basis from two types of organization within the partnership, i.e., local governments and public non-profit organizations. The sample size was decided in consultation with the expert of statistics and from the total number of national partnerships between the government and public non-profit organizations (2009). The sample group was chosen randomly, but according to the share of partnerships and sectors of service. For instance, the sectors of child care are most dominant in the use of this type of service, hence, 40 leaders were selected to respond. We made every effort to boost their participation as well as to recover a fair and honest response as well as to comply with the ethics requirement for the decency. The response rate ranged around 78 percents, which is encouraging for a meaningful analysis and construction of data. A fine match among the triadic of elements has the central importance to produce a coherent, well organized, mostly persuasive scientific statement to satisfy the clients, peer professionals and readers. We consider two, four and other two independent variables for each question are most direct, keenly related, essential, influential to affect an assessment to solve the research questions. This context were presented below. (Research Questions and Independent Variables) Research question (i) (Ind. Variables) Research question (ii) (Ind. Variables) Research Question (iii) (Ind. Variables)  Nature of service  Nature of Partnership  Trust and Empowerment  Satisfaction of customers or clients  Satisfaction of employees  Activeness about the consultation, cooperation, coordination and collaboration  Role of leadership and multiculturalism  Elements of Partnership and Impact from the Organizational Culture (Trust and Empowerment/Satisfac tion of customers or clients/Satisfaction of employees/Activeness about the consultation, cooperation, coordination and collaboration) Reference Bennett, T. (2007). Making culture and changing society. Cultural Studies Vol. 21 Issue 4/5, p610-629. DOI : 10. 1080/09502380701278988. Christian T., Lae greid, P. Roness, P.G., Røvik, K.A. (2007). Organization Theory and the Public Sector: Instrument, Culture and Myth. New York & London. NY: Routledge Jurkiewicz, C. (2012). Developing a multicultural organizational code of Ethics rooted into the moral obligations of citizenry. Public Organization Review. Vol. 12 Issue 3, p243249. 7p. DOI: 10.1007/s11115-012-0187-6. Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research design :Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed approach, (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Maden, C. (2012). Transforming Public Organizations into Learning Organizations: A Conceptual Model. Public Organization Review, Vol. 12 Issue 1 p71-84. DOI: 10.1007/s11115-011-0160-9 Meuleman, L (2010). The Cultural dimension of metagovernance :Why governance doctrines may fail. Public Organization Review. Vol. 10 Issue 1, p49-70. DOI: 10.1007/s11115009-0088-1 Stinchcomb, J. B.& Francisco, O. (2007). The integration of "Two Brotherhoods" into one learning organization: A psycho-social perspective on merging police and fire services. Public Organization Review. Vol. 7 Issue 2, p143-161. 19p. DOI: 10.1007/s11115-0060026-8. (Attachment 1) Three Elements and Its Interconnectedness Research questions Independent Variables Survey Sections and Questionnaires/Dependent Variables Are different cultures an important factor to increase a partnership performance? Why do the leaders and key officers in the partnership think if the organizational culture is important to factor the success of partnership?  Nature of Service  Nature of Partnership Extent of cultural elements and their interorganzational difference within the partnership How do you define your service? (i) Culturally very sensitive (ii) Culturally sensitive (iii) Culturally insensitive How do you define your partnership? (i) Its success highly or specifically depends on the culture of engaged organization (ii) Its success generally depends on the culture of engaged organizations (iii) Its success mostly depends on other factors than the culture of engaged organizations How do you assess an extent of difference in the cultures of engaged organizations? (i) Different (ii) Culturally different (iii) Mostly same and congruent "The Qualitative method and Comparative Promenade in the Methodological Concern" Philosophies and Two Contemporaries The qualitative research can be traced to the early 1990's, whose idea has the trait to be more active, engaged, subjective, and even creative. Its scope is wider in details, and the effort was advanced over its development concerning how to make the method as rigorous in parallel with the quantitative one. It can be said to be attuned with the post-positivist or constructivist stance in creating a knowledge and development within the sphere of human cognition. Two important and powerful structures espoused by positivism rely on the objective world as given and empirical power of humanity. That tradition was refurbished to seek a crystallization into the logical positivism based from Berne and Vienna. The logical positivism was driven to develop the knowledge and empirical awareness of humans into a pure logic compiled and received since the era of positivism. Against this intellectual mainstream, Carl Popper or Thomas Kuhn, two of leading thinkers of two philosophic origin, rejected the idea so that the falsification can certainly intervenes and human elements, who could be researchers and research participants, should not be removed and played importantly to create a scientific knowledge (Groff, R., 2007). The constructivist tradition, as represented by John Dewey and M. Montessori, also contributed to the present standing of scientific community that the knowledge in this pluralistic society has a quality to be constructed and conditionalized through a real life experiences (Fosnot, C.T. & Fosnot, T.C., 2013). Both methods are mostly rooted in this aspect of understanding as well as some spiritual heritage from positivism. The positivism concept of sense data, mind-dependent objects, sensory experience, circular dependence in the theory and observation may also be borrowed to explain the contemporary context of researchers, which ,however, are vastly principled ones actually. In any case, two immediate theories are notable to involve the persons of researcher or research participants. Then the quantitative method can be supported by the positivists as well as post-positivists provided if they purport to test a theory, hence objective world as given and use variables and empirical data collected through the survey and experimental method. The qualitative method often does not begin with the theories or hypotheses, but the natural settings are a platform that the researchers conduct a progress of their research. They may be perceived as the kind of blind man about their research strands, hence, often prefer to raise a question with what. In a specific, however, they would do better to make the readers more friendly and understandable by elucidating where and when. In some aspect, the qualitative researchers may be curious about the kind of how and why form of questions to steward their final purpose of holistic diagnosis about the extent of agonistic group, phenomenon, society and case development. They, then, provide an informed assertions or propositions which may interplay with the later context of quantitative study (Creswell, J.W., 2009). Therefore, both methods expose the differences in methodology, but to be mutually complimentary to vindicate the scientific truths and better of human understanding. While we consider the postpositivism and constructivism are two influential philosophical stances to support the modern research methodology and strands of human cognition, the transition from a classic positivism to those may involve the development of science and pluralistic evolution or divergence of society. When in the positivist era, the theory would be simple, grand and limited in essences. In the advent of 20 th century, the research works might multiply, the sections or phenomena would become more pluralistic and divergent, and even the social or political issues or discrimination turned to deserve a public or researchers' attention. The autonomy of humans and personhood have enlarged beyond the 18 th political revolution so that the constructivist views successfully made the subjectivity to factor more powerfully in understanding a phenomena, society and humans (Groff, R., 2007). They tend to recognize a human subject to be more critical than any previous times which could lead to the new plane of qualitative research method. Some Practices from the Qualitative and Quantitative Method The research site is critical to define the character of research and may provide a due status of the research project. For example, the research problem to unearth the racial attitude of 4-year colleges may be raised that the researchers employ a qualitative method by centering on the President's behavior of 4 year colleges in Midwest (Creswell, J.W., 2009). In this case, the research site is exploited by focusing on one college in the geographical confine, and the researchers would collect the types of data preferably over the long years of observation or interviews. One critical issue about the qualitative method may lie within the threats to validity and reliability. Hence the rich data and lengthier observations of research object over a period of time is one important strand to increase the quality of research work. The method would be a new gene of scholarly approach in reflection with the evolution and diversification of society. The qualitative researchers may well be viewed to carry an errand as a kind of creator's role, but in apparent differences against the quantitative method; (i) natural settings, (ii) with no artificial construction to present the objective world borrowing from the theories, (iii) often more specificity or even esoteric, (iv) often smaller scale but deeper in ways of dealing, (v) more narratives than numeric or quantitative description, (vi) often four or five themes or propositions suggested as a conclusion. Therefore, the research methodists view one key essence in the qualitative study that the researchers' aim is to generate a theory other than test the existing theories (2009). Both methods also can be made distinct over the elements. The ways to collect the data and analyze them are different that the observations, interviews, documents examination, audiovisual materials are typical to be utilized in the qualitative study (2009). That could be unpaired with the usual of quantitative methods, to say, a survey response and result from the treated research subjects. They employ a method of observation other than treatment given they intend to examine the attitudes of a specific race or ethnicity. Interviews and documents perhaps would be a good indication or sources to extract a deeper nature of information than the survey response. The documents often are produced in an autonomy and authority, and not interactive in trait unlike the experimental or survey inquiry and response. Therefore, the inquirer's curiosity involves an esoteric or innate nature of information often valued in the anthropological, ethnic, and racial studies (2009). Interviews also have the kind of quality enabling the researchers to derive a more in depth and bottom line of honest information. Therefore it is generally correct that the qualitative researchers aim to gather an in-depth understanding of human behavior and the reasons to govern such behavior. The discipline of social science and market studies may patronize this method, and, in some cases, the psychology researchers undertake this way of approach although it often cherishes a universal generalization of human minds or psychic behavior. Two Methods from the Political and Economic Lens The research society, perhaps the professional society in a specific discipline, may be retrospected in any econo-political perspective. As the researchers are destined to the economic or political terms of society, they are, in many strands, influenced by the requirements or desirabilities. In person, they like to earn more money or privileged status in the community or nation, and, in public cause, they may be demanded to comply with the national policy or standard. It is one way to look into the nature of profession that they serve in the tertiary sector of industry as a college educator or within the information or research services (Fosnot, C.T. & Fosnot, T.C., 2013). In terms of philosophical basis, the postpositivism and constructivism incurred an extent of influence on the research methods in the early of last century. This time element may be seen to match with the rise of service sectors in the capitalist economy while the manufacturing business leaped frog to develop. Electricity, diesel engine, and air flight object or many modern forms of product were invented and developed to put into the commercial stream and markets. The monopoly increasingly became to be a reality that threat the basic assumption of capitalist economy as any best alternative in the economic paradigm. While the political response to restore the function of market would be pursued, the other way would be to exploit a new sector or new demand and so. A tertiarization of industry had been progressed or in some sectors accelerated perhaps in the human-economic wishes for the survival or raise of capitalist economy. For the higher class to interact with their econo-political community, they became tending to shift their concern or interest from the outer world into the humans or their psychic elements (Stauss, B., Engelmann, K, Kremer, A., Luhn, A, 2007). The external physics might perhaps be seen deplete, and human elements turned to be subjected so as to serve the societal and economic needs. The humans in this case would, however, not be so cheap or exploitable nature, but to have enjoyed some extent of nobility or decent status in the community. They had developed their lens to cognize the humans, previously from the exploited workers, and toward some psychic egos to be immense like the outer world. The constructivists or post-positivists would share this backdrop, and two methods are critically related with the human elements, including a survey, experiment, interview and so (Fosnot, C.T. & Fosnot, T.C., 2013). Given how much the humans are vulnerable or indeterminate around their subsistence, we may bear that the ways of thinking or philosophical attitudes around the early of last century possibly would be implied or floated from the radical restructuring of capitalist society. That may be compared with the positivist views, one century before two tenets and about the nature of empirical evidence where humans generally are lesser extent of sources for the evidence or data than physical or tangible things. This is supposed if it is innately true that the red color is any more convincing than the response of survey or experiments. That is certainly correct if we, for some moment, breathe from the imposing Kantian dualism, i.e., physics and mind. But I am dubious if Kant would vindicate the survey or experimental method as a way to excavate the truths. Perhaps Kant intended to emphasize the moral or cognitive importance of citizens or ruling class. The philosophical trends may not be insulated from the secular trends of community, and new ways of thinking supported that the research professions evolved as a one of stark professions in the community and research methods became enriched to serve them (Stauss, B., et al, 2007; Fosnot, C.T. & Fosnot, T.C., 2013). In this context, we would note it highly unethical that the researchers violate the code of experimental ethics. A due respect of research participants would be any first priority in the process of research. The right of privacy or to remain silent and conscientious has to be regarded even if the researchers are not a state or national organ about the constitutional requirement. They may, however, represent the liberal nature of society provided that the centralized nations in politics may control the research or research professions as one of state item. For the employers of research professionals, it seems desirable to be cautious about squeezing for the creative ideas or exploitable research report in terms of human decency. We can be subtle about this context if many incidents of inhumane or atrocity of research were carried in the concentration camps or war times. We often say that the world is a jungle of businesses or economic wars. The economics and politics, possibly war in any worst option, would hardly be severed given the repeated campaign agenda about unemployment, growth rate, poverty and income disparity. I may state that they are intertwined to raise a desk issue about the quantitative and qualitative method as well as the constructivism and post-positivism. Some Concluding Insights In this aspect, both methods share a scope of similarities, but with subtle extent about the physics or soul. There are three dimensions (i) from the physics or outer world in the first experience, (ii) quasi-physics, perhaps from survey or experimental, and (iii) most of soul from the interviews or audio-visual materials. How about the documents review in the qualitative study? A scope of documents would also be sourced from the souls other than physics while the fact-based ones arguably may be classed in the physics nature. As within a Kantian conundrum, it may not be negated that we may, in some dimension, be confused between the fact or physics and minds. In any case, I consider that the physics are most certain and hardly be denied so as to disqualify for the truths. Then we may suppose that the truths alone would make us inanimate that should be coupled with the science concept. We have two points to deliberate if how much humans are on science. Can we properly call the humans as an animal of science as likely with the concept of economic animal? How much we depart or like to depart from the truths, for example, the red color as stated, by construction and making a science from the human elements of evidence. Two methods are never a fraud to erase the red color, but some of the applied understanding of phenomenon where the researchers staggering on both methods are fundamented to select. Therefore, the researchers need to be intuitive, in some sense, to focus on the essences of research. For the century of experience, there can we chart a pattern of use in both methods as illustrated, gender or racial studies, ethnic or case studies and some others. The narratives are usual way to express their findings as in the case of post modern approach of literary works. Then the physics would imply an outer world, and as applied to the politics or economy. Therefore, the research questions to be dealt in the quantitative method would involve that nature as things are gone. The concepts of generalization and statistics, randomness and so forth are the kind of value that the researchers take into more account within this method (2009). The souls would imply a true ego which could be less generalizable and represent a pluralistic or evolutionary structure of world. Therefore, the research questions to be dealt in the qualitative method would be (i) more advanced, (ii) more insulate or discriminate (iii) less numeric nor statistics (iv) artificial than randomness. We may have some ideas about the qualitative study with the aid of two illustrations (i) remote sensing of earth object about one meter readability from the satellite or (ii) any most unusual context of cruel murderers under some esoteric circumstances to be remanded for the final review of empress in the British legal system. For the research profession, the researchers may practice a virtue to create a more demand possible within the market (Fosnot, C.T. & Fosnot, T.C. , 2013; Groff, R., 2007). While the quantitative method can be implied with the political or economic attribute, this does not mean that the quantitative methods allow them to earn more research income. In the qualitative method of market studies or consumer behaviors, the researchers may be bought highly by their employers. It could indicate a more proximity of truths or be close to a reality prospect than the quantitative study in some cases. The qualitative method may be more competitive in funding decisions and may contribute to the professional community by yielding any more extent of research impact. This may be resonant with a delicate mixture of research or science professions among the strands, i.e. politics, economics and truths. The thought can be considered most decisively about our inquiry, "What method would be merited to deal with this research problem?" Reference Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research design :Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed approach, (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Fosnot, C.T. & Fosnot, T.C. (2013). Constructivism: Theory, Perspectives, and Practice, New York. NY: Teachers College Press. Groff, R. (2007). Critical Realism, Post-positivism and the Possibility of Knowledge. New York &London, NY: Routledge.. Stauss, B., Engelmann, K, Kremer, A., Luhn, A, (2007). Services Science: Fundamentals, Challenges and Future Developments, New York. NY: Springer Example and Qualitative Method Introduction The EPA is a federal agency to increase an awareness of importance to preserve the natural resources and environment, regulate the pollutive activities and any harmful businesses or actors in violation of environmental laws and ordinance, promote an international, national, and community based effort to that end. The type of public service is distinct and one of most advanced areas emerged to respond with the great harms of non curbed developmental initiative. The agency and service also are designed to comply with the international commitment, for example, UN declaration, and Rio or Tokyo commission although the national policy be eclectic on a case by case and to the best interest of nation or American people. The environmental issues are wide and are considered generally impacting not only for the current generation but also for our posterity (Harper, C.L., 2011). It is considered to be one of top priority among many public agendas to ensure a decent and safe living of global and national citizens. Otherwise, we may never guarantee if the kind of Bhopal incident, a leakage of fatal chemicals and mass deaths in India, would not occur in our community. A relocation of nuclear power plants is one of controversial issues debated in countries, and nuclear waste is an issue contended in this nation. The Japanese earthquake years ago and subsequent threat from a radiation contact demonstrate its seriousness. The world reports herald that Koreans routinely suffer from the Chinese smog, perhaps a consequence from the recent and weakly regulated industrialization or mass consumption. An irregular development of earthquake sites or its candidate, as somewhat different from a previous pattern, as well as the climate change may be owed to the neglect or unconsciousness about the environment preservation. A1 virus from the poultry also troubles a public health, which is persistent over the years in global locales. While a scope of areas in the public service perhaps needs the support of community and local people, the environmental service can well be seen that the community-wide support could facilitate an achievement of policy goals and the partnership way of dealings in administering a public service would be exploited in any more helpful ways (2011). That is perhaps because the issue directly touches on the community issue and livings of people as indiscriminate and universal, and because a lot of environmental regulations or motivation policy may be assured to comply with by a voluntary commitment of policy addresses. Not against our expectation, we found that the EPA actually manages a partnership tool of policies which would be leading as a paradigm and modality in this kind of concern. In its webpage, it was entitled the EPA Green Power Partnership. It also established a similar context of initiative to address the educational facilities, typically the colleges and universities, with the Green Card system The Statement of Purpose In the qualitative study, we generally need not derive the hypotheses or assumptions which requires an deductive reasoning to test a theory or tenet (Creswell, J.W., 2009). We rather focus on the nature settings, their convivial interaction and mode of subsistence, development or success, and some implications with four or five themes or propositions. There are ways of dealing to inquire and different structures to approach a phenomenon or resolve the curiosity of researchers, which is distinct from the quantitative study. For example, observations are one of important way to study along with a document examination, interviews, as well as the audio-visual materials. The areas of disciplines are in an extent of disparity with those patronizing a quantitative study. As we expect, the ethnography, anthropology, and racial studies prefer to employ this method, and the case studies over disciplines may borrow this strategy to investigate. In concerns of this method, the threat to validity and reliability has to be taken seriously to make a defense for its scientific value and contribution to the academic field (2009). The researchers work as a professor of public policy in the public universities located in the Midwest of US for over ten years. They had long developed a scholarly interest about the public administration of environmental policy and created a research enterprise to investigate the process and modality of partnership between the EPA and public non-profit organization. They found a number of organizations as to subscribe to the partnership program of EPA were the for-profit organizations, and some small number of big scale of non-profit public organizations had entertained the success of partnership to benefit both the governments and organizations. The leaders consider that the organizational culture is fairly important to deliver their service. Particularly their attention and care were devoted to the concept of "emotional labor" (Fineman, S., 2007; Hochschild, A.R., 2012). They acknowledged that the organizational culture affects a vigor, attitude, devotion, faith and other psychic strands of worker to create the status of emotional labor. For their commission to the public education, an emotional labor of employees are critical for the success of organizations as well as a continual increase of public credit or reputation of their organizations. The campus leaders successfully had grown their capacity of service provision over the years and an increasing number of similar organizations decided to participate in the Green Card program, which was proven very satisfactory to the directors of EPA in the region. In this backdrop, the researchers intend to investigate a process to improve the labor attitude in view of the organizational culture, particularly concerning the concept of emotional labor (Bennett, T., 2007; 2007; 2012). Often the public non-profit organizations tend not to engage in the mutually beneficent or collaborative initiative of environmental issues although they research or administratively engage in the kind of concerns. An improvement of emotional labor may encourage the organizations to be staged or incorporated into the virtually same extent of culture, devotion, faith and attitude, trust to their counterpart of government agency. In this context, the authors are seriously inquisitive of : (i) What is relevant with the culture of college, quality environment, and emotional labor? (ii) How do the campus people develop and build up into the trust concerning the quality or sustainable environment and emotional labor? (iii) How do the service providers in campus improve their labor with the emotionally positive attitudes? (iv) How the Green Card achievement of college affects the success of partnership, and increases a participatory quality of public service? I selected one four year college in the Midwest as a research site which successfully improved the emotional labor of professors and staffs by such very subscription to the EPA program. The college maintained a strong partnership relation, as classed an A mark, and has played a role model to make a subscription and participatory engagement as rampant across the similar nature of public organizations. A success rate about the mobilization of subscription generally satisfied the chief policy administrators of government, and increased the demand of environmental service as well as served the efficacy or effectiveness of public service. The research was conducted over five years with observations, interviews of key officers, documents review of college and some audio-visual materials obtained from the college. A set of procedural requirements typically applied to the qualitative study was completed to cover the collection of data, their recording, interpretation and analysis based on the coding system developed by the researchers. The nature of research questions would be assessed as adequate to excavate a deeper knowledge and esoteric interplay of involved agents or people between the emotional labor and Green Card participation. The concept of emotional labor includes both a productive and destructive quality in terms of the organizational efficacy. The organizational culture is generally considered important in understanding or assessing comprehensively the status and circumstantial context of organization (Bennett, T., 2007; Maden, C., 2012). As Finemen commented, an emotion is formed from the influence of culture and social norms (2007). It is not autonomously created, developed, or expressed so as to originate from a person himself, rather constructed socially or circumstantially. The organizational theorists emphasize an importance of contextual understanding and critical need to focus on the culture, which facilitates the whole dynamism of organizational performance. The emotional labor is entwined in a root basis with the organizational culture, and the experts in this concern brings a research need about the social support system and emotional labor (2007). Hochschild, a pioneer about the emotional labor, defines it as an employee's management of facial impression or bodily expression in the course of his public service (Hochschild, A.R., 2012). An emotional labor generally is demanded for the service providers or employees, including the deferential flight attendants, gossiping hair dressers, smiling retail clerks, nasty bill collectors and others (Fineman, S., 2007). The service providers control their emotional labor in the aim to increase a productivity, client satisfaction, and increase of profits. The current status of research on this issue may be classified (i) social or organizational norms and cultures about the emotional labor, (ii) the relationship between a true emotion and labor demanded one (iii) foundations of emotional labor from the feminist perspective. The discourse and narrative seem to discontinue beyond the planes, and lack to reveal the process about increasing positively the emotional labor, particularly in a respective setting and varying with the sectors of service, context of organizational culture and partnership with the government agencies. We conducted interviews ten times within the time span, as regularly to respond with the key incidents between two entities, which cover a college president, key officers of partnership within the college and government, dean of each department, professors randomly selected, college police and officers, and students group. The documents implicated to indicate a positive improvement of emotional labor were reviewed. They include some factors from the survey result of students, e.g., kindness of professors and officers about the teaching and administrative service. In this research, the authors purport to build a strong relationship between a Green reputation and improvement of emotional labor in the public organizations, and suggest themes or propositions hopefully helpful to bring an attention of future research. They would incorporate the concepts, i.e. (i) increased consensus and organizational awareness or sharing of environmental issue, (ii) environment and emotion, (iii) green mark or reputation and emotional labor, (iv) public education and sustainable development and quality environment, and (v) partnership and participatory quality of public service. Reference Bennett, T. (2007). Making culture and changing society. Cultural Studies Vol. 21 Issue 4/5, p610-629. DOI : 10. 1080/09502380701278988. Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research design :Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed approach, (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Fineman, S. (2007). The Emotional Organization: Passions and Power, Malden. MA: Willey and Blackwell. Harper, C.L. (2011). Environment and Society: Human Perspectives on Environmental Issues, New York. NY: Pearson. Hochschild, A.R. (2012). The Outsourced Self: Intimate Life in Market Times, New York. NY: Metropolitan Books. Maden, C. (2012). Transforming Public Organizations into Learning Organizations: A Conceptual Model. Public Organization Review, Vol. 12 Issue 1 p71-84. DOI: 10.1007/s11115-011-0160-9. The Research Method in Dualism and Some Third Way The mixed method of research has evolved to complement or upgrade the types of major traditions in research methodology. The qualitative and quantitative methods have long prevailed the disciplines and in terms of graduate education in the last 100 years (Onwuegbuzie, A., & Leech, N. L., 2005). While both methods may share difference and similarities, there has generally been an implied tension and disagreement among the advocates of two methods. The researchers trained in one camp tend to generally negate a superiority of other method, and a congruence or sharing to develop a scientific level of understanding would well be a stalemate so that they often are less blatant and passive to clarify nor receptive of other method. Indubitably, we may generalize the tone or ethos of methodological scholars in three perspectives, i.e., purists, situationalists, and pragmatists (2005). The purists may hold a belief that one method has its own preserve as distinct and never mutually interchangeable or co-mingled across the strands, ontology, epistemology, forms of empirical evidence and so. They practice their research lives in adherence with their preferred or trained skills and in the strong belief that it is superior to other method in unearthing a scientific truths. The quantitative researchers do their way, and implore on its objective validity as strength. This attitude often does not change during his professional career. The qualitative researchers, on the other, generally have a conviction that a deeper understanding of phenomenon or occurrences could only be ensured through their methodology. It is also not surprising if their field of expertise as well as ways to resolve the inquiries is tending with some areas of discipline. The situationalists would be placed some between two extreme positions so that they essentially agree with the different quality of both methods, but recognize that both are viable and even compatible depending on the cases (2005). This median stance is in contrast with that of purists, who generally endorse an incompatibility thesis between both methods. The situationalists hold a basic purview if the nature of research questions should be a standard to choose between two types. They see some research questions may be answered more effectively by using one method, and vice versa. Behind this divergence, two traditions of intelligence or philosophy, e.g., positivism and interpretivism, may influence and even fuel the controversies involving epistemological ecumenism. How do human properly or most accurately cognize the phenomenon or research objects? The properties of two research methods are seen to prevail in forming a national and world academia (2005; National Academy Press, 2009). We need to note that both methods are not only different, but also bear an extent of similarities. The third way we can conceive, then, would be about being a pragmatic researcher to wisely respond with the elements, including the nature of research problem, clients need, current status of professional understanding, research impact, feasibility and available funds or environments and so. The mixed method may be some most potential candidate to make us a pragmatic researcher. The Mixed Method and Its Quality The mixed method was advanced to respond with new needs of understanding, which involves a heath or nursing profession, for instance. A mono-method usual in practice may not completely settle their points of inquiry to muddle a more refined grasp for the patients, symptom, trend, phenomenon and occurrences. The conception is that the combination of both methods could enable and frontier a better world view as well as practical utility in professions (Creswell, J., 2009; Laureate Education, Inc., 2008). Therefore, this method most probably is grounded on the pragmatists in terms of three classifications above. It would be neither friendly nor contradictory with the purist camps while we may lump the stituationalists and mixed method into any concession. It is true that the psychology, for an inception of this method, employed a mixed method where converging or triangulating the different quantitative and qualitative data sources may take place. The growth of interest in this method within the academic community has been notable, but the challenges against this form of research also need to be shared. For example, it requires an extensive data collection, time intensive nature about an analysis of both text and numeric data, and competence in skills to meet both methods (2009). Planning mixed methods are never easy or simple which generally involves four aspects of consideration, i.e., timing, weighting, mixing, and theorizing or transforming perspectives (2009). Although the mixed methods are structured to include two aspects of research work, this is not to mean that the researchers put together their findings from Quan and Qual inquiries on a half and half basis. In some cases, the Quan would be primary and Qual could be conducted, analyzed, and implicated in a secondary concern or interest of researchers. In terms of timing, the researchers have to consider if both ways of data collection would be performed sequentially or concurrently. Generally it can be said that the data to first come in sequence would be given more weight in sequential research. The concurrent undertaking of data collection often would lead to an equal weight between two methods. The researchers need to contemplate on mixing of data which has three ways in dealing, including "merged into one end of continuum," "to keep separate on the other end of the continuum," or "combined in some way between these two extremes" (2009). In this context, we can also know that the mixed method is not to put simply both methods half and half, but in some cases, merger or combination could occur to shift into the nature of qualitative transformation. There can we identify three types of mixing, which conceptually covers "integrating, connecting and embedding." A connecting may occur if we endeavor on two phases of Quan and Qual data collection to be relayed in one disposition (2009). The interviews may be used in a follow up phase and connected to the survey method of data collection. An integrating may be found when the researchers transform both sources of data with a merge or integration (e.g., qualitative themes into counts/these counts with the Quan descriptive statement). An embedding will be employed most often when the sequential and Quan first are conducted (2009). The qualitative study, in this case, works to provide a support role to the major finding from Quan, and in some cases, can be used to explain or explore other context of supplementary inquiries (2009). Therefore, we can know that, while the mixed one may be seen a formula to deal with quantitatively between two methods, that would depend highly on the strategies and intent of researchers in a specific project. The articulation of challenges to using a mixed method occupies a significant time and effort of proposal developer concerning the most adequate dealing of timing, weighting, and mixing. In the last, but perhaps most salient in this methodological concern, the method purports of and involves theorizing or transforming perspectives of humanity and society. They may borrow the ideas from any grand scale of theory to argue on some groups, race or society, which have a similar quality in essences (e.g., majority v. minority) or nature of problem (e.g., discrimination or inequality). Their conception and perceptive approach would be attributed to the theory or principle, but could be variegated and generalized into the theorized context of humanity and social problems. The researchers around this nature of concern tend to be pre-instructed for the strong needs to transform a mainstream of perspectives. They, then, progress to collect the data from both sources, analyze and interpret them, and related their findings, the essences of theory, and propositions or tenet to transform the perspectives. Hence, the ways of approach in this case often engage with a personality, who actually would be an advocate of some worldview. In these circumstances, half and half presentation about the data, analysis, interpretation and discussion would be less emphasized so that the researchers often are persistent to collect the data to support their logic, metaphor and propositions. The articulation of challenges to using this method would perhaps be most desired within this context of mixed method. Concluding Thoughts By avoiding a mere quantitative disposition of this method, we need to stress on the controversies or skepticism raised about its potential fallacy from points (2009). This method can be philosophically challenged if it has any cognitive justification in terms of epistemology, interpretivism and positivism. As surveyed, being a pragmatic researcher about the methodology is seen the most viable and effective mindset to perform as a scholar practitioner. Some critique may argue if the client's needs or desire would be any more important to decide what methods in a research project would be used. This view can be received that there would be no definite requirement in deciding on any form of traditional method. The method itself would evolve and can be even revolutionalized depending on the circumstances or changing nature of global society. The challenges to using a mixed method would become diverse and complicated from any simple notion involving a half and half presentation of research work on both methods. Reference American Psychological Association (2011). Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association, Washington DC. USA. Creswell, J. (2009). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Laureate Education, Inc. (Executive Producer). (2008). Research theory, design, and methods. "Mixed Methods: An Example." Baltimore, MD: Author. National Academy Press. (2009). On being a scientist: Responsible conduct in research (3rd ed.). Washington, DC. USA. Onwuegbuzie, A., & Leech, N. L. (2005). On becoming a pragmatic researcher: The importance of combining quantitative and qualitative research methodologies. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(5), 375–387. An Example of Mixed Method Introduction The increasing use of partnership between the government agency and non-profit organizations indicates a rise of new concept or understanding to address the challenges. It could raise a demand of public service, efficiency and efficacy as well as most democratic context of public administration. However, we also face a dilemma or problem arising from the different cultures between two types of organization. Given the current status of understanding, the organizational culture is viewed as one of most important element about a scope of public value expected to generate for the success of organization, particularly concerning the partnership of two different entities in our case (Bennett, T., 2007). A multiculturalism or the concept of learning organizations had been chronicled to discuss within the theorists (Maden, C., 2012). The indicators or standards about the organizational culture including a role identity or definition, being different or distinct, stereotyping, segmentation, one world or the other and so, could be conceived to assess the strengths and weaknesses of partnership (Fairbrother, P & Mathers, N. J., 2004). They can enable to predict any most effective or productive option to improve the organizational cultures. Beyond this general scope of cultural studies within organization, an ambivalence to meet the requirements of both organizations and transient role often witnessed in the partnership, for example, may become a special factor in the partnership-related cultural studies. There can we find an ambit of cultural or organizational studies, and we can readily become aware that the studies about the different cultures and the ways to integrate them are generally lacking or insufficient. In a limited source about that issue, we also find it not immediate to address the research problem we now are entangled with. The interprofessional cultures within the colleges and universities across the disciplines may be one example. The lecturer practitioner in the six professions may go a little further suggesting their differences and commonalties with a regular context of professors (2004). For the context of other nations, we can illustrate a relatively large number of cultural studies where we learn the special context of circumstances, the influence of organizational culture on its success and failure, implications and suggestions the authors highlighted. However, it may not be applied in any meaningful way or less adequate to the US case involving the different cultures and partnership. The Statement of Purpose In this backdrop, the researchers' aim is to investigate the commonalities and differences between two types of organizations in terms of organizational culture, derive implications from the findings and make suggestions to integrate two different cultures within the partnership. The researchers are oriented to promote the success of partnership, and the key factor to realize that ambition lies within the wisest ways to integrate the different cultures between the partners of different character, i.e., the governmental agency and nonprofit public organization (Onwuegbuzie, A., & Leech, N. L., 2005). In this direction, the researchers intend to inquire, (i) how much extent the commonalities and differences are found between two organizations? (ii) how can we address the factors in the end to integrate the differences of culture? The different cultures often are seen to impede an efficacy of administration, which actually were corroborative and supported by the empirical evidence as you read through this article. However, in the limited context, we found that the different cultures can reinforce to generate a more public value in the partnership form of public service. This aspect was suggested in the later of this article. The study employed a mixed method, and the sequential process of collecting the data had been undertaken (2005). Since we have a limited knowledge of this phenomenon, we consider the grounded theory was seen to be suited for the exploration of partnership culture across two types (Strauss, J. & Corbin, A., 2007). Then we attempted to verify, deny or implicated the outcome of research by progressing on the quantitative method of data collection. In this phase, we utilized a survey method to draw the sample people from a pool of leaders and key administrators within the nation-wide context of partnership-type public administration. Therefore, integrating occurs to satisfy the procedure often employed by the mixed method. Two sources of data collected and their analytical or interpretive implications were integrated to understand the phenomenon. Around the themes or propositions inferred from the findings, we will make a suggestion to integrate the different cultures in the aspiration for an efficient performance of partnership and to generate a more public value (Creswell, J.W., 2009; Laureate Education, Inc., 2008). A non-probability sampling and existing networks were used to identify the partnership forms of public service, and semistructured interviews for the leader and key officers were used to collect the qualitative data. A modified grounded theory guided to analyze the data and developed context of coding technology were useful to crystallize the data into a meaningful information (Strauss, J. & Corbin, A., 2007). Ten partnerships were investigated through the year of 2012, and 60 sample people, who are willing to be interviewed about their role, were interviewed focusing on the elements of partnership culture. From the general or grand theory, particularly with the guide from Fairbrother's perspective, we were inculcated to infer a scope of elements relevant with combining the different cultures (Fairbrother, P & Mathers, N. J., 2004). Incorporated are (i) Never here (ii) Role identity/definition (iii) Being popular with each other and policy subjects (iv) Being different/distinctive (v) Stereotyping (vi) Transient role (vii) Time management (vii) One world or the other (vii) Segmentation (2004). This method is believed to disclose a deeper knowledge of cultural dilemma or problems within the partnerships. We enlarged the scheme to include sample group three times bigger in number through the phase of quantitative investigation , which is considered statistically significant. The survey was launched in June 2013 in five ranks of evaluation across above nine elements when the data collection, analysis and interpretation of data, as well as some essences of understanding become relatively tangible. In the process, we comply with the procedural requirements expected to undertake, and integrating happened to make both sources into a meaning and intelligent level of understanding. The researchers espoused a transformative stance to integrate the different cultures, which affects the structure or design of this research project. The ethical considerations required as a professional researcher were given any most priority. An approval for the study was granted by the research board of the university. The principles informed by the work of Webb and others were discussed with the respondents or interviewees, which included those of confidentiality, anonymity, openness of researcher and responder, and the primacy of the respondents' views of the data (Robert R., Webb, R. & Sherman B., 1988). A due regard about the free consent and ownership of information was completed. Reference Bennett, T. (2007). Making culture and changing society. Cultural Studies Vol. 21 Issue 4/5, p610-629. DOI : 10. 1080/09502380701278988. Corbin, J. and Strauss, A. (2007). Basics of qualitative research: techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory, New York. NY: Sage. Creswell, J.W. (2009), Research design :Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed approach, (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Fairbrother, P & Mathers, N. J. (2004). Lecturers practitioners; Combining cultures, Journal of Clinical Nursing. Vol. 13. Issue 5, p. 539-546. Laureate Education, Inc. (2008). Research theory, design, and methods. Baltimore, MD: Author. "Mixed Methods Procedure." Maden, C. (2012). Transforming Public Organizations into Learning Organizations: A Conceptual Model. Public Organization Review, Vol. 12 Issue 1 p71-84. DOI: 10.1007/s11115-011-0160-9. Onwuegbuzie, A., & Leech, N. L. (2005). On becoming a pragmatic researcher: The importance of combining quantitative and qualitative research methodologies. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(5), 375–387. Robert R., Webb, R. & Sherman B. (1988). Qualitative research in education. London. UK: Routledge. A Research Article for Presentation One paper once dealt in my case illustrates a qualitative study concerning a local university of South Korea, which employs a document review and interview method about its organizational challenges and strategic planning process (Creswell, J.W., 2009). The study was published in on-line journal, and the author now faces a group of stakeholders in concern and involved to communicate for any better prospect. The university, for some years ahead, is expected to suffer from the external and internal risk or challenges. Particularly, the radical decline of a youth generation threatens the demand of college education. In other words, a potential populace around the age of college education will significantly diminish within the new millennium generation and new tendency of small household. The Korean government, in this new environment, pursued a stern control of colleges and universities by the public programs as well as both the incentives and penalties. The universities in worse condition, typically concerning the finance and management, and in areas of public merit or demerit, would offer the basis of rationalization standard which the government will step into. The challenges actually have been smash and impounding to the educators, college and university administrators and local people. The research project had been initiated to assist the decision makers of Chosun University (CU) which aimed to provide a better picture. The article dealt with a demand from the environment, SWOT analysis, strategies and most adequate change process, its implementation and monitoring, and so forth, which are essential in the strategic planning. By applying the textual modality of strategic planning process to CU, a reflection about the nature of strategy studies were inferred, hopefully, to give some insights for the concerned academicians. Three Audiences and Their Characteristics The author now needs to present the research findings to the audiences who are a little distinct among another in the context of communicating the data or research findings (National Academy of Science, 2009). The first group of audience will be a university chancellor, key administrative staffs, deans, unit leaders and professors who are directly affected by the research problem or theme. The second group of audiences will cover the local people, students and last year of high school students who will be affected, but at less extent, and generally are not included into a decision making process. The third group of audience will be academicians who are interested in the strategic studies and the ways of dealing about the core concept of discipline. These three groups generally share a theme or proposition presented by the researcher, but in any extent of differences (Creswell, J.W., 2009). The first and second group audiences tend to view it a kind of hot-botton issue to be resolved favorably for the local university. They are actual players and fall within a genuine sphere of interested group, who will likely sway from the result of CU strategic plan. This aspect would be diminished on the part of third group while their academic viewpoint about the application of theories or themes of authors as well as the conceptual strands would likely gain an attraction. The first group can be considered to be well informed of many problems, controversies, contentions, and must be most palpable about the Vision 2020, the title of CU strategic plan. They are more knowledgeable and preoriented to the issue which the communication of data or research findings need to adapt with. The local people, students and prospective applicant will be more naïve than them, and may concern in their personal interest or viewpoint. The first group is an immediate audience who has to follow faithfully and will probably be hurt if the plan were to be disrupted as a ploy. The Presentation Strategies As Nabors said, the researchers are practical who really want to change a small piece of world (The Walden University, 2013). Even one reader will be important who then communicates the research findings to the second, third, and to the end of this world. An instigation and intellectual impact would be really persistent person by person, which I see a difference from other context of interaction. A fine presentation might be the kind of memorable event to intrude into the intellectual sphere of audience, who will, then, turn to disseminate the idea they acquired. The concept is certainly embedded in the paradigm of scholar practitioner. NEDARC is a public website which provides a useful tip for the communication of data and dissemination of research findings (NEDARC, 2013). It is concerned of using data to the improved child care, but the information can help the practice of other disciplines. From the advices, I may derive some of most effective strategies in communicating the themes and propositions to the three audiences. Draft in a short deal to define the goals of communication or presentation varying with the different nature of audiences (2013). This work will guide principally to present and interact with the audiences. In order to define the audience, the researcher needs to be reflexive about the primary message he likes to intend to convey, and its consequence he likes to see happen from communicating this message. For example, the author above may draw a faith and support from professors and staffs in the first group. He or she likes to inform his theme or proposition and, in any further vision, to cultivate its implications for the peers in the future research. The level of knowledge or intelligence about the issue and problems will be one factor to realize an effective communication (2013; American Psychological Association, 2010). For example, the third group may be friendly with the jargons or terms, but the second group most likely will be less receptive about the difficult words of profession. For the first and second groups, the researcher or presenter needs to become aware that the buy-in and support from other decision makers are important to implement the strategies (2013). The good data communication skills enable us to be in a better position to rally the support of leaders and decision makers. The research project in this nature may target to mobilize a positive reaction or support. For example, antipathetic professors about the change process may be persuaded by an appealing communication. The fund raising campaign may be served to motivate the local business people. Choose the method of communication most appropriate to address the nature of different audiences (2013). We may be available of the typical scope of communication methods including a presentation, fact sheet, personal communications, or news letter (2013). A presentation could help in most instances since it involves a face to face interaction in a meeting they are regularly attending. The fact sheet has strengths about its brevity of discussion and simple aspect of impression with a short format, but with details of data. Personal communications and news letters may fairly be influential to be used on a case-by-case basis. Most importantly, the differences in three audiences need to be attended to select an adequate and effective method. For example, some scope of information publicly may not be revealed to the external audience, which means that a news letter will be inadequate. There can we see other strategic points to communicate the research findings. For example, a good communication project is to provide a memorable take-home message (2013). Therefore, it needs to be practiced, in some cases, to state the conclusion, provide possible recommendations based on your findings, suggest an action, if appropriate (2013). The numbers in presentation can facilitate a communication with the audiences, and eventually the goals of researcher. It is wiser and strategic to use the statistics, graphs and charts, but with some care and discretion (2013). For example, it would be more effective to use easy-to-understand charts, such as pie charts, bar charts, line graphs, and tables. We also need to take care of a potential danger to overload the reader with statistics. Reference American Psychological Association. (2010). Publication manual of the psychological association (6 th ed.). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. Creswell, J.W. (2009), Research design :Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed approach, (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. National Academy of Science. (2009). On being a scientist: A guide to responsible conduct in research (3 rd ed.). Washington, DC: National Academy of Science. NEDARC: "Utilizing Data for Communication." Retrieved Feb. 2014, from "http://www.nedarc.org/tutorials/utilizingData/index.html. The Walden University (2013). Research Theory Course, Thread-Discussion Week 11. The Three Abbreviated Research Plans and Evaluation An Example of Quantitative Method Introduction The research problem would arise concerning how to integrate the different cultures of partnership between the government and non-profit organizations. The partnership form of service delivery has gained an attention to address the challenges from the low demands of service and fiscal problem of government. So the research project had a goal to raise a demand of governmental service and must coincidentally seek some cure for the fiscal problem. The researcher's key concept of inquiries focuses on the different organizational cultures and the ways to integrate it. There are a scope of theories, tenets or propositions now generally assumed by the people, peers and public administrators for the discipline or closely related peer disciplines. In relation with the research problem at this moment, we may narrow our scope about the different cultures, effect of partnership between the government and public non-profit organizations, and the ways to integrate them The Statement of Purpose In the current literature, it is generally undisputed nor seriously contended that the organizational culture is any more important factor leading to the success of organizations (Jurkiewicz, C. , 2012; Meuleman, L, 2010; Stinchcomb, J. B.& Francisco, O., 2007). In this line of thought, we can find a body of works from the business, education, psychology and public policy scholars (Christian T., Lae greid, P. Roness, P.G., Røvik, K.A., 2007; Maden, C., 2012; Meuleman, L., 2010). There are generally less works on the organizational cultures' but the globalization brought an increased profile of research on this issue. The cultural studies involving public organizations are relatively stark in the US since it is one of mixed country across the races and ethnicity. The issue would be contentious if it is one of most advanced or civilized country. This stream of studies often emphasizes an importance of learning, democratic value, evolution context of organization, and diversity for the productive organizations (Stinchcomb, J. B.& Francisco, O., 2007). The research problem in the scenario prompts, however, some of distinct inquiries involving two types organizations, different cultures, and the ways to integrate them. While the culture is defined to include many elements, such as dominant ethos, prevailing passion and attitude of organization or organizational members, and morality, the researchers like to know the extent of cultural elements and their interorganzational difference within the partnership, the extent of difference in culture and partnership performance, as well as the ways to integrate the different cultures and tactics. Then we may derive viable research questions ; (i) How are the extent of cultural differences in the partnership of two organizations according to the nature of service? (ii) why does the extent of cultural differences affect the partnership performance? (iii) how can we integrate the multicultural context of partnership to improve its practice? On this basis, we may infer two hypotheses (i) The partnership can be classed from the extent of cultural elements, (ii) The organizational cultures will be either some of important factors or less significant depending the nature of service and partnership (iii) The different cultures will diminish the success of partnership, and the partnership performance may improve if we successfully integrate them. The researchers selected several independent, dependent and control variables to be aligned with each research question. In order to comprehend the extent of cultural elements, we utilize two independent variables, i.e., (i) the nature of service and (ii) nature of partnership. For the second question, we thought that four variables are significant, which include (i) Trust and Empowerment (ii) Satisfaction of customers or clients (iii) Satisfaction of employees (iv) Activeness about the consultation, cooperation, coordination and collaboration. In response with the last question, we see tow variables as essential, to state, (i) impact from the different organizational cultures (ii) role of leadership and cultural differences as sub-sectioned into the four, i.e., (ii/a) Trust and Empowerment (ii/b) Satisfaction of customers or clients (ii/c) Satisfaction of employees (iii/d) activeness about the consultation, cooperation, coordination and collaboration. We developed a set of dependent variables aligned with each independent variable. For the nature of service, we identified three ranks as a dependent variable respectively; (i) Culturally very sensitive (ii) Culturally sensitive (iii) Culturally insensitive. For the nature of partnership, we consider these as important; (i) highly or specifically dependent-(Its success highly or specifically depends on the culture of engaged organization (ii) generally dependent (iii) mostly dependent on other factors. We also set three ranks of dependent variables covering the extent of differences in culture (i) very different (ii) culturally different (iii) mostly same and congruent. In this way, we developed other dependent variables to respond with second and third questions. We launched the survey plan to be scheduled for two months between Feb. 1 and April 30. The questionnaires delivered were sectioned into three parts and including 20 questions, and e-mailed to the 200 leaders of partnership and its 600 key officers from around the nation. 200 leaders and 600 key officers were respectively selected on a random basis from two types of organization within the partnership, i.e., local governments and public nonprofit organizations. The sample size was decided in consultation with the expert of statistics and from the total number of national partnerships between the government and public nonprofit organizations (2009). The sample group was chosen randomly, but according to the share of partnerships and sectors of service. For instance, the sectors of child care are most dominant in the use of this type of service, hence, 40 leaders were selected to respond. The response rate ranged around 78 percents, which is encouraging for a meaningful analysis and construction of data. A fine match among the triadic of elements has the central importance to produce a coherent, well organized, mostly persuasive scientific statement to satisfy the clients, peer professionals and readers. We consider two, four and other two independent variables for each question are most direct, keenly related, essential, influential to affect an assessment to solve the research questions. An Example and Qualitative Method Introduction While a scope of areas in the public service perhaps needs the support of community and local people, the environmental service typically requires the community-wide support for the achievement of policy goals. Hence, the partnership way of dealings in administering a public service would be exploited in any more helpful ways (Harper, C.L., 2011). Not against our expectation, we found that the EPA actually managed a partnership tool of policies which could provide a modality in this kind of concern. In its webpage, it was entitled the EPA Green Power Partnership. It also established a similar context of initiative to address the educational facilities, typically the colleges and universities, with the Green Card system. The colleges and universities are culturally disposed as distinct from the EPA since they are educational institutions other than the governmental administration (Bennett, T., 2007; Fineman, S., 2007). The Statement of Purpose In the qualitative study, we generally need not derive the hypotheses or assumptions which are the basis of deductive reasoning to test a theory or tenet (Creswell, J.W., 2009). We rather focus on the natural settings, their convivial interaction and mode of subsistence, development or success, and some implications with four to five themes or propositions. We can see the qualitative study distinct which differs from the approach of phenomenon or ways to resolve the curiosity of researchers. For example, observations are one of important way to study along with a document examination, interviews, as well as the audio-visual materials. In concerns of this method, the threat to validity and reliability has to be taken seriously for its scientific value and contribution to the academic field (2009). The researchers work as a professor of public policy in the public universities located in the Midwest for over ten years. They had long developed a scholarly interest about the environmental policy and created a research enterprise to investigate the process and modality of partnership between the EPA and public non-profit organization. The researchers intend to investigate a process to integrate the different cultures, particularly concerning the improvement of green concept and more engaged partnership between the EPA and campus. Often the public non-profit organizations tend not to engage in the mutually beneficent or collaborative initiative of environmental issues although they research or administratively engage in the kind of concerns. However, an incentive from the grading system (for example, Mark A for the university or college), as well as mutual recognition of the importance of environmental protection tend to procure a more affinity and congruence within the cultures of two entities (Maden, C., 2012). Concerning the environmental protection, two organizations had grown to develop the virtually same extent of cultures, encompassing the elements of devotion, faith and attitude, consensus, and trust (2012). In this context, the authors are seriously inquisitive : (i) How different cultures factor to influence the success of partnership? (ii) How do the campus people and EPA interact to integrate the different cultures in the pursuit their partnership practice? I selected one four year college in the Midwest as a research site which successfully integrated the different cultures from the EPA by generating the campus morals and ethos in compliance with the Green Card requirement. The college maintained a strong partnership relation, as classed an A mark, and has played a role model to promote the participatory engagement as rampant across the national campuses. A success rate about the extent of active participation generally satisfied the chief policy administrators of government, and increased the demand of environmental service as well as served the efficacy or effectiveness of public service. The research was conducted over five years with observations, interviews of key officers, documents review of college and some audio-visual materials obtained from the college. A set of procedural requirements typically applied to the qualitative study was completed to cover the collection of data, their recording, interpretation and analysis based on the coding system developed by the researchers. The nature of research questions would be assessed as adequate to excavate a deeper knowledge and esoteric interplay of involved agents or people within the Green Card participation. We conducted interviews ten times within the time span which cover a college president, key officers of partnership within the college and government, dean of each department, professors randomly selected, college police and officers, and students group. The documents relevant with the integration of different cultures or engaged partnership were examined. In this research, the authors purport to build the strong relationship between a Green reputation and cultural integration of two organizations, and illuminate the process that both organizations will eventually develop the virtually same extent of awareness and collaboration for the environmental protection. We will suggest the themes or propositions hopefully helpful to bring an attention of future research. They would incorporate the concepts, i.e. (i) increased consensus and organizational awareness or sharing of environmental issue, (ii) culturally integrative process of educational institutions and EPA, a government agency concerning that issue, (iii) green mark or reputation as a symbol to integrate the different cultures of two organizations. An Example of Mixed Method Introduction The increasing use of partnership between the government agency and non-profit organizations indicates a rise of new concept or understanding to address the challenges. However, we also face a dilemma or problem arising from the different cultures between two types of organization. Given the current status of understanding, the organizational culture is viewed as one of most important element about a scope of public value expected to generate for the success of organization, particularly concerning the partnership of two different entities in our case (Bennett, T., 2007). A multiculturalism or the concept of learning organizations had been chronicled to discuss within the theorists (Maden, C., 2012). The indicators or standards about the organizational culture including a role identity or definition, being different or distinct, stereotyping, segmentation, one world or the other and so, could be conceived to assess the strengths and weaknesses of partnership (Fairbrother, P & Mathers, N. J., 2004). They can enable to predict any most effective or productive option to improve the organizational cultures. Beyond this general scope of cultural studies within organization, an ambivalence to meet the requirements of both organizations and transient role often witnessed in the partnership, for example, may become a special factor in the partnershiprelated cultural studies. There can we find an ambit of cultural or organizational studies, and we can readily become aware that the studies about the different cultures and the ways to integrate them are generally lacking or insufficient. In a limited source about that issue, we also find it not immediate to address the research problem we now are entangled with. The interprofessional cultures within the colleges and universities across the disciplines may be one example. The lecturer practitioner in the six professions may go a little further suggesting their differences and commonalties with a regular context of professors (2004). The Statement of Purpose In this backdrop, the researchers' aim is to investigate the commonalities and differences between two types of organizations in terms of organizational culture, derive implications from the findings and make suggestions to integrate two different cultures within the partnership. The researchers are oriented to promote the success of partnership, and the key factor to realize that ambition lies within the wisest ways to integrate the different cultures between the partners of different character, i.e., the governmental agency and non- profit public organization (Onwuegbuzie, A., & Leech, N. L., 2005). In this direction, the researchers intend to inquire, (i) how much extent the commonalities and differences are found between two organizations? (ii) how can we address the factors in the end to integrate the differences of culture? The different cultures often are seen to impede an efficacy of administration, which actually were corroborative and supported by the empirical evidence as you read through this article.. The study employed a mixed method, and the sequential process of collecting the data had been undertaken (2005). Since we have a limited knowledge of this phenomenon, we consider the grounded theory was seen to be suited for the exploration of partnership culture across two types (Strauss, J. & Corbin, A., 2007). Then we attempted to verify, deny or implicated the outcome of research by progressing on the quantitative method of data collection. In this phase, we utilized a survey method to draw the sample people from a pool of leaders and key administrators within the nation-wide context of partnership-type public administration. Therefore, integrating occurs to satisfy the procedure often employed by the mixed method. Two sources of data collected and their analytical or interpretive implications were integrated to understand the phenomenon. Around the themes or propositions inferred from the findings, we will make a suggestion to integrate the different cultures in the aspiration for an efficient performance of partnership and to generate a more public value (Creswell, J.W., 2009; Laureate Education, Inc., 2008). A non-probability sampling and semi-structured interviews for the leader and key officers were used to collect the qualitative data. A modified grounded theory guided to analyze the data and developed context of coding technology were useful to crystallize the data into a meaningful information (Strauss, J. & Corbin, A., 2007). Ten partnerships were investigated through the year of 2012, and 60 sample people, who are willing to be interviewed about their role, were interviewed focusing on the elements of partnership culture. From the general or grand theory, particularly with the guide from Fairbrother's perspective, we were inculcated to infer a scope of elements relevant with combining the different cultures (Fairbrother, P & Mathers, N. J., 2004). Incorporated are (i) Never here (ii) Role identity/definition (iii) Being popular with each other and policy subjects (iv) Being different/distinctive (v) Stereotyping (vi) Transient role (vii) Time management (vii) One world or the other (vii) Segmentation (2004). This method is believed to disclose a deeper knowledge of cultural dilemma or problems within the partnerships. We enlarged the scheme to include sample group three times bigger in number through the phase of quantitative investigation, which is considered statistically significant. The survey was launched in June 2013 in five ranks of evaluation across above nine elements when the data collection, analysis and interpretation of data, as well as some essences of understanding become relatively tangible. The researchers espoused a transformative stance to integrate the different cultures, which affects the structure or design of this research project. The ethical considerations required as a professional researcher were given any most priority. The principles, such as confidentiality, anonymity, openness of researcher and responder, and a due regard about the free consent as well as ownership of information was completed (Robert R., Webb, R. & Sherman B., 1988). The Concluding Insights: Strengths and Limitations Each method has strengths on its own, and some extreme stance of purists may even repudiate a scientific authenticity of other methods. Nonetheless, important points about the methodology would be (i) its current impact and practice in effect and undeniable (ii) each method can be chosen in careful evaluation of elements, i.e., the quality of research questions, major disciplinary practice, client's demand of research, status of capabilities and resources available for the researcher. The strengths of each method may be discussed with a breakdown into several aspects of research; (i) The researcher's goal (ii) The quality of research questions (iii) The characteristic of academic fields (iv) Number and narrative (v) Practical aspect of research. In view of the strengths and limitations, we need to deliberate, in the first, about what the researcher's goal is. The quantitative study primarily will be used to test an existing theory exploiting variables to investigate the strands of theory (Creswell, J.W., 2009). Therefore it generally could enable to see the comprehensive aspect of issues or elements of inquiry, perhaps dominantly from the quantitative data or information. It will more likely be square and in a relatively wider coverage about the problem than the qualitative method. As you simply note in the above example, the method A (Quan) began with the current theories or tenets, a scope of variables, and nation-wide approach about the partnership form of public service. That comes into a good point of comparison with the specific focus on the research site and deeper engagement of researchers in the method B. The quantitative study will be useful if the researcher recognizes an issue under the framework of existing theories which often prevail within the discipline. That would be well-hinted in the method A that we can excavate a new scientific knowledge involving (i) Trust and empowerment (ii) Satisfaction of customers or clients (iii) Satisfaction of employees (iv) Activeness about the consultation, cooperation, coordination and collaboration. The authors then may infer an implication and can make an assessment or suggestion. In the second method, however, the research's goal will be to generate a new theory, begins with the natural settings, and wants to collect a deeper knowledge to obtain the essences of phenomena (2009). Therefore, the themes or propositions generally will be placed at the end of research as you note in the method B (Qual). It has the strengths to deal with the curiosity of process and deeper nature of humanities, hence, will be useful for a new area of concern or discrete nature of phenomenon. The EPA in the second method can be seen to attract a new public attention, and poses an esoteric circumstance between the government and campus society. The readers or client to launch the research project perhaps like to be curious, "What is it?" or "How it is processed?" Relatively though, two methods may be made distinct in the forms of inquiry (why v. what or how). The quantitative method perhaps raises a curiosity why the phenomenon or occurrences are related with the theories in this or other way. The mixed method generally has strengths in combination of both methods. As known, this method enables to produce the holistic views of problem and most square nature of answers (2009). The method opens a new frontier of more flexible dealings, hence, the kind of values researchers hold can be seen more important than the methodology. The concept of continuum from the researcher's purpose through the method can work rather powerfully as centering on the research questions themselves. The method, then, could fade in a secondary concern. They generally infer their themes or propositions in advance from the grand theory, which would govern the progress of research. They often are an advocate of social issues or humanity activists. The research questions will likely reflect that aspect as we note in method C (Mixed). The researcher has a root concern about the differences between two organizations and likely sees it an ultimate task to integrate the different cultures for any better public service. Both methods have the strengths and limitations in terms of the characteristics of academic fields. Though the tools of science would transform according to the technological development, the method seems to fare the different fields in a fairly coherent fashion. The anthropological or cultural studies, and gender, race, ethnicity or case studies mostly fit within the qualitative method (2009). A new concern raised from the nursing or health disciplines may highly rely on the strengths of mixed method. A scope of disciplines tends to employ one or other method from the three in response with the quality of research questions. In our examples, we can apply this disciplinary context that the method A might be more adequate for the public administration journals. The research product from the method B may fit within the journal of cultural studies about the university and environmental issue. Of course, it may appeal to the journals of public administration as the kind of case studies. The method C can be viewed through the quantitative and qualitative aspect of organizational culture or occupational psychology. It can even help the occupational or psychic aspect of public health to merit a combined approach. For example, "never here," one element in the method C, could not be revealed without a deeper engagement of researcher while it could not be generalized to help a public health specialist without the quantitative study. We can consider other aspect of the strengths and limitations, but I could say two of them. In view of the tools to convey an information, the effect of research needs to be considered between the number and narrative form of information. The quantitative method would generally be grounded on the number concept, and interprets the number data to convert into any meaningful scientific statement. The statistics is more useful within this method than the qualitative one. It has strengths since it can be more objective and neutral regardless of the Pythagoras' belief about veritable truths. Furthermore, the number data can be more adaptive with the graphics or charts which can enable a comprehensive grasp and more impressive sensibility of reader from the research findings. The narrative form of data tends to be subjective, but with much use as depending on the elements as mentioned. It has strengths to investigate the essences or nuances and deeper aspect of humanity or society. Secondly, the researchers need to consider the practical aspect of research. Above all, I believe that the concept of pragmatic researcher has to be respected thorough the research work. In the mixed method, the researchers can be minded about the cost and benefit. The higher cost and extent of time consumption than other two methods may be seen a limitation to adopt this approach (2009). The mixed method can be limited in use since the researchers have to be competent to handle both methods. Reference Bennett, T. (2007). Making culture and changing society. Cultural Studies Vol. 21 Issue 4/5, p610-629. DOI : 10. 1080/09502380701278988. Christian T., Lae greid, P. Roness, P.G., Røvik, K.A. (2007). Organization Theory and the Public Sector: Instrument, Culture and Myth. New York & London. NY: Routledge Corbin, J. and Strauss, A. (2007). Basics of qualitative research: techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory, New York. NY: Sage. Creswell, J.W. (2009), Research design :Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed approach, (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Fairbrother, P & Mathers, N. J. (2004). Lecturers practitioners; Combining cultures, Journal of Clinical Nursing. Vol. 13. Issue 5, p. 539-546. Fineman, S. (2007). The Emotional Organization: Passions and Power, Malden. MA: Willey and Blackwell. Harper, C.L. (2011). Environment and Society: Human Perspectives on Environmental Issues, New York. NY: Pearson. Jurkiewicz, C. (2012). Developing a multicultural organizational code of Ethics rooted into the moral obligations of citizenry. Public Organization Review. Vol. 12 Issue 3, p243249. 7p. DOI: 10.1007/s11115-012-0187-6. Laureate Education, Inc. (2008). Research theory, design, and methods. Baltimore, MD: Author. "Mixed Methods Procedure." Maden, C. (2012). Transforming Public Organizations into Learning Organizations: A Conceptual Model. Public Organization Review, Vol. 12 Issue 1 p71-84. DOI: 10.1007/s11115-011-0160-9. Meuleman, L (2010). The Cultural dimension of metagovernance :Why governance doctrines may fail. Public Organization Review. Vol. 10 Issue 1, p49-70. DOI: 10.1007/s11115009-0088-1 Onwuegbuzie, A., & Leech, N. L. (2005). On becoming a pragmatic researcher: The importance of combining quantitative and qualitative research methodologies. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(5), 375–387. Robert R., Webb, R. & Sherman B. (1988). Qualitative research in education. London. UK: Routledge. Stinchcomb, J. B.& Francisco, O. (2007). The integration of "Two Brotherhoods" into one learning organization: A psycho-social perspective on merging police and fire services. Public Organization Review. Vol. 7 Issue 2, p143-161. 19p. DOI: 10.1007/s11115-0060026-8. Introduction In the strategic changing process, the managers or leaders wish to know how they go or what programs are implemented in a satisfactory or unsatisfactory manner. This would be important to assess the wake of progress, the present status of organizations or programs, as well as to explore any plan to improve them. The concept of evaluation recently turned to be highly attended in the face of increasing complexities of human, organizational or public performance. The concept may begin with a class evaluation of instructors at colleges and universities, rating of assembly or congressmen, evaluation or rating of countries and firms for their credit and so on. Three methods are related critically with the definition of evaluation or evaluation research. We generally, however, do not include all of those rating or evaluation activities in the strict sense of evaluation. Evaluation, in a meaningful term, needs to be systematic in the least, but often is treated as scientifically by using a criteria governed by a set of standards, hence, closely entwined with the three methods, i.e., quantitative, qualitative, and mixed methods (Creswell, J.W., 2009),. Therefore, when we talk about evaluation, its quality tends to be scientific and generally exhaustive about the subject's merit, and the aim, objectives, results of program are considered to ascertain and assess. It could help a decision making, enable reflection, and identify a future change (Laureate Education, Inc., 2008). In practice, we can see two forms of evaluation which are formative and assumptive. The formative evaluation precedes the programs, events or organizations to develop the concept or proposal. The assumptive one primarily takes place to draw lessons upon the completion of project or implementation of programs. What, then, is the main purpose of an evaluation or program evaluation? As Marthe said, the purpose can be defined in view of the systemic process to "determine the quality of a program by formulating a judgment" (Hurteau, M., Houle, S., & Mongiat, S., 2009). The essences of evaluation in its definition would be (i) structured interpretation, (ii) giving of meaning, (iii) comparison with the original objectives, and (iv) understanding of what and how. A more fine definition may further include these; (i) systematic, rigorous, and meticulous application of scientific methods, (ii) resource-intensive process (such as, evaluate expertise, labor, time, and a sizable budget) (iii) critical assessment and objective manner (iv) attainment of objective knowledge (v) scientific or quantitative measuring (vi) objects merit and worth and assistance of audience (evaluand: lient). For the rising attention to the field of evaluation, we can see a tremendous progress of theoretical and methodological developments during the last three decades (Reynold, P. D., 2007). For example, the role of the Joint Committee on Standards for Educational Evaluation and the American Evaluation Association is notable. A set of Guiding Principles for evaluators developed by the latter elicited several of important elements to be respected by the evaluation researchers (i) systematic inquiry: evaluators conduct systematic, data-based inquiries about whatever is being evaluated. (ii) competence, (iii) integrity/honesty. In this guideline, the evaluation research is required of quality data collection, defensible indicators, and eventually the credibility to findings. It is a duty for the evaluators to provide competence performance to the interested parties. All these elements described have a bearing to be interconnected with the aspect of three methods. A competence and professional acumen are required of selecting a method, which is to provide a better evaluation for the clients. Although we said the three methods are viewed to fit or be required within the field of evaluation, this does not necessarily mean that any method will yield a best result for the evaluators. As we had learned through the course, each method has the strengths and weaknesses as submissive to the professional way of suitable selection (Creswell, J.W., 2009). The experimental approach, for example, can be best to disclose the causal relationships of event or program evaluation. The quantitative study may be matched with the management information system and can serve more effectively for the dynamic operations of complex programs. The content analysis may be undertaken as related with the qualitative study, and provides an evaluation if to include a judgment. The mixed method can be employed, in any most effect, to provide a "model building" for the programs evaluated. That is partly because the mixed method often begins with some predisposed stance of researchers. Consumeroriented studies generally would be conducted on the basis of quantitative method, which can be seen "objectivists, mass and true evaluation." The objectivists and elite perception in program or organizational evaluation can be viewed as quasi-evaluation since it tends to entail a high share of data itself or knowledge other than a value or assessment. The qualitative or mixed methods probably can be connected with the subjectivists perception. It also is classed into the elite and mass aspects like the objectivists. The subjectivists and elite perception provides a true evaluation, which is typically represented in the certification and accreditation process. The connoisseur studies would be one branch to yield a more nuanced and refined findings to address the client's needs, which usually may be seen in the qualitative or mixed undertaking of evaluation research. The adversary approach is interesting to unearth the truths, which would impliedly be embedded on all the three methods (Mills, W. C., 1959). In the quantitative, this way of thinking could enable a current status of theories or tenets, and facilitates the understanding of vast literature. This point would also be true with the mixed method when they consider a grand theory or frame of the themes or propositions. The adversary approach would be a little less minded if the natural settings are primary to begin with the qualitative method. However, the coding work or documents review may require this basic of mindset. The adversary approach, as occasioned in a mock of legal proceedings, represents the dialectic exchange of ideas to inner-subsidize the three methods. It, nonetheless, independently provides a subjectivist, mass, true evaluation by exposing the two opposing positions. Reference Creswell, J.W. (2009), Research design :Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed approach, (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Hurteau, M., Houle, S., & Mongiat, S. (2009). "How Legitimate and Justified are Judgments in Program Evaluation?". Evaluation 15 (3): 307–319. doi:10.1177/1356389009105883. Laureate Education, Inc. (2008). Research theory, design, and methods. Baltimore, MD: Author. "Doctoral Research : Social Change." Mills, W. C. (1959). The sociological imagination. New York: Oxford University Press. Reynold, P. D. (2007). A primer in theory construction. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon Reflection Introduction Through the course, I have recognized a primacy and importance of research method as well as its variability to address the goals of researcher. The education and training session about this scholarly basics should enter a more weight of graduate education, particularly for the developing nations. Often researchers in this scope lack the formal hours of class to meditate on the research methodology. They rather acquire the skills and competence after they graduate and serve as a professor or professional researcher. Except for the natural science or engineering, this point seems to factor a relatively poor performance of those nations' researchers in the international context of social science and humanity studies. As a Korea-based scholar, this point seems to be complicated since Korea will no longer be a developing country in terms of world economy (Mills, W. C., 1959). Intellectually, however, I may not be definite if Korea can lead or influence the concerned of world, generally the circle of scholars in the specific fields (1959). The melting signs may seem gradually into the center of world and region when we bred a world renowned pop star, Psy and K-pop, commercially in the region as well as ambitiously in the Europe. An aboriginal scene of sweat labor could bring the industrialization of Korea in 1970's, and its consequence to bell the international society was demonstrated in the 1988's Seoul Olympic. For the new millennium, the cultural and intellectual advance can be Koreans', but with some care about the tendency. I may call the context as a "Korean fate of quintet (KFP: 70-80-10-60)." As said, the natural science, medicine or health and engineering sectors in the academy had been and will be a plane for good in terms of Korean share. It is highly dubious, however, if that could be true about the humanity and social science, which should be ameliorated until 2060. As this context fairly relates with my case as a researcher, the class of research theory and design is believed really challenging and ambitious in view of the personal aim. I suppose if I can write an article of high scholarly impact as much cited as Psy and viewed as many as 200 million people through the Y-tube. Self-assess your current research mind-set and skills. The class will certainly be highly helpful to improve the research mind-sets and skills. First, it provided a good opportunity to eliminate a fear or ambiguities from lack of accurate knowledge about the methodology. We often name or talk about the research methods, but without a general exposure about the subject. That would be a strand to bring the fear or unsettlement on ambiguities. Second, the class systemically developed and enriched my understanding of research method and skills (Creswell, J.W., 2009). With the time for this course, we come to know a philosophical angle to support the research methods, theory and its construction, the ingredients of three basic methods, the ethics involved in the research as well as other useful issues (Reynold, P. D., 2007). It has been impressive to shape the worship of profession in the week 5 assignment about an NHS certificate. This worship did not stop there, but to inflame a curiosity of what is the research and its practice in the methodological aspect. We thankfully received a good system to increase of the research skills by processing four weeks of experimental work covering the quantitative, qualitative, mixed and evaluation (2009). Third, the class seems not to finish in the personal context, but relays my interest into an adjacent area of disciplines. For example, I learn the use of statistics or psychology, at least their basics, to realize a complete grasp concerning the quality of respective method. According to P. Serdyukov, a doctor is a carrier of high culture, expertise, and knowledge for their respective field of science. This statement can well corroborate with the view of habiatus proposed by P. Bourdieu, and also comes lighted to explain the Korean status above. Once I have pointed out the econo-political view of research profession, but that would be a particle though it might be essential for the pure materialists. This aspect of profession anyhow seems to be interwoven from those elements of methodology in some extent of combination. Certainly the research can exploit the market and lead to the increase of demand economically in the higher or lesser extent from the perspectives. It, on the other, is related with the aspect of souls for decency and nobility. The laborers in the 1970's sweat shop of Korea now are led to entertain an innovative quality of K-pop or Y-tube classics. The researchers in Korea, perhaps as teamed with the policy makers, could bring the social change, and the invention of Y-tube, from the root efforts of research technicians, could realize such amazing habiatus. The researchers of public administration and economy in Korea now implore on a high priority of creative economy as the national strategy, which we can acknowledge a positive sign of benefit. Evaluate a relationship between the research and social change. Concerning the relationship between the research and social change, I may state several points to think about ; (i) originality and application in the form of interplay (ii) comprehensiveness in the subjects of interplay (iii) strategic collaboration in the interest of interplay. First, the research pioneers the concern and curiosity, hence essentially creative or original. The great findings can be, and must be applied to improve our reality. Second, their interplay or relationship is comprehensive to take the researchers in a specific discipline into any staunch of track in parallel and shared. For example, professors or researchers of economics devote their lifetime commission in parallel with the Federal Reserve. The legal scientists' usual work would arise from the cases and court opinions to be shared in their lifetime. The public policy students or researchers may get their concern or involvement related with the government or specific branches of public service. Probably we may well imagine its comprehensive picture in accordance with the scope of governmental departments. Third, the contemporary practice of national or public organizations often views two facets as the kind of strategic alliance. This point is delicate if the researchers' ethics and standard are something different or sanctified. They need to be neutral and objective, and uphold the value of humanities. It is also highly capricious in its extent that some research will enjoy a buy-in, which means them as high in view of strategic alliance. The context will come in a comparison if the research were to be opposed or subject to public criticism, deemed less significant or generally humanistic as away from the strategic aspect. Plan next steps to take in becoming a researcher and scholar-practitioner. The plan to progress is to be guided so as to respond with the goals of Walden research students. The paradigm of scholar practitioner is really appreciable from the contemporary context of post-modern living. The lifetime concept of education and professional training are inevitable to improve and adapt (Laureate Education, Inc., 2008). We are required, on the other, to prepare for the dissertation as a student. Hence, we are exposed to a multiple context of benefit to cross the work responsibility, learning, socialization and the dissertation work. We can exploit the learning and knowledge to better perform our work duty as a scholar practitioner while the cumulative effect academically from Walden and work experiences from occupational status are believed to produce a high quality of dissertation (2008). First, the partnership concept of dealing seems to yield a better result in pursuit of research degree at Walden, which, I suppose, will be foundational to plan over the progress here. We are a scholar practitioner both to learn and teach, and Walden certainly would be a place to refurbish the practical arms enabling to implement our value and scholarly conviction within our work place. We exchange ideas, valuable information and thoughts, not to be directed nor delivered in the unilateral lead of instructor. This aspect needs to be born through the courses, which guides me fundamentally to plan my progress. This aspect might be stronger at Walden, but may be embedded generally on the quality of graduate education. In some cases, the graduate students play as a teaching or research assistant, and their collaborative experience in the research labs often effects a lifetime alliance about the professional career of researcher. I plan to rise beyond the attitudes of student, but actively and positively engage in the courses as a scholar-practitioner (2008). Second, I plan to look into the research methods more in depth within the curriculum announced recently. Some higher level of methodology courses are essential to make a progress, which will come within the time schedule ahead. Third, the law and public policy, through the years, had provoked my curiosity involving how to locate properly two disciplines in the transformative society. As a scholar practitioner, it will trouble much on time span since I had chosen that name of specialty and are required to select three courses within it. A qualified status to be wellversed of research methods will facilitate my aim to look into both disciplines in the year of 2014. The inquiry, "how do they excavate the knowledge to nurture their discipline?" will be basic and penetrates the different two into one string of commonality, i.e., methodology. Of course, the substantive issues will be dominant in future courses, but the hindsight only available for the methodologists will certainly happen to see the nature and essence of my interdisciplinary purpose. Fourth, I plan to explore a publication opportunity about my writing and will collect information about the doctoral studies and research method. This plan would allow the time to meditate on many basics, but must be foundational about the lifetime devotion as a researcher. It could help to share the information and experience with the peers so that will make the story of research profession as popular to know. Conclusion The class of research theory seems to serve several purposes, and I feel much indebted respectfully from Cresswell, Reynolds and the National Academy of Science . I have learnt much of information useful to understand the method itself, the nature of theory and its construction, and important lessons for the research professionals. Dr. Deparis' leadership and devotion to teaching had been impressive. Reference Creswell, J.W. (2009), Research design :Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed approach, (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Laureate Education, Inc. (2008). Research theory, design, and methods. Baltimore, MD: Author. "Doctoral Research : Social Change." Mills, W. C. (1959). The sociological imagination. New York: Oxford University Press. Parson, T., (2009). The Role of Theory in Social Reseach. American Sociological Review, Vol. 3, issue 1. pp.13-20. Reynold, P. D. (2007). A primer in theory construction. Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon Collections of Correspondence : Sharing, Inquiries, Ideas and Suggestions Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Thursday, December 5, 2013 4:06:14 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 1 Week 1 Hello Luther, Thank you for your insightful brief. I have been nurtured to see the essences about important concepts for the researchers. I agree that a scientific inquiry perhaps sparks most of research work. Today's news paper reported a different outcome about the cause of death Y. Arafat. One from French research team and the other from Swiss, both of whom are teamed with respected researchers in the concerned field. It appears to show the present status of research work, and enables a mini-paradigm for this week's learning. It really arouses our curiosity how the death of Arafat occurred as he had been controversial and internationally renowned political leader of Palestine. Was he poisoned to death or aged to natural extinct? The curiosity would be hollowed if the scientists do not give an answer. Fortunately, the issue perhaps would be shared in a same gene of people and concerned scientists so that the scientific inquiry could be merited. Nonetheless, it differs from a lay curiosity in ways of framing a research question, and also perhaps a distinct methodology that the scientists employ. As a person or a disciplined group in applied class, the scientists can have a different strand in their beliefs, communication, and persuasion. Hence the method can itself be challenged on its effectiveness as a research tool. Of course, this context would arise in a marginalized chance since most modern scientists usually learn and have the background training about methods or research design and so, as we are in this class. More fundamentally, the science of philosophy could dispose the science itself into any major planes in disagreement or differences at the least. For example, the contrast between the inductive and deductive reasoning is notable. This discrepancy could bring our learning to be interesting as we may consider the structuralism, for example. The view and understanding could be orthodox in this camp of thoughts which makes it distinct from the previous prevailing knowledge. In their frame, for example, the Chinese communism may be understood in points from the general science of communism. It extends the horizon not only within the discipline of philosophy, but could project over others, such as psychology, anthropology, political science, and so. I have once been surprised to hear from one of notable chemists in France that the French view or focus in chemistry would differ and perhaps ingenious on its own paradigm or so. Hence, your posting on the epistemology and ontology as well as paradigm are very useful. I particularly agree on two points. First, both are mutually supportive to recognize and articulate. The kind of object and subject strands in philosophy may be shared in a close concern. I also like to know how much both would effect, the Kantian Copernican revolution, on our intelligence or research work. Do you consider the humans are more principal in creating a research or if the objects and things in existence? I would also be pleased from your statement that the jargon or code-words are a communication map. Actually, the communication likely seems a most crucial word to ease our complicacies in the research terminology. The research, in such divergences in thoughts or philosophies, may be defined in its prime attribute that it would be a process to communicate within the professional society. As the nature of contemporary science, the jargon or code words would be necessary to facilitate it. In this concern, the research needs to be rethought from a group of different linguistic basis and of its international character. We may get some lesson from the structuralist views and great work from N. Chomsky. How do you suppose any communication between the concerned researchers about the death of Arafat would be exchange or develop. Do you think if it could develop entailing any political implications? Please excuse me for some of peregrination. Respectfully. Author: Luther Leak Date: Wednesday, December 4, 2013 7:32:20 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 1 Week 1 Blaikie (2004) contends that the philosophy of science is primarily about correct usage – from the template used as the basis and justification for the inquiry to the reasoning behind the research questions used to the methods used to collect and analyze data. Grounded in specific viewpoints, philosophy of science attempts to evaluate and validate scientific inquiry through both general and specific methodology (Britannica Concise Encyclopedia, 2013). Blaikie (2004) refers to Kuhn's (1970) contention that paradigm is an important determinant – from conceptualization to validation – of the inquiry process. The paradigm is a way of applying meaning. It is a framework of shared underlying concepts, ideas and accepted facts. For example, in the paradigm of medicine, disease can be explained by germ theory or immunology. In the paradigm of American politics, views can be justified by republican or democrat. Patton (2008) defines epistemology as "the study of knowledge" and asserts that scholarpractitioners "...can best know the world by being engaged in it, that by being engaged, by being part of the world..." a deeper insight can be gained (p. 3). Epistemology provides a context of deciding which scientific procedures produce reliable social scientific knowledge (Blaikie, 2004). The context of ontology concerns the nature of what exists and theories about what makes up reality. An ontological view maintains that culture, society molds experience therefore reality is shaped by not what is truly real but what is perceived as being real and that "...the nature of reality for human beings is different in some way than that of the physical world..." (Patton, 2008, p. 4). Continuing by presenting the concept of a table, Patton (2008) offers an ontological construct based on Western societal norms of what a table is: a piece of furniture found within used to put stuff on. In other cultural constructs, same table is a family dwelling, in others a piece of commercial real estate. According to Blaikie (2004), "ontological assumptions underpin all social theories and methodological positions" (p. 768) and Blaikie cites Crotty (1998) in that because ontological and epistemological claims are linked, it is "...difficult to discuss them separately" (p. 10). While closely related, the distinction is apparent. Ontology concerns things that actually exist; epistemology concerns the nature of that knowledge. When the scholarpractitioner asks what exists, ontology. When the scholar-practitioner asks how it is known what is thought to exist, epistemology. Yet to ask what is known, an epistemological framework is required before the ontological answer can be given. To ask how it is known, an ontological framework is needed for the epistemological answer. The terms, jargon or code-words of any discipline is communication map. Terms such as philosophy of science, paradigm, epistemology and ontology permit researchers to exchange common ideas with one another on where they are in relation to where they want to be towards understanding. Patton (2008) refers to the mistakes, miscues and paradigm shifts that may occur but in order to agree on what questions to ask and how best to answer those questions, the same paradigm, the same map, mistakes and all, has to be used. References Blaikie, N. (2004). Epistemology. In M. Lewis-Beck, A. Bryman, & T. Liao (Eds.), Encyclopedia of social science research methods. (pp. 310-311). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc. Retrieved from http://dx.doi.org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.4135/9781412950589.n281 Blaikie, N. (2004). Ontology, ontological. In M. Lewis-Beck, A. Bryman, & T. Liao (Eds.), Encyclopedia of social science research methods. (p. 768). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc. Retrieved from http://dx.doi.org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.4135/9781412950589.n663 Blaikie, N. (2004). Paradigm. In M. Lewis-Beck, A. Bryman, & T. Liao (Eds.), Encyclopedia of social science research methods. (pp. 786-788). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc. Retrieved from http://dx.doi.org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.4135/9781412950589.n685 Blaikie, N. (2004). Philosophy of social science. In M. Lewis-Beck, A. Bryman, & T. Liao (Eds.), Encyclopedia of social science research methods. (pp. 821-822). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc. Retrieved from http://dx.doi.org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.4135/9781412950589.n711 Crotty, M. (1998). The foundations of social research London: Sage. Retrieved from http://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=Op_SDKrf1ZQC&oi=fnd&pg=IA1&dq=crott y+m.+(1998).+the+foundations+of+social+research&ots=RrKBUct2x- &sig=3EYbwTik7i8m2CpnrF0zlncmV4c#v=onepage&q=crotty%20m.%20(1998).%20the% 20foundations%20of%20social%20research&f=false Patton, M. (2008). Transcript of Introduction to Research Design from Research theory, design, and methods. Baltimore, MD: Laureate Education, Inc. The philosophy of science. (2013). In The Britannica Concise Encyclopedia. Retrieved from http://www.answers.com/topic/philosophy-of-science Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Thursday, December 5, 2013 4:08:42 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Post 1 Week 1 Hello Erica. Your posting helps clarify the points I have been unaddressed. Your mention about "what and how" about the nature of research work seems persuasive and prevailing. I may broach one point if we think about why. It might be related with our usual standard about pragmatism. This yardstick had long influenced the virtue of science. One motive for the researchers, hence, "why do we research?" question, would underlie, in some cases, in the economy or increase of income by commercialization or in other ways. This is certainly a prime engine to develop a materialistic welfare of the society. How do you agree its ill side consequence about the decency of humanity or consumerism? The pragmatism would not mean it must be economically practical, but over a scope of elementary planes, to say, usefulness to better understand the world and being, contribution to increase the scholarly communication, key work to enhanced socialization, and theory helpful to improve the ethics of humanity, and many others. I consider in some cases that the Oriental Buddhism can make a more usefulness than the short turn of Apple or Samsung's new product, which would be crystallized by perhaps very qualified scientists. Do you consider if any ethical science could enter its influence within this commercially dominated humans or society? Respectfully. Author: Erica Davis Date: Wednesday, December 4, 2013 6:51:23 PM EST Subject: Discussion Post 1 Week 1 Research allows scholars to search and investigate a theory or idea. It is an inquiry or examination of those theories and laws that bring to light new facts or practical applications. Research as we know is driven by a question or problem in order to collect and interpret data to solve or resolve a problem. When scholars do research the philosophy of science, epistemology, ontology, and paradigm are most widely used terms during the research process. Based on my previous experiences in research here at Walden, the terms philosophy of science, paradigm, epistemology, and ontology are terms that unbeknown to my research. Through the course readings the philosophy of science is based on an inquiry of "what and how." Through our course readings, Britannica Encyclopedia defined the philosophy of science is the nature of scientific inquiry through observational procedures and patterns. The philosophy of science, epistemology, and ontology are all interconnected versions (Rosenburg, 2005, p. 2). Philosophy of science corresponds to epistemology and ontology. Dr. Patton (Laureate, 2008) states epistemology is the study of knowledge and ontology is the study of being. Epistemology is a theory of knowledge. Hofer (2001, p. 2) noted that epistemology helps us understand how individuals resolve competing knowledge claims, evaluate new information, and make fundamental decisions during the scientific process. As noted by Dr. Patton (Laureate, 2008) epistemology looks at how we know what we know and the processes that are involved. In order to be a scholar practitioner, scholars have to study how the world is. They have to make a difference in the world. The linkage is that a scholar practitioner uses the skills and knowledge provided to him/her. Epistemology and Ontology are just two examples of paradigms. The nature of the reality of a study and the techniques to investigate the reality clearly define a paradigm. Paradigm is a pattern. It is a group of ideas or theories about how something is done. Creswell (2009, p.6) noted that a basic set of beliefs are paradigms. The Philosophy of Science, Epistemology, Ontology, and Paradigm are all terms that are relevant to research. All of these terms are heavily used in qualitative, quantitative and mixed research. These terms aid scholars in their research and enhance researchers' areas of study. References: Creswell, J. (2009). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Hofer, B. (2001). Personal epistemology research: Implications for learning and teaching. (4 ed., Vol. 13, pp. 1-2). Vermont: Educational Psychology Review. Retrieved from http://link.springer.com/article/10.1023/A:1011965830686 Laureate Education, Inc. (Executive Producer). (2008). Research theory, design, and methods. Baltimore, MD: Dr. Michael Patton Rosenburg, A. (2005). Philosophy of science: a contemporary introduction. (2nd ed., pp. 1-2). New York, NY: Routledge. Retrieved from http://books.google.com/books?hl=en&amp;lr=&id=OenUbcvgoi4C&oi=fnd&pg=PR9&dq= definition of philosophy of science&ots=dDIVUd1PWg&sig=dHmp8AmHCdF_qWOUFCVB63ni6E Author: Erica Davis Date: Saturday, December 7, 2013 4:42:43 PM EST Subject: Response to Kiyoung Kiyoung, Your post was very intriguing and you make a great point about empiricism as a thought to find the ground of truths from our usual experience and how it draws a major point of contest whether the truth can be supported by the sensory perception or empirical data. Through my own research I find empiricism, specifically a quantitative approach, as an approach that I would mostly likely utilize during my own research. What approach do you find most relevant and appropriate to your research? Author: Luther Leak Date: Saturday, December 7, 2013 7:47:49 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 2 Week 1 If American legal realism focuses on the role and its realistic impact on the society, hence, econo-politically conservative or liberal and including many of sociological or psychological ways of investigation in creating a jurisprudence, the critical race theory would like to reveal its flaws or shades within the lack of justice as well as employ the form of narratives or postmodern type of dealings and impliedly critique such injustice. Critical theorists generally respond to contemporary issues (postmodernity) and such research looks at the world and the human condition through the lens of philosophy or political theory or literary criticism or sociology or feminist theory to produce a new perspective. Critical race theory examines favored institutionalized hierarchies and advantaged societal positions built on the oppression of others. The Frankfurt School were Neo-Marxist in the sense that they were just as critical of Marx's thought as they were followers. These early critical theorists examined society rather than economics and maintained that the manipulation of popular culture was a mechanism to make the consumer complacent toward societal problems. Adhering to Marx's assertion that the goal of philosophy is to not only describe the world but to change it, many of the School called for active protest. Author: Bradley Helenthal Date: Sunday, December 8, 2013 5:56:56 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 2 Week 1 This is an interesting post. Why do you believe that critical theory would dominate western intelligence? Author: Francis Oladele Date: Wednesday, December 11, 2013 3:06:04 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 2 Week 1 Hi Kim. This is a wonderful post ,and I agree wth your narratives,However what are your contributios to knowledge as a scholar practitioner Reynolds, P. D. (2007). A primer in theory construction (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Boston: Pearson Education. Laureate Education, Inc. (2008). Research theory, design, and methods. Baltimore, MD: Author. "Introduction to Research Design" & "Doctoral Research: Advice" The SAGE Encyclopedia of Social Science Research Methods. Retrieved Dec. 3, 2013 from http://sage-ereference.com.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/socialscience/ Michel Foucault (1982). The Archaeology of Knowledge. New York, NY: Vintage with all your beautiful narrations.However what are the lessons that scholar-practitioner would learn from your write up. Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Saturday, December 7, 2013 7:34:37 AM EST Subject: RE: Marin Nikolov Initial Post Response Disc 2 Week 1 Hi. Marin, Thank you for the insightful post. I am hopeful it were not to be incorrect about the empiricism and rationalism. To say, the former originates and dominates in the islanders' and subsequent expansion as an Anglo-American tradition while the latter would be continental across the Europe and China. The empirical attitudes had much impacted on the development of world economy, material welfare and intelligent stretches of humans. You mentioned, "innate knowledge," which is very familiar with the Oriental personalities. They are rather reluctant, go passive, even negative, or sometimes touched as demeaning of sense or experience, while they prefer some in depth meditation or fundamental strands of nature and things. I am not sure, but it might have any nexus in relationships between the solitude of islanders and continental usualness of more active, which implies then pressuring, human interactions. The Continentalists might go retracted with the strains of wider society or dynamism where the verity could be pursued or concentrated into meditation or human intrinsic. The ocean power entertained over the centuries also would increase that strand in flourishing the empiricism. Now we talk about G2, and the context can be developed to intellectually interact with China and many continental traditions of states. The translation and learning, however, seems to not remarkably improve about the books and articles, as well as Oriental thoughts. Still only selective universities offer the course about China, Japan, Korea and South Asian studies. The program was limited to study the history in a brief fashion and regional language. Often the westerners perceive the history of Orient desist at imperial rule. They neglect to follow since they often cognizes that the post colonial version within the Orient could be shaped on the western frameworks, for example, western form of democracy, political or public virtue, and others, which however was despite much of indigenous nature or orthodoxies within the Asian nations themselves. I hope that the information age and e-advancement could help to flourish the cultural and intellectual interchanges. Now it is unfortunate that only Buddhism and Confucianism would be some of those that the Americans may experience or be gotten to be familiarized. If the Chinese thoughts would get interested, we may be surprised of its quality as an innate knowledge. The e-technology and advancement of internet community seem to make less meaningful a political hegemony and intellectual standing or divergence. Therefore, you conclusion, "Social contexts, different philosophical positions and diverse analysis offers various alignment to being more accepting of alternate solutions without biases to single ideas that may have varied results" personally are very agreeable. As a world power, Americans often base their beliefs on the American realism. How much do you think the empiricism and rationalism may factor to shape the nature of American realism? Often reason or rationale are favored by the political power, but the American realism may be coupled with the history, incident, context, sense or experience, lessons and generally phenomena. Do you have any view about the future of American realism? Respectfully. Author: Marin Nikolov Date: Saturday, December 7, 2013 9:29:55 PM EST Subject: RE: Marin Nikolov Initial Post Response Disc 2 Week 1 Kiyoung, Thank you for the response and question. You asked how much do I think that the empiricism and rationalism may factor to shape the nature of American realism? American realism is based primarily as you mentioned past capitalist issues, warfare resolutes and failures, and focusing on similar principles of general healthcare and government support for all. But I do feel that although we have many strong-minded and educated people and leaders in the public sector, we continue to fail on ensuring that ethical leadership remain paramount in the general welfare and success opportunities for all. Realism, yes; empirism also. We gain from innate knowledge coupled with rationalist approaches. Thoughts? Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Saturday, December 7, 2013 7:05:16 AM EST Subject: RE: StrozierSWk1Discussion2 Hi Sandra, I have read your post very usefully to understand the interplay of philosophy with the research methods of which we now are exploitative as a scholar practitioner. Creswell's advert on the interrelationships in a summary fashion would be generally agreeable. For example, the pragmatic approach would rely on the mixed approach to excavate an applicable knowledge to its best extent. For example, the Korean government may pursue a reduction of suicide rate in confrontation with the OECD statistics, which is worst in the world. The OECD statistics might be produced from the report of Korean government or public agencies of similar nature. It would be pragmatic to diagnose the present status and public ailment of Korean society, but could be extended more for the sound society. Then the qualitative method would do effect to interview the families of victim or the age-based quota of people to investigate if they think or thought of suicide, or factors and motives to drive to that impasse. If the statistics or public policy would envisage a final addressee as a human subject, the qualitative method can have a strength to implement or enforce. The qualitative method also gives a benefit to avoid the bias or human tendency of less attention, passivity, neutralization tendency and so, which can impose the research subjects and theme in more condensed or sincere interaction. The verity and practical implications or use of information and knowledge could be more fertile than a mere statistical data. The width of samples or experimental subjects in this method, however, could matter requiring a scientific method to support against its weaknesses. Your views about the constructivism and interpretivism would be correct, which was to be linked with the qualitative method. Often I consider the graduate level of education is prone to focus on the humans and society in more depth while interacting and complementing with the already proven knowledge. Hence the constructivism and interpretivism are seen instrumental to research. Those ideas, as far as I know, was employed to rank the national doctorate programs in 2010 under the auspice of NRC and the National Academy of Sciences. The survey or statistical analysis could enable a wider scope of coverage, and principal tools of quantitative method. There could be a potential bias in this method which concerns, for example, the ways to frame or structure survey questionnaires, lack or insufficiency of information to answer, and so. If Creswell is definite about the link between the post-positivist and quantitative method, I may respectfully disagree on some points. While the positivist thinking basically requires a self-fulfilling and objective truth by separating a neutral or impassionate scientist and objects, the post-positivist thinking recognizes a possible falsification and interactive attribute between the scientists and objects. Hence the qualitative process to filter and clarify against a falsification or others could support its desirable goals of objective truth, and be complement with the statistical data. In this sense, the post-positivism recognizes its utility to serve in finding a truth. This context, if I might be correct, was assumed and implemented in the NRC work of assessment of doctorate programs in 2010. You said, "The interpretivist believes scientific methods cannot adequately explain "social phenomena".... The interpretivist study how individuals interact with others and the meanings they give to these interactions." How much are you personally convinced with this statement? I may agree in aspects that this statement makes a sense. I am also it pertinent with our interaction as a scholar practioner here which involves a distinct element of education, say, on line studies, as differs from the brick and mortar basis. A majority of people, neighbors and possibly some of scientific methods, may lead to the understanding of our context as one of social phenomena in any abstract way of generalization, but the interpretivists may offer a proper version about our interaction and meanings derived from it. I also like to present some diagram supposed most akin so as to be linked between the philosophies of science and research approach. Your thoughts are welcome. Respectfully. (Table) Epistemology/Empiricism/Rationalism Open and Dominant adaptable to methods Positivism Dominantly quantitative Constructivism Basically Qualitative Critical theory Dominantly Qualitative Interpretivism Basically qualitative, quantitative mixed Post-positivism Basically quantitative, qualitative mixed Deconstructivism Dominantly Qualitative Author: Sandra Strozier Date: Monday, December 9, 2013 11:08:15 AM EST Subject: Response to Kiyoung I based my statement about 'interpretivism" on the Encyclopedia of Social Science Research Methods' defintion (Lewis-Beck, Bryman & Liao, 2004). I agree that the mixed method may be the best method for "interpretivism". Kiyoung, Thank you for the response and question. You asked how much do I think that the empiricism and rationalism may factor to shape the nature of American realism? American realism is based primarily as you mentioned past capitalist issues, warfare resolutes and failures, and focusing on similar principles of general healthcare and government support for all. But I do feel that although we have many strong-minded and educated people and leaders in the public sector, we continue to fail on ensuring that ethical leadership remain paramount in the general welfare and success opportunities for all. Realism, yes; empirism also. We gain from innate knowledge coupled with rationalist approaches. Thoughts? Author: Sandra Strozier Date: Thursday, December 5, 2013 11:33:08 PM EST Subject: StrozierSWk1Discussion2 The three leading research approaches; qualitative, quantitative, and mixed method; represent the "continuum" of research methods (Creswell, 2014). Qualitative research asks questions that describe the deep meaning of human behavior. Quantitative research quantifies data by examining the relationship between variables (Creswell, 2014). The mixed method combines both qualitative and quantitative to offer a comprehensive understanding of the problem (Creswell, 2014). Creswell (2014) noted the link between each research method and the complementary philosophical "worldviews". The qualitative researcher observes and asks questions to draw conclusions and make predictions. The researchers use their findings from interviews and observation to make broad statements about the behaviors of a larger segment of the population. The constructivist obtains information by observing and asking participants to express their views on the issue. The constructivist believes people "construct" their own "sphere of influence" (Lewis-Beck, Bryman & Liao, 2004). I agree with this alignment because the constructivist obtains data by observing participants to obtain a deeper understanding of human behavior. I would also align the interpretivism "worldview" with qualitative research. The interpretivist believes scientific methods cannot adequately explain "social phenomena" (Lewis-Beck, Bryman & Liao, 2004). The interpretivist study how individuals interact with others and the meanings they give to these interactions. The quantitative approach investigates the relationships between variable and quantifies their findings in numeric form (Creswell, 2014). The typical tool of the quantitative researcher is experimentation. I agree with Creswell's (2014) alignment of the quantitative approach with the post-positivist "worldview". The post-positivist researcher conducts experiments to determine the validity of their hypotheses. I would also pair empiricism with the quantitative approach because the empiricist considers research invalid if it cannot be observed or quantified (Lewis-Beck, Bryman & Liao, 2004). The last approach is the mixed method, an approach that combines qualitative and quantitative. According to Creswell (2014) the mixed method approach is the best research approach (Creswell, 2014, p. 4). Creswell aligns the pragmatic philosophy with the mixed method. The pragmatic researcher collects information from different sources. The pragmatic approach aligns perfectly with mix method. I also connect critical theory with mixed method because this "worldview" requires a comprehensive research approach. The focus of critical theory is the freedom of individuals from anything that "enslaves" them (Zalta, 2013). Critical theory must include a comprehensive analysis of the issue. A solution to the critical issue must be a part of the research findings (Zalta, 2013). In conclusion, the goal of all research is to find the method that furthers knowledge. References Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (4 th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Lewis-Beck, M. S., Bryman, A., & Liao, T. F. (Eds.). (2004). Encyclopedia of social science research methods. (Vols. 1-3). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc. doi: http://dx.doi.org.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/10.4135/9781412950589.n711 Zalta, E. N. (Ed.). (2013). The Stanford encyclopedia of philosophy. Retrieved from http://Plato.Standford.edu/archives/spr2013/entries/ctitical-theory Author: Richard DeParis Date: Wednesday, December 11, 2013 1:13:34 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 1 Week 2 Kiyoung, a very impressive response. A question for you...pharmaceutical and other testing is routinely conducted by universities, funded by corporations who will benefit, and accompanied by confidentiality agreements. Are they in compromised ethical positions? Rich Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Friday, December 13, 2013 8:36:41 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 1 Week 2 Dr. DeParis, Thank you for reading and asking a question. I have not been exposed to the kind of contract between the researcher or research team and funding institution. A most of university research would be funded by the federal government on a highly competitive basis. However, I consider the private firms or for-profit institutions could employ a researcher or team to pursue the research questions in exchange of a sum for the expenses and compensation. A confidentiality agreement might serve a scope of purpose, for instance, protection of trade secrets as well as against the misappropriation of information or secret known during the course of contract performance. In this sense, a confidentiality agreement would serve a public good and also for the interest of parties. It, however, may be agreed from the evil intent to hide an ill side effect on the research subjects or about a data manipulation to the interest of funding employers, and so on. As for the pharmaceutical experiments, the FDA should play a role to prevent this kind of unethical or possibly criminal conduct. The requirement of good faith dealing in the private contract could make a worse contract null and void under the due conditions. Respectfully. Author: Richard DeParis Date: Sunday, December 15, 2013 12:36:32 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 1 Week 2 Kiyoung, thank you for the reply. A question...when you speak of evil intent, do you refer specifically to this scenario or in general? Rich Author: Luther Leak Date: Tuesday, December 10, 2013 3:45:35 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 1 Week 2 While Dr. Frederick has not done "wrong" in giving Sandra the assignment, the question to be asked is if he has done right by her. The role of mentor is to provide opportunity for the mentee to "...build their work..." (On Being a Scientist, 2009, p. 2), thus it is the expectation that the motive in assigning Sandra is that this work will put her on "...a productive and successful career trajectory" (On Being a Scientist, 2009, p. 4). Yet in spite of his assurance to the contrary, Sandra experiences a conflict of commitment because Dr. Frederick may be, intentionally or unintentionally, impeding the "progress of students by having them work on company-related projects that are less related to their academic interests" (On Being a Scientist, 2009, p. 43). The text reports that working on company sponsored research need not be the antithesis of attaining individual career goals in that such work can provide valuable experience in applying research to real world needs (On Being a Scientist, 2009). If she is asked to sign a confidentiality agreement, she will not be able to report on her findings. Additionally, the text goes on to reference that there may be concerns with Dr. Frederick's potential conflict of interest in that his receipt of industry funding could appear to impact "...the design of an investigation, the interpretation of data, or the presentation of results" (On Being a Scientist, 2009, p. 43) and that such an implication will cast doubt on any and all work(ers). If she says nothing, she will be guilty by omission; therefore, Sandra should voice her concerns, quickly, professionally and objectively to her academic institution. Because her institution receives some federal funds, the text reports that there exists policies and procedures already in place for such reporting of possible research impropriety (On Being a Scientist, 2009). References National Research Council. (2009). On being a scientist: A guide to responsible conduct in research (3 rd ed.). Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. Retrieved from http://www.nap.edu/catalog.php?record_id=12192 Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Friday, December 13, 2013 8:40:32 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 1 Week 2 Hi. Luther, I agree on your point that the confidentiality agreement can work impliedly against the social justice. It may place an undue burden on the conscience of Sandra, and a gross disparity in the bargaining power between the supervisor and advisee could well raise the fairness issue of terms. Therefore, it seems important how to shape the terms more acceptable and on any mutually satisfactory frame. The nations often provide a statute concerning the fair trade and competition which penalizes the grossly unfair terms by heavy fines or imprisonment. I am dubious if the contract between the supervisor and advisee could fall within this statutory ambit. However, for such extreme deviation that the advisee has to remain confidential after he will graduate or transfer to other universities, the contract should be deemed null. The compensation perhaps would be marginal since Sandra is an amateur researcher pursuing her graduate education. However, I suppose, although I have not been occasioned in the context of US, that it is one of ways most promising to falsify the settlement of research funding in Korea. That would be one point that Dr. Frederic has to be faithful to abide by the ethics. Thank you for the fine posting about our weekly topic. As in the same viewpoint with Page, I may agree that Sandra could report her incident. If you suppose, however, that there is an employment agreement between Sandra and Dr. Frederic, do you think it reasonable to bring the issue to the attention of university merely because she is charged with extra works for which she is paid. Your thoughts? Respectfully. Author: Luther Leak Date: Thursday, December 12, 2013 8:49:53 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 2 Week 2 Kiyoung Kim The universities and colleges often are required to institute the IRB for facilitating and monitoring the ethical standard of research. According to University of Notre Dame, "Much social and behavioral research is exempt from the requirements of the Federal regulations (45 CFR 46.101(b)). However, appropriate application of these exemptions.....is not left to individual investigators.....the IRB must elicit enough information from the investigator to ascertain whether the claimed exemption really applies." So, in regards to the IRB and most of the type of research the most of us will be performing...when in doubt, ask. http://or.nd.edu/research-compliance/human-subjects-research/irb-procedures-manualguidelines/special-considerations-in-irb-review/ Author: Richard DeParis Date: Sunday, December 15, 2013 1:46:00 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 2 Week 2 Luther very good points. Research is never conducted in a vacuum. The researcher does not perform this work wholly independently. Rather, any study and all of its procedures must be approved by the Institutional Review Board...and any changes to the study submitted to the IRB. Rich Author: Nkosi Mankenda Date: Friday, December 13, 2013 9:51:35 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 2 Week 2 Recognizing and Avoiding Bias On the basis of the topic at hand, "Adjustment of children raised in families with same-sex parents" related to a profoundly religious researcher, my advice would be twofold, as a researcher, and as a scholar-practitioner in the field of public policy and administration: As a researcher, I would remind the researcher that he/she belongs to a scientific community, and as such he/she must be committed to the standards that the scientific community imposes on researchers. The National Academy Press (2009) stated that an adviser has the responsibility to assist the researcher go forth with an effective research (p.4). Adviser provides investigator with the necessary information to carry out the scientific study. The advice given should help researcher get out of this ethical dilemma. As a scholar-practitioner in the field of public policy and administration, I would take the researcher back to the code of ethics of the discipline. The Code of ethics for the American Society of Public Administration (2013) stated that all its members are committed, among other things to the following: a. Foster fairness in society. Handling everyone equitably, justly, and equally by tolerating personal differences, rights, liberties, and "affirmative action" (para.5). In other words, I would remind the researcher to abide by these principles. b. Show good character as a role model. Follow and practice advanced ethical norms in order to influence others to do the same (para.7). The researcher is called to live by the example in order to instill confidence and professionalism in the followers. References American Society of Public Administration. (2013). Code of ethics. Retrieved on December 13, 2013 from http://www.aspanet.org/public/ASPA/Resources/Code_of_Ethics/ASPA/Resources/ Code%20of%20Ethics1.aspx?hkey=acd40318-a945-4ffc-ba7b-18e037b1a858. Author: Nkosi Mankenda Date: Sunday, December 15, 2013 8:02:50 PM EST Subject: Response to Kiyoung, Page and Sharonda-Discussion 2 Week 2 Hi Kiyoung, Page and Sharonda, Thank you for your insightful comments; they are a tremendous value to my learning. Nkosi National Academy Press. (2009). On being a scientist: a guide to responsible conduct in research. 3 rd . ed. Washington, DC: Author. Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Saturday, December 14, 2013 6:13:51 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 2 Week 2 Hello. Nkosi, I agree that the code of ethics from ASPA is fairly relevant to help a possibly skewed or prejudicial researcher. I consider that the professionalism would be a most prevailing theme in this kind of dilemma. Although the research could not be severed from a subject strand or diversity in views, I believe that the objectivity has to be ensured and the nature of work is expected to be entangled with the secular concern or interest. The scientific statement or expression could be imbrued with the attribute or personal quality of researchers, I suppose that it is important to maintain neutral and impartial. In addition, the tone or ethos as well as the ways of dealings should be scholarly, and the presentation of research has to be clear between the scope of objective data, referenced sources, analysis and professional assessment or conclusion and that of his personal perception or opinion. It would be communicated within the professional community, which is to be received in a worship and respect. If he puts a more emphasis or personal value on his religion, it is advisable to explore other jobs. I may particularly agree on the second requirement of code. In Korea, there is an axiom "teaching others or thinking myself as a model for others must be any best way to increase a competence, adaptation, manner and ethics." The concept of role model or mindset as if I might be a teacher to influence others seems quite advisable to ensure a devotion of researcher in Scenario 1. Thank you for the posting. Respectfully. Author: Enas Elhanafi Date: Friday, December 13, 2013 11:15:05 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 2 Week 2Enas Elhanafi Recognizing and Avoiding Bias Scenario 2: A researcher has a younger brother serving in the Army in Iraq, and the family is extremely proud of the brother's patriotism. Sadly, the brother was recently killed when the army vehicle he was in was bombed. As a result, the researcher has developed a strong dislike and distrust of people from the Middle East and Muslims in general. During the course of setting up interviews for the researcher's study, the researcher discovers that some people of Middle Eastern heritage are included in the participant base. What advice would you give the researcher for putting aside personal beliefs in order to remain an objective and ethical researcher? Generalization, labeling and stereotyping are dangerous human being behaviors. When it comes to a scholarship, it became a serious concern that need to be addressed and prevented. "Long-standing cultural practice can exert a powerful influence over the most conscientious author" (APA, 2010, p. 71). In scenario two: for the researcher, I think it is imperative to examine own knowledge about the Middle East region and its diverse countries, in addition to the different religions in the region as well (there is an assumption that all Middle Eastern people are Muslims). Making an effort trying to learn about the other's point of views, values, believes and traditions are valuable, especially for a scholar. Consequently, this might release any strong feelings of hate and distrust; by putting own self in the other person position. Furthermore, it may lead to a better understanding of the situation with examining the bigger picture and mayl reflect on the way the researcher think, act and make decisions as a good citizen as well as a scholar. This week resources provided a number of helpful suggestions and tips in how to reduce bias in language as well as any aspects of the research stages to avoid any unethical issues or practices that could risk the objectivity and independence of the study and its results. The following is a summary of recommended methods: 1. Practice reviewing own writing to check for bias, to a habit, similar to checking grammar, wordiness or spelling practices. According to the Manual of the American Psychological Association (2010), "Scientific writing must be free of implied or irrelevant evolution of the group or groups being studies" (APA, 2010, p. 70). 2. Ask people from targeted groups to read and comment on the writing material. 3. Respect research participants and readers. When the researcher writing reflects such respect, it will achieve the goal of accurate, unbiased communication. 4. Should not put the participants at risk. Need to anticipate any possible practices. Ethical code for researchers is to protect the privacy of the participants and to convey this protection to all individuals involved in a study. (Creswell, 2003, p. 65) 5. Be sensitive to labels, precision in describing of the research group sample, as are essential in scientific writing. It is recommended to use the more specific rather than the less specific terms. 6. Do not use language or any words that are biased against persons. Any Language that essentializes or reifies race is strongly discouraged and is generally considered inappropriate. Witting constructions that might imply bias against persons on the basis of the gender, sexual orientation, racial or ethnic group, disability, or age are unacceptable (APA Manual, pp. 71-76). 7. To avoid perpetuating demeaning attitudes and based assumptions about people in writing. Writers also need to avoid historical assumptions and interpretive inaccuracies in their writing based on the author beliefs and intentions, or to meet a need of the author or an audience. ( APA Manual, 2010 ; Creswell, 2003 and National Academy Press, 2009). 8. Good judgment is required. References: American Psychological Association. (2010). Publication manual of the American Psychological Association (6th ed.). Washington, DC: Author. Creswell, J. (2003). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. National Academy Press. (2009). On being a scientist: Responsible conduct in research (3rd ed.). Washington, DC: Author. Retrieved from http://cart.nap.edu/cart/deliver.cgi?record_id=12192 Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Saturday, December 14, 2013 6:15:45 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 2 Week 2Enas Elhanafi Hello. Enas, I learnt from your helpful posting as comprehensive in a summary form. I am also interested in the Seventh maxim about the "historical assumptions and interpretive inaccuracies in their writing based on the author's beliefs and intentions or to meet a need of the author or audience." That seems in strands to distinguish an Art and Science as we see in the modern frame of public universities. Often we experience the interesting books about the historic events, figures, and literature on the best seller list, such as Bernard Weber's. The authors often would be a genius to attract the audience, but we generally do not call it a science. There is no citation work nor limitations from the research which serves to respect a sea of peers' products and in the purpose to reach some self-prophecy or self-perfection. However, the researchers of history or comparative literature, for example, would get elevated into the kind of science or graduate level of understanding to criticism and more enhanced quality of, for example, historic events and figures. This morning, I have read a book profile in the news paper which is said to discuss Columbus for the historically accurate disclosure and perhaps new understanding. It was authored by Kyeong-cheol Chu, a history professor of Seoul National University. Years ago, I also got to know one historian who was an Englishman and obtained his doctorate in history from the Korean university. As an Asian, I consider that the intelligent products are mostly of innate knowledge and have been far less marshaled in the form of western science. I suppose if any most underrated dilemma for Asians would be an enslavement of intelligence into the western tradition. A recent transformation in this area of concern, however, would cast a bright prospect in respect and mutual awareness as well as globalization and advancement of e-technology. I see it encouraging about a steady increase of study abroad program. For example, the Rhodes and Marshall Scholarship Program can enrich an intellectual exchange between the UK and US. The Fulbright Scholarship also spans to support a scope of students committed to the oversea study at doctoral level. Chu's view excites a history readership to peel the exact character of Columbus and allegedly objective assessment of his life. A general view about his greater role in the age of new geography was revisited to highlight a new aspect of his personality as to be flat and on the scientific convincement and objective assessment. Likewise, we occasionally encounter some cases in controversy and disagreement involving a historic event, which surprisingly are brought by the respectable scholars and in the public attention. Hence, I consider that a most important virtue or ethics seems lying in the tone, attitudes, and manner of researchers. For example, a due work on citation could entail that context. Absent a scientific experience, for example, on that manner over history until the dismantlement of colonial regime around the half of last century (at least in the Orient or Asia: I am not sure if Bentham put a citation on his work while the annotators in the medieval times might do), we need to share improving the horizon of global intelligence in some of uniform fashion. The task of researchers seems omnipresent around, and I suppose that Asians have to be more committed and the westerners also need to share exploiting its intellectual resources. The Wikipedia improved this issue much in extent, however, its scientific value is largely questioned. In any case, the might of web devices can plainly be proven in the success of Wikipedia. Do you have any point related with your doctoral studies, for example, a dissertation topic, which involves the Orient or Asia? My regards. Author: Enas Elhanafi Date: Thursday, December 19, 2013 5:01:19 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion 2 Week 2Enas Elhanafi to Kiyoung Kim Dear Kiyoung, Thank you for your feedback and for sharing your prospective on some eastern and western practices. You brought up a number of interesting points. You have stated that "I consider that a most important virtue or ethics seems lying in the tone, attitudes, and manner of researchers" (Kim, December, 2013), which I agree, these are vital, however, it is imperative to examine the factors that influence any of researcher's tone, attitudes, and manner. The advancement of technology connected the world to be like a small village; it defined the concept of globalization and maximized its power. In addition to, its impact on daily life practices. About your question, I don't have a dissertation topic that involves the Orient or Asia; however, my topic will be investigating an international/global topic. It is not defined yet... still working on it. Regards, Enas Elhanafi References: Kim, K. (December, 2013). Personal Communication. Walden University. Retrieved from https://class.waldenu.edu/webapps/discussionboard/do/message?action=list_messages&foru m_id=_1774306_1&nav=discussion_board&conf_id=_700519_1&course_id=_4093596_1& message_id=_27567889_1 Author: Enas Elhanafi Date: Sunday, December 22, 2013 2:21:33 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 3 Enas Elhanafi To Kiyoung Kim Dear Kiyoung Thank you for your contribution to this week discussion. I enjoyed reading the examples that you used to illustrate and prove your point. The theoretical framework plays a valuable role in research, for a number of ways, which I mentioned in my initial (main) post. I would like to add an additional advantage of articulating theoretical framework, is that it can help in limiting the scope of the relevant data by focusing on specific variables and defining the specific viewpoint or framework that the researcher can take in analyzing and interpreting the data to be gathered, understanding concepts and variables according to the given definitions, and building knowledge by validating or challenging theoretical assumptions. Author: Apollos Nwafor Date: Wednesday, December 18, 2013 8:26:58 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 3: analysis of the role of theory in research Analysis of the Role of Theory in Research: To understand the role of theory in research, it would be important to have an understanding at least of what theory is. A theory serves as a system for explaining how the world is and why it is that way. So a theory says, "These are the things that you ought to pay attention to, "and here's why you ought to pay attention to them, "because they make a particular kind of difference in the world.". Patton (2013). So in research, the role of theory is best understood in the light of the methods of research. When one engages in quantitative research, one must be aware of the variables. Here theory is used deductively with the objective of testing or validating an existing rather than developing one, Thus theory plays the role of providing an explanation or prediction about the relationship among variables. Creswell. (2009). This is done using hypotheses or set of questions derived from the theory. In qualitative research, one is actually not working with a theory but trying to look at data, observable patterns or behaviours which is then analysed and form there a theory develops. Thus theory is inductive here. Creswell (2009) identifies four roles theory plays in qualitative research. First as a broad explanation for behaviour and attitudes like in quantitative research, secondly as a perspective or an orienting lens for studying questions and issues of marginalised groups-here this lens becomes an advocacy perspective that shapes the questions for the research. Third theory becomes the end point and outcome of an inductive process building form data to a generalised model or theory and fourth as a description of the central phenomenon. Therefore the role of theory is determined by and affects its placement in the qualitative study. In mixed studies, theory plays a combination of roles given that a mixed study looks at a combination of quantitative and qualitative methods of inquiry. In essence, theory can serve as a connector for components of a research especially when it is presented as a visualised model or as a set of interrelated logical statements. Looking at the role of theory in research, it may not serve as the basis for the approach because a theory is just there and it is the purpose of the research that determines the approach. For instance, a theory is there but your purpose is to confirm or disprove its validity which makes it a deductive research and as such, a quantitative approach. On the other hand, you may want to use the theory to explain a behaviour or attitude and in some cases, you are rather using the same behaviours or attitudes to develop a theory. This makes it an inductive research that requires a qualitative approach. Similarly, it cannot be used in the same way for all researches because the purpose of the research may differ. For instance the approach for testing or confirming a theory tends to be quantitative in nature while the approach for modifying or developing a theory is usually qualitative in nature. In summary, theory is the basis for a research because you are looking at how the world works and why it works in a certain way which is important for people to pay attention to and that is what theory is about. No theory, then no research. References: Creswell, J. (2009) Research design: Quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods approaches, Laureate Education, Inc, custom ed. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage publications Regards, Enas Elhanafi Reference: USC Library Guide (2013) "Theoretical Framework". Retrieved From ttp://libguides.usc.edu/writingguide Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Friday, December 20, 2013 10:55:18 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 3: analysis of the role of theory in research Hi Apollos. Your post is insightful in points. First, I agree that a theory is the basis of research, and I am skeptical how the research begins without the previous findings or so. A theory might be for the researchers as if the seed money were to be for a start-up company. The theory of mens rea, for example, would explain the components, for example, the concepts or terms of reasonable person standard and diminished capacity or others. That could be tested and confirmed, or critiqued. Second, it seems not certain, however, and on a case by case basis, as Dr. DeParis stated, whether the qualitative research always begins with a theory or is only a strand to develop and modify the theory. Third, it has an implication worth learning that the marginalized group is a source for any new knowledge and development of theory if the science triggers a human and world eventually. Then I suppose that the views may be seen to get similar with the tentative thoughts suggested in response with Sharonda. Your thoughts? Respectfully. Author: Anonymous Date: Friday, December 20, 2013 1:38:57 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 3: analysis of the role of theory in research Kiyoung, a follow-up to your statement "First, I agree that a theory is the basis of research, and I am skeptical how the research begins without the previous findings or so." We are early in this course for this question, nonetheless, what about in a grounded theory design? Rich Author: Sharonda Cannion Date: Wednesday, December 18, 2013 11:59:18 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 3 Examine the ways in which theory is used for quantitative, qualitative and mixed studies. Why isn't theory used the same way for all research? Analyze the role of theory in research. Does it serve to connect components of the study? Is it a basis for selecting a research approach? According to Creswell (2009), "theory is defined as an interrelated set of constructs (or variables) formed into propositions, or hypotheses, that specify the relationship among variables (typically in terms of magnitude or direction)". Theories can appear in several different ways such as arguments or discussions. Theories also vary in coverage; there are three levels. There are micro-level, meso-level and macro-level. "Micro-level theories provide explanations limited to small slices of time, space or numbers of people, such as Goffman's theory of face work, which explains how people engage in rituals during face-toface interactions" (Creswell, 2009). Meso-levels link macro and micro levels together because they have several different theories. Macro-level theories explain entire communities and organizations. "In quantitative research, historical precedent exists as a scientific prediction or explanation" (Creswell, 2009). In this type of research, researchers also often test for answers to their questions. So instead of looking for the final outcome as the qualitative research may do, this type of study gets answers. Different from quantitative, qualitative inquirers use theories in many different ways. First, it can be used as an explanation for behavior and attitudes. Secondly, "researchers increasingly use a theoretical lens or perspective in qualitative research, which provides an overall orienting lens for the study of gender, class and race" (Creswell, 2009). This often shapes the type of questions asked and how data is collected and analyzed. Thirdly, are the studies in which the theory becomes the end point. "Finally, some qualitative studies do not employ any explicit theory" (Creswell, 2009). With mixed-method studies, the various traditions can be mixed can carried by other authors. Reference Creswell, J. W. (2009). Research Design, Qualitative, quantitative and mixed method approaches. 4 th edition. Sage Publications. Thousand Oaks. California. Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Friday, December 20, 2013 10:42:44 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 3 Hi. Sharonda, Your posting is thankful to get us straightforward in the basics. You said, "The qualitative method serves an end point,... and the quantitative method procures the answers for the question." Your statement would be true, and I like to complement with one illustration. The creators of scientific knowledge would rely on three basic ways, but perhaps in a subtle difference. For example, one of most notable framework in understanding the theory of criminal law would be composed of mens rea and actus reus, two requirements to find a crime. The mens rea determines an extent of culpability, i.e., intent, recklessness, or negligence, which explores the mental state, dominantly qualitative and hardly quantified. It allows a beginning point for the criminal law theory, but would not be an end point unlike the gender or race studies. The quantitative may procure the answers for the question, such as how much the Koreans would be satisfied with the present living or in variables of different economic status. The OECD statistics, released today, may provide the answers for the question, perhaps with some statistical reservation from the limit of survey or others. In comparison, the qualitative method is prone to make it a concrete-difference by employing long years of face to face interaction. In some discipline, the qualitative theory would influence the macro level as we find a mens rea commonly for two major legal traditions, but may also serve at meso or micro level. If we experience a topic or questions, the quantitative theory would often settles a meso-level questions. The scholar practitioner may begin with or return to the grand question raised in the beginning or can conceive a scope of application to be concrete difference. Hence, my impression is that the qualitative is more akin to a macro or micro and the quantitative is more friendly with the meso-level. When we get back to our illustration of criminal law theory, we may find some corroboration. The jurors often borrow a theory from the psychology and sociology, and are much indebted to apprehend the social implications of his ruling or a shape of justice specific to the case. It seems to operate with the qualitative pillar of mens rea, but considerably aided from the study findings, often in the quantitative or statistical form, generated by other disciplines. For your triadic, the structure shown in the box below seemingly would not be solely for the case of criminal justice system, but often is applied to many subjects or disciplines. Can you agree? Your thoughts are welcome. This illustration may be related with the inquiry of Apollos. Respectfully. (Box) (i) Beginning-Macro: qualitative (often commonly held in the title of "one" or "human agent," and macro in that sense), (ii) Main Body-Meso: (a) qualitative (testing and arguing, logic and metaphor more friendly, more required of a Russell-like analytical persuasion or clarity from reasons: different language, less material or physical, fabric to interact between the macro and micro, deep but limited in samples or scope, deterministic statement more in use and so, (b) quantitative (testing and arguing, experimental and realistic, often more facile in coverage or samples, statistical method or probability more often instrumental, probabilistic statement more employed and so), (iii) Insight/Concluding-Macro & Micro: qualitative (revert to macro or suggestions for the concrete-difference, for example, meaning a specific justice in our illustration), Author: mary witherspoon Date: Thursday, December 19, 2013 12:04:56 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 3 Main Post Role of Theory Theory is how things occur and happen in the world research provides an explanation for what exist in terms of science and nature. Patton, M. (2008). Biology is the study of human nature it tells us how animals live and adapt and evolve in the universe. Sociology studies human behavior and how they function in society. The use of theory helps us understand everything from economic in business to psychology and human behavior, Creswell, J. W. (2009). Researchers use one of three research theories or all in combination to conduct research studies. A qualitative study is the method that uses inductive reasoning to do observations of the world and what's happening in it. Quantitative studies are deductive by using instrument and test to verify a previous proven theory. The experimenter asks a hypotheses about rather the same thing occurs in different time or space in other parts of the world. Mixed methods use both qualitative and quantitative both to research projecting an outcome through measuring a control group by sampling the population and testing a hypotheses. Patton, M. (2008). Creswell, J. W. (2009). Research Design, Qualitative, quantitative and mixed method approaches. 4 th edition. Sage Publications. Thousand Oaks. California. Dr. Patton,Micheal. Laureate Education, Inc. (Executive Producer). (2008). Research Theory, Design, and Methods. Baltimore. D.https://class.waldenu.edu/webapps/portal/frameset.jsp? tab_tab_group_id=_2_1&url=%2Fwebapps%2Fblackboard%2Fexecute%2Flauncher %3Ftype%3DCourse%26id%3D_4093596_1%26url%3 December 18,2013 Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Friday, December 20, 2013 10:45:43 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 3 Main Post Hi Mary. Thank you for the post. You seem to point to the essence of research work. I consider them interesting the literature review and qualitative method. The qualitative research may be pursued on the basis of literature review and discussion or analysis to reach the conclusion which the researchers are enlightened to publish. In this case, the scope of review, appreciation, critical reading and correct citation seem important to ensure a scientific level of knowledge. The cited references and authors may seem a kind of samples or participants to communicate and interact on the topic or research questions, as well as incidents to be induced as transformative into the creative knowledge or scientific message of researcher. In your dissertation work, what method do you prefer? If the literature review or qualitative method is central, what criteria do you see important to select the scope of literature? Respectfully. Author: mary witherspoon Date: Sunday, December 22, 2013 9:56:26 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 3 Main Post Hi Kiyoung, The literary review should always cover the subject in every aspect, by giving a complete explanation of the subject. It's important to cover all the criteria of the research study. Most researchers use previous published dissertations written about the research topic for a reference. Conituing to research an already published research study is normal, for practioner's to continue to provide new research information on the subject. Author: Marin Nikolov Date: Sunday, December 29, 2013 3:35:12 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 4 Kim, You made some great mentions here with your post. You mentioned that the quantitative method employs a deductive method beginning with the theory to be tested, discussed, analyzed, and suggested or predicted with implications and based on the research findings. Can that also be employed with the qualitative method? Quantitative method uses figures or quantifiable data compiled to achieve the desired information? Author: Anonymous Date: Sunday, December 29, 2013 9:00:02 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 4 Marin, the standard answer is that qualitative methods are not applicable to deductive approaches. However, if one were so inclined, qualitative data can be coded and a means of measurement developed...but in the end, doing so is actually a sequential mixed methods study. Rich Author: Anonymous Date: Sunday, December 29, 2013 9:00:02 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 4 Marin, the standard answer is that qualitative methods are not applicable to deductive approaches. However, if one were so inclined, qualitative data can be coded and a means of measurement developed...but in the end, doing so is actually a sequential mixed methods study. Rich Author: Enas Elhanafi Date: Sunday, December 29, 2013 9:01:22 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 4 To Marin From Enas Dear Marin, I read your inquiry to Kiyoung, and wanted to bring to your attention that I responded earlier to your initial post about the qualitative approach and indicative reasoning and the use of theory. I hope that you will find the information helpful. Regards, Enas Elhanafi Author: Bradley Helenthal Date: Sunday, December 29, 2013 11:13:12 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 4 Interesting post! Do you think that another person could view this article as qualitative? If so, then how would that work? If not, then why do you think that would be the case? Author: Francis Oladele Date: Friday, January 3, 2014 11:20:21 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 4 Hi Kiyoung Kim, You are right with your argument, your research work is very lucid and comprehensive,However,you did not tell us the differences between qualitative and quantitative methods if any.What is your opinion about these two terms and of what relevance are they to this course. Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research design :Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed approach, (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Laureate Education, Inc. (2008). Research theory, design, and methods. Baltimore, MD: Author. "Theory" R.C. Feiock & A. Steinacker & Park, H.J (2009). Institutional collective action and economic development joint ventures, Public Administration Review 69(2), 256-270. Reynolds, P. D. (2007). A primer in theory construction (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Boston, MA: Pearson Education Francis Author: Posey GrierJr Date: Wednesday, December 25, 2013 1:44:02 PM EST Subject: RE: Posey Grier Jr Initial Post Discussion Week 4 Critiquing Use of Theory in Research Articles In reviewing this week's resources and Articles A and B in order to identify whether the article was quantitative or qualitative with three defining characteristics. My assigned article "Institutional Collective Action and Economic Development Joint Ventures," by Feiock, Steinacker, & Park (2009) is identified as quantitative as it tests objective theories by examining the relationship between variables, (Creswell, 2009). As a result, the analysis and assertion resulted in the following defining characteristics. The researcher identifies the theory-using dependent and independent variables to compare and contrast the acceptance of joint ventures in similar size communities based on returned survey responses. The researcher is hopeful the demographic characteristics of communities, will influence how much competing cities and towns will participate in joint ventures, to improve each community's citizens quality of life, while supporting the successes of each community's operation (Feiock, Steinacker, & Park, 2009). Whereas, Feiock, Steinacker and Park (2009), suggests the empirical analysis demonstrates cities that reduce their problems associated with cost, are more likely to cooperate and promote economic growth, (p. 257). However, the summary statistics, where comparing dependent and independent variables Feiock, Steinacker, and Park (2009) suggests residential communities were not as eager to pursue cooperative or joint ventures (p. 262, 265). Using the "Theory Checklist" as a guide to describe and analyze the theoretical framework of article A, in confirming the use of collective action framework resulted in successful joint ventures, from inter-community cooperation. The authors suggests communities will value any development when there are economic struggles within the respective communities, (2009, p. 261). The structure of local government political institutions together with formal and informal networks also influence whether the agreements with the civic communities should be enforced and honored in order to establish joint ventures to improve operating efficiencies and reduce individual township costs. One assumption from article "A" that provided the most influence in spite of the competition among communities; joint venture cooperation is most likely to exist as it reduces average costs as the number of communities participating increases, (Feiock, Steinacker, & Park, 2009). Moreover, in joint ventures that focused on economic development, agents from each organization experienced less conflict and greater agreement as they review and republish policies that encourage collaboration, participation, and growth. As such, acceptance of change and confidence in theories is a slow process with minimal resistance when allowed time to review previous experiences, (Reynolds, 2007). References: Creswell, J. W., (2009). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed MethodsApproaches, (3rd ed.), (p. 4, 50) University of Nebraska-Lincoln, Sage Publications, Inc. Feiock, R. C., Steinacker, A. & Park, H. J., (2009). Institutional collective action and economic development joint ventures. Public Administration Review (69)2, 256-270. Reynolds, P. D., (2007). A Primer in Theory Construction, (Custom ed.), Laureate Education, Inc. Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Friday, December 27, 2013 4:15:03 AM EST Subject: RE: Posey Grier Jr Initial Post Discussion Week 4 Hi. Posey, I generally agree on the points you abstracted. You said, "...the most influence in spite of the competition among communities; joint venture cooperation is most likely to exist as it reduces average costs...." This paragraph would be an assumption or hypothesis derived from the theory, in this case, perhaps the Coase's or some others. As the assumption or hypothesis may develop into empirical generalizations, and eventually into the theory or law, the context to frame a hypothesis or assumption would get in a reverse stream. This interplay is fairly inculcating that the hornbooks used in the law school classroom often are structured in that sequence. For the topic, a hypothetical case is presented in pseudonym and involving key issues or controversies, and next the authors introduce a scope of relevant cases. The court opinions presented in the comparative and analytical purpose would be, in analogy, empirical generalizations. Finally, the note or comment from the law authors would point to the essences or differences of court opinions, and they perhaps attempt to devise a theory or most general applicability of statements, what we call "law" analogously in the research terms. The empirical generalizations, then, would be called "law" as a matter of common law system, and the law professors often do not label their proposition as "law." In the purview of legal academics and in the purpose of research or education, they may like to invent a law or theory, but their attitude is so reluctant to advance to that sphere. That seems in contrast with the law professors of civil law tradition. How much do you agree if the Coase's theorem is proven effective to explicate the propensity of local governments to engage in a joint action? Do the authors make a definite point if as the number of communities participating increases, the average costs reduce and the joint ventures are most likely? Thanks for the interesting post. Respectfully. Author: Posey GrierJr Date: Friday, December 27, 2013 4:56:48 PM EST Subject: RE: Posey Grier Jr Response to Kiyoung Discussion Week 4 Hi Kiyoung, Thanks for your response and feedback. You are correct "this paragraph is an assumption or hypothesis derived from the case theory" which could fit either this one, or another case. As such, my personal experiences with small cities and communities when opportunities to join other cities or communities in collaborative efforts were difficult because of various reasons. During the construction of Interstate Highway 20 through my state, it resulted in redirecting major traffic flows away from the cities and downtown areas. Some cities were excited; others depended on that traffic for their livelihood and revenue. As a result, the cities loss of revenue, and technological advancements resulted in other industry and manufacturing relocating to areas where joint ventures were accepted and encouraged ; in some cities it took 10 to 20 years before the fiscal demands became so great, before cooperation, collaboration and joint ventures were used to revitalize the cities and communities. Mostly because cultural differences, acceptable norms, and institutionalism, where the community leaders were overly cautious in their commitment to entering joint ventures in order to retain their local individualities. At the time, individualism exercised a greater influence, since the majority of the cities were fiscally sound in their business and management practices, and the economy was good. It is my opinion, the case theorem was proven enough, to identify areas where additional research is needed and required, to allow the propensity of local governments to engage openly in joint actions. In the conclusion, Feiock et al.' (2009) states, the empirical findings confirmed the use of "Joint Ventures" by some in spite of the emphasis on competitive relationships. They also suggest "Networking" activities may offer the best opportunity for change, where local governments will not resist such changes when they avail themselves, (Feiock, Steinacker, & Park, 2009). References: Creswell, J. W., (2009). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches, (3rd ed.), University of Nebraska-Lincoln, Sage Publications, Inc. Feiock, R. C., Steinacker, A. & Park, H. J., (2009). Institutional collective action and economic development joint ventures, Public Administration Review (69) 2, 256-270 Respectfully, Posey Author: Anonymous Date: Friday, December 27, 2013 5:45:38 PM EST Subject: RE: Posey Grier Jr Response to Kiyoung Discussion Week 4 Posey and Kiyoung, you discuss assumptions and hypotheses in research, what is the difference between the two? Rich Author: Marin Nikolov Date: Wednesday, December 25, 2013 8:40:24 PM EST Subject: Marin Nikolov Initial Post Response Disc 1 Week 4  Describe, and critique the theoretical framework using the "Use of Theory Checklist" as a guide.  Analyze at least one assumption in your assigned article. Class, Merry Christmas and Happy New Year! The article that I took on deals with the trust and issues that developed between public agencies within the social work and welfare departments and nine community-based nonprofits (CBNs) within a ten-year period. This article focuses on the push for CBNs and how they "...offer public administrators a bridge into disenfranchised communities and a point of engagement where partners join public agency resources and expertise with tacit knowledge of community through a trusted institution" (Alexander and Nank, 2009, p.2). Equally important the main delve of this qualitative research tracks the performance results of this partnership throughout the ten years of analysis. Three reasons for choosing this article as one of qualitative support. Although it also came to mind that it may be a mixed sort of research, much influence was in the study of influence and quality of results of the transition of the initiative and how it impacted the community. The second reason for my choosing this as a qualitative research is that "... partnerships between government and CBNs offer a solution to governance failure, defined not in the context of a market model, but as a failure of government to establish a relationship of trust and accountability with citizens" (Alexander and Nank, 2009, p.3). Again, we focus on the quality of analysis impact between agencies and the focus of various impactive motions. The third reason for qualitative effort is that the authors chose this research to, through interviews and participant observation, they "looked to identify whether the nonprofit leadership acted strategically to maintain their autonomy and institutional role as stewards of their communities "Alexander and Nank, 2009, p. 4). In studying the theory checklist provided through the class, I was not able to identify any named theory. The authors did however theorize that indications of "... trust would be reflected in greater risk-taking behaviors, the delegation of discretionary authority, development of cross-sector decisions and tasks and a willingness on the part of the more powerful partner..." (Alexander and Nank, 2009, p. 8). This theory relied on the identification of the issues within the communities that they focused on and how the impacts of the CBNs and the public agencies were presented in the communities and blamed the issues in the failure of accountability within the organizations. The theory checklist presents some questions with which to identify certain aspects of the article. The authors did not identify an overarching theory by name, nor how they developed their theory. Alexander, J. & Nank, R. (2009). Public–Nonprofit partnership: Realizing the new public service. Administration & Society (41)3, 364–386. Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Friday, December 27, 2013 4:13:24 AM EST Subject: RE: Marin Nikolov Initial Post Response Disc 1 Week 4 Hi Marin. Merry Christmas and Happy New Year. The article you reviewed would be a qualitative nature. The author's principle purpose is not receptive of, nor to test a theory already built up. The authors considered the current literature of public governance largely failed to explicate the new paradigm of public service involving the partnership between a public and non-profit organizations, or CBNs in the authors' terminology. The authors take a view that the existing theory merely warps lacking the quality to incorporate the distinct aspect of CBN mode of public governance. Hence the intent of authors to woop its generalization fallacy in response with the emerging concern about the community-based non-profits. In this purpose, the authors introduced two themes which are embedded as conceptually central to public governance. Trust and distrust are assumed to structure his new research findings and propositions. The anti-federalism could be one prong to address the dilemma of national politics which creates the article both to be opportunistic and responsive. As we see, the new mode of qualitative research may go further by beginning their research, in some cases, with a predisposed conviction on the virtues or belief. They might propose or be schemed to encourage or advocate a social group or minority, which requires a critical stance to evaluate or class such approach as a science. In this occasion, the researchers have to be fiduciary, sincere, and mind not to lose the objectivity and neutrality of his research work. The authors in the article B also derive key elements to qualify their proposition as a theory on the road. Those would be an ideological consensus and domain consensus which must be investigated by the future of research. His theoretical framework may be tested and the confidence in theory may change to increase or diminish by rebuttal or corroboration. In my personal experience, I once addressed the aspect of WTO governance by applying the key ideals of NPAA, and attempted to derive the attributes of governance within the international organizations. Then the method may also be seen as qualitative. Perhaps a most notable context can be found in the Marxist theory, and its branches of new application to the sectors of concern. The feminist or consumerism, or unionism studies as well as center-periphery or dependency theory proposed by Hobson and Atkins may consider a falsity of Marxian prophecy, which might be refined to the evolution of contemporary society. As the theories in this case and for the authors' dealings, they are presumed lacking or insufficient for a want of new paradigm or new theory, in this case, concerning the CBN or New Public Service. So it is qualitative to be either essence-shifting or genetic, not a matter of extent or degree, but a quality of paradigm itself. In this light, I consider that the type of data is not necessarily qualitative in the quantitative method, but can possess a quantitative quality or statistical method to prove the author's theme or argument. Vice versa, in the quantitative research, the authors might use a lengthy monitor of cohort, research subjects or participants and interview-generated data in order to test a truth and falsity or their extent of theory. In the article B, we can identify a scope of research work, for example, Gazely & Bruduny (2007), Salamon & Anheier (1998), Walden (2006) and so. As the authors stated, "....the story stops short......The following study of public–nonprofit collaboration highlights these two overlooked contributions of nonprofit organizations to the administrative state...", we can see it a kind of qualitative approach. In exploring your dissertation topic, what method do you consider more adequate or plan to employ? Thanks for an insightful post. Respectfully. Author: Luther Leak Date: Thursday, December 26, 2013 12:05:40 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 4 For research to be considered quantitative, Creswell (2009) contends that the theory should offer a suggested explanation for the relationship among the independent and dependent variables. Feiock, Steinacker and Park (2009) is an example of quantitative research in that a theory is presented, examined and verified using research-tested variables and measurable outcomes. The overarching theory references intergovernmental cooperation as an approach to economic development in the form of joint ventures and provides Hawkins (1971) and Parks and Oakerson (1993) as example of theory development with Johnson and Neiman (2004) exemplifying the theory's past usage. Feiock, Steinacker and Park (2009) hypothesize that local governments which support institutional collective action posititively impact economic development and identify the dependent variable as the degree of which local government participates in economic joint ventures. Independent variables are identified as joint gains and its division, agency and information costs, stong-tie city networks, loose-tie associated networks, form of government, number of neighbor cities, city racial homogeneity and city economic heterogeneity. The researchers contend the empirical results support their hypothesis. Empirical analysis of a national survey of local development officials support for several predictions. The likelihood of a local government entering into an economic development joint venture is negative related to the level of economic difference between city and metropolitan area is supported by statistics. Neither the hypothesis that the likelihood of a local government entering into an economic development joint venture is negative related to the level of economic heterogeneity nor that the likelihood of a local government entering into an economic development joint venture is positively related to demographic homogeneity within local government were supported by the data. Creswell, J. (2009). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Thousand Oaks, CA:Sage Publications, Inc. pp. 49-71. Feiock, R. C., Steinacker, A. & Park, H. J. (2009). Institutuional collective action and economic development joint ventures. Public Administration Review. (69)2, pp. 256-270. Hawkins, B. (1971). Politics and Urban Policies. Indianapolis, IN : Bobbs-Merrill. Johnson , M. & Neiman, M. (2004). Courting Business: Competition for Economic Development among Cities. In Metropolitan Governance: Conflict, Competition, and Cooperation, ed by Richard C. Feiock, Washington, DC : Georgetown University Press, pp. 124– 146. Parks, R. & Oakerson, R. (1993). Comparative Metropolitan Organization: Service Production and Governance Structures in St. Louis (MO) and Allegheny County (PA). Publius:The Journal of Federalism 23(1), pp.19– 39 . Walden University (n.d.) Use of Theory Checklist. Research Theory, Design, and Methods. Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Friday, December 27, 2013 4:16:25 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 4 Hi. Luther, Great post. For the quantitative method, I consider that the selection and scope of independent variables seem important to define a direction and extent of persuasion of the research. In this context, I consider it plausible Durkheim's perspective that a religious experience pertains, in extent, to a personal perception or recognition, and as a corollary, to the social attitude or customs, and social apprehension. In other words, the subjective elements, such as a religion or personality, could hardly be eliminated from the society or objective construction of phenomenon. A control or confounding variable also supports the dynamism of variables, hence livelihood from a generally insipid research work. In this sense, the dependent variables seem less to define or exert a creative influence on the research work, which, however, varies depending on the factors involved in a specific work. The joint venture seems to be chosen as a dependent variable in the article A, which represents an institutional collective action. How much do you see it relevant or powerful to explicate? Any forms of cooperation or collaboration other than joint venture? How much does the kind of variables, for instance, a host city of international events, would work as an extra variable? In this case, joint ventures may turn more friendly or demanding irrespective of economic consideration and in order to enhance the international fame of cities or local governments. Mayors or city managers are willing to sacrifice a possible economic deficit? If the cities or local governments are those of developing countries, the national government may eagerly sponsor to make the issue any new refreshment like a Kuhn paradigm? Respectfully. Author: Page Fox Date: Wednesday, January 1, 2014 5:43:09 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 5 Article A: Institutional Collective Action & Economic Development Joint Ventures A literature review for a quantitative journal articles such as Article A typically follows the introduction of the article. Quantitative research includes a large amount of literature at the beginning of the research in order to provide direction for the questions and hypothesis. The literature review for quantitative studies is used primarily for four purposes: 1) to give direction to research questions and hypothesis; 2) introduce a problem; 3) introduce a theory; and 4) compare results with prior literature or predictions. (Creswell, 2014) The steps to conducting a literature review are to identify key words and research libraries and research data. The next steps involve designing a literature map from the accumulated data and summarizing the relevant articles. The final step is to write a literature review, organized by the important concepts. (Creswell, 2014) The researchers in Article A began by questioning why some local governments enter into cooperative agreements with neighboring communities while other governments do not. The researchers offered a theory that the governments that made agreements did so because the transaction costs were low enough to engage in cooperative agreements. The researchers compared their findings with several other studies that had previously researched local government cooperatives. The researchers concluded by outlining an institutional collective action for economic development. They proposed that cities that reduce division, agency, and information costs would increase the likelihood that cities will cooperate for greater economic growth. (Feiock, Steinacker, Park, 2009) Sources Creswell, J.W., (2014) Research Design, Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches 4 th Edition, Sage Publication, Inc. Thousand Oaks, CA Feiock, R., Steinacker, A., and Park, H.J. (2009) "Institutional collective action and economic development joint ventures," Public Administration Review, March/April 2009 Blackwell Publishing Limited Walden University (n.d.) "Use of literature checklist" Research Theory, Design, and Methods. www.waldenu.edu Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Thursday, January 2, 2014 11:01:03 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 5 Hi. Page, Thank you for a good post. Your view is quite fine to derive the attributes of quantitative studies structured in the Article A. The authors may like to know a correlative between the economic development and joint ventures. An economic development for the localities would be a problem for Creswell and yours. The economic development for the cities and local governments would be a concern universally nowadays. The wane states or cities in US, for example Detroit or others, would be sensitive to the issue. It would be a rising agenda in the local government of developing countries since we often say a city politics within the international community. The local governments of present days are considered as more proper and deserve of much responsibility to attract a foreign capital and manage the kind of joint ventures with the foreign investment. They would be more facile or expedited to cooperate and do businesses than the hard nature of state or national governments. This nature would be supported by the empirical data and corresponding research. The success rate to invite a foreign investment is the kind of measure to be contested in the local election. This actually will be an instant issue in 2014 local election in Korea. In terms of research design, the problem, beyond the theory and method, seems to play an important role by substantiating or directing the quality and content of articles. The researchers need to have a mind, interest, and concern about the society as well as their discipline, and constantly monitor what is a hyperbole to be addressed and solved. This attitude also seems to increase the funding opportunities from the interested agencies or firms. I suppose that this context might develop in this years' election in Korea. In that case, however, it is important to maintain neutral and objective, and makes a scientific statement strictly based on the evidence. As Apollos stated, the key words were not available in this case, and might be viewed as a disservice for the future research and interested audience. I suppose it would not be usual to encounter the articles without the key words, but might be some in cases. It also would be true in case of the short or concise form of professional journals, and intended for a wider audience as well as professionals. Instead, the Article A provides a meta-information which I consider very effective to enable the readers readily understood of the message that the authors intend to convey. How do you consider an extent of usefulness between the key words and meta-information provided in-text and in summary? Respectfully. Author: Page Fox Date: Sunday, January 5, 2014 9:20:01 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 5 Hi Kiyoung, Thank you for your response. Your example of Detroit is an excellent one. It will be interesting to see if Detroit can join partnerships with other locales to strengthen its fiscal position and to create greater opportunities as it begins to start over after bankruptcy. To answer your question regarding key words and meta-information, I think that key words provides valuable information to a researcher. I indicates the priorities of the research and would help to design the research plan going forward. --Page Author: Nkosi Mankenda Date: Thursday, January 2, 2014 6:22:05 PM EST Subject: Main Discussion Week 5 Analyzing and Evaluating the Use of Literature Because research is built upon the works of others and expanded over to unveil new meanings, investigators are expected to use appropriate literature that can facilitate the furtherance of science in a given field. Appropriate literature, Boote and Beile (2005) argued, seeks to further common understanding on the basis of the existing studies (p.3). Acknowledging the principles that preside over the scientific community to whom the researchers belong and expanding over them is key in collecting the scholarly materials needed to frame any study. For the purpose of this Week 5 Discussion, and based on the "Use of Literature Checklist" and other required resources, as proposed in the Learning Resources, Walden (2013), following is an evaluation of the authors' use of literature of the article entitled, "Publicnonprofit partnership: realizing the new public service": the authors identified and presented a problem, which is the lack of cooperation between public and nonprofits alliances. The authors also presented a theory, "interdependence" to address the issue at hand. Furthermore, both researchers were able to demonstrate the extent to which the problem has been framed, how the theory has been used in the past, found the limitation of the theory and departed from this limitation to expand on another meaning of a variable, distrust, that could be used to enhance cooperation between the stakeholders involved. The above elements are captured in the article as Alexander, and Nank (2009) aptly argued that "interdependence theory" is used to explain the relationships between different stakeholders, although such a theory is limited to determine its usefulness under specific circumstances (p.365). Both investigators were able to identify and present a problem, a theory to address it, how the theory has been used in the past, how both researchers used the theory, determined its limitation, and how they expanded on affirming that one variable, distrust, when well tackled can further effective cooperation among different stakeholders under specified circumstances. Both authors were able to demonstrate the origin of their intellect in the article, how the concepts related to the theory have been used, and how the investigators were able to fill the vacuum in the theory in order to contribute to the generalizability of the theory. References Alexander, J. and nank, N. (2009). Public-nonprofit partnership: realizing the new public service. Administration & Society. (41) 3, 364-386. Boote, D.N., and Beile, P. (2005). Scholars before researchers: on the centrality of the dissertation literature review in research preparation. Education Researcher. Vol. 34, No.6. Retrieved from http://edr.sagepub.com.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/content/34/6/3.full.pdf+html. Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Thursday, January 2, 2014 11:45:31 PM EST Subject: RE: Main Discussion Week 5 Hi. Nkosi, Thank you for a perfect evaluation about the Article B. I also agree on the argument of authors that the kind of collaboration or community based cooperatives is critical about such two concepts, i.e., interdependence and distrust. If it is said to be one way to save two rabbits, say, from the market saturation and economic injustice, it should be curious for the authors why the existing literature falls short to leave the issue less attended or under-theorized. From the viewpoint of profitability or productibility, particularly concerning a privatization demand for the public enterprises, how do you consider the form of business could be placed any rightfully in the society? I suppose that it would be either fine or rather perfect in ideals if the nonprofits could be managed non-profit, but with no debt. Koreans experienced an intense conflict and struggle on the labor strike of Korail during Dec. 2013. It is generally considered serious that the public enterprises in Korea are worse in terms of business management, and awed as indebted in a colossal amount of dollars. They are now widely discredited from the public and decision makers of the Korean government. Do you see CBNs could differ in interdependence and distrust from the normal nature of public enterprises? How much do you consider the authors' tenet or theory would impact on the future research? Often qualitative research may be envisaged to address a discrete or minority group of people and so. Other attribute would be that they often engage in the years of intervention and collection of data. Do you consider this condition was met in the aspects of Article B? My regards. Author: Nkosi Mankenda Date: Saturday, January 4, 2014 10:02:20 PM EST Subject: RE: Main Discussion Week 5 Hi Kiyoung, In analyzing the evaluation criteria, the authors did use the literature in their article, "Publicnonprofit partnership: realizing the new public service". It is worth recalling that despite the use of enough literature and "good" theory, any scientific study has its own limitation. Notice also that the solution that the authors are providing is restricted under certain circumstances. Alexander and Nank (2009) suggested that, "CBNs offer a solution to governance failure, defined not in the context of a market model, but as a failure of government to establish relationship of trust and accountability with citizens" (p.365). In other words, the suggested remedy would work in the event of creating strong interactions to dispel distrust. Translated into a market model as you suggested in the Korean case, the authors argued that the theory would be unsuccessful. Reference Alexander, J. and Nank, R. (2009). Public-nonprofit partnership: realizing the new public service. Administration & Society. (41) 3, 364-386. Author: Crystal Benjamin Date: Wednesday, January 8, 2014 9:46:42 PM EST Subject: Article B According to Creswell (2009), the introduction of a research article is responsible for establishing the issue, conveying information, and engaging the reader (p.97). The researchers accomplish the task of grabbing the reader's attention by figuratively speaking of Pandora's box. This gives a vivid visualization of the measure of difficulty in regards to partnership between community based nonprofits (CBN) and public service government organizations. The purpose of the research is to study the progression of trust between CBNs and public service government organizations during a 10 year time frame. Conceptual frame works chosen by the authors display trust and distrust, in which a particular human service agency interacts with local CBN (Alexander & Nank, 2009). The general purpose of the study does not include any predictions; however, it has a direct social impact on all parties involved in the research. There is no measurement applicable, because the method of data collecting does not use a quantitative approach. The authors explain the change in the shift from distrust to trust between CBN and public service government practitioners There are no ideas tested, because the data was collected using a qualitative approach. The results of the study was made available to the public without comparing the findings to past information or research. References Alexander, J. & Nank, R. (2009). Public–Nonprofit partnership: Realizing the new public service. Administration & Society (41)3, 364–386. Creswell, J. (2009). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Friday, January 10, 2014 9:05:59 AM EST Subject: RE: Article B Hi. Crystal, I agree that your post is concise, but pointing. Actually the authors seem to be dispositive in favor of the CBNs role, which likely is convincing with a sojourn and residence about the collection of data. There would, however, be neither quantitative data nor theory and idea to be directly tested as you commented. There perhaps would be no immediate reference to prove whether the type of collaboration has any strength or be viable within various terms. It might be probable if no market failure were directly concerned or touched upon within the prior findings, which is of a partnership between the public agency and CBNs. Under this environment of research, the authors likely intend to argue about the strengths, social or organizational impact from its grass root concept of public administration. How do you consider about the quality of evidence if the authors utilize a public survey about their organizational strands? Could they yield a better picture if they were to explore the number of types as well as other quantitative data available in the public service, more problematically as varying with the sectors of service as the authors argued, and across the national and international domain? Could it better serve to disclose the process or interactive consequence about the distrust, trust, consensus or perhaps a fair and effective administration? You said, "no predictions, no comparison, no measurement were suggested in the article B." I also connoted in that sense. From your evaluation, I am curious of what circumstances would increase the utility of qualitative or mixed method and how the interactive continuum would be present and a measurement validity could intervene. Respectfully. Author: Nkosi Mankenda Date: Thursday, January 9, 2014 1:02:51 AM EST Subject: Main Discussion Week 6 Analyzing and Evaluating Introductions and Purpose Statements Week 6 Discussion is about analyzing and evaluating a quantitative study, "Institutional Collective Action and Economic Development Joint Ventures", written by Feiock, Steinacker, and Park (2009) in Public Administration Review. In evaluating scientific enquiries, one important part in the process is the introduction. Creswell (2009) argued that an introduction makes known what is about to be said concerning a problem to be researched in order to find answers (p.97). An introduction invites readers to explore the study. Based on Walden (2014) "Introduction Checklist", the first line of the article, Feiock, et al. (2009) argued that, "economic development typically is characterized by competitive environment" (p. 256), draws the attention of any interested audience to explore more about the article. Furthermore, stating that "...only recently economic development efforts" have ignited the need for "cooperation among jurisdictions in metropolitan area" identifies the problem consistent with the research method, highlights the relevance of the issue, and cites recent literature within the past 10 years. Deficiencies in Hawkins' study (as cited in Feiock, 2009) about intergovernmental cooperation are identified. The authors evoked reasons from recent literature why the study is extremely relevant to the audiences. This introduction is restricted to about two pages, and it is well written, which invites readers to explore it thoroughly. As to the purpose statements, the statement does not include words that signal the purpose of the study. However, Feiock, et al. (2009) suggested that the "institutional collective action model" would further intergovernmental cooperation only when costs would be low (p. 257), which identifies the strategy of inquiry. The study delineates the independent variables (gains or costs) understood as the benefits needed to justify and sustain cooperation, and costs understood as the expenses incurred to achieve cooperation, the dependent variables (cooperation or joint ventures) understood as a long-lasting shared commitment among partners, and control variables (economic and demographic homogeneity) understood as the determining conditions affecting both independent and dependent variables (p.257). The study used a survey to collect data to measure the variables. However, no specific words connect the variables, and such variables are not logically positioned. Based on the above, some questions may be posed as to why researchers, including the authors of the article under review, knowing the rules and standards for good scholarly writing, the introduction and purpose statements, will fail to state clearly all the parts of the scientific study? In this specific article, although the introduction is worded, as it should, it fails to incorporate the necessary internal flow of words. Furthermore, why did the researchers position the dependent variables first and the independent variables last? Notwithstanding the above observations, the article can be ranked as a scholarly study. References Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. 3 rd ed. (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Feiock, R.C., Steinacker, A., and Park, H.J. (2009). Institutional collective action and economic development joint ventures. Public Administration Review. Vol. 69, No. 2., pp. 256-270. Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Friday, January 10, 2014 9:08:23 AM EST Subject: RE: Main Discussion Week 6 Hi. Nkosi, Your evaluation of Article A is incisive. Hopefully, the implications of quantitative data need to be precisely addressed to the variables and tested among another. The ways to limit a scope of data, their relevance and conceptual link with the variables, and others would be important, which also is critical for a persuasive research design. I agree if a clarity and consistency would have increased if the purpose, variables, scope of data and their relevance were to be provided in a structure and fine summary. The authors stated they purported to test the Coase theorem about a relationship between the transaction cost and willingness to negotiate, which could yield any strands to predict and make it meaningful. That context needs to cohere and substantiate in the introduction from which the audience can be helped. The statement of purpose perhaps could be enhanced in quality if it includes some elements or conditions about the applicability of their findings. As we know, answering the research questions may not be an immediate or practical purpose, but the audience or social context could be in want. How do you consider the future research would deal with the questions that the authors intend to answer? Thank you for the posting. Respectfully. Author: Nkosi Mankenda Date: Sunday, January 12, 2014 1:21:29 AM EST Subject: Response to Kiyoung--Week 6 Hi Kiyoung, The introduction contains the necessary elements to help readers pursue their reading, as the authors exposed the theoretical framework they would like to test. Feiock, et al. (2009) suggested that intergovernmental collaboration is understood as an "institutional collective action framework" (p.256). On this basis, the authors wanted to test whether the framework would be valid under all the circumstances. Thank you for sharing. Reference Feiock, R.C., Steinacker, A., and Park, H.J. (2009). Institutional collective action and economic development joint ventures. Public Administration Review. Vol. 69, No. 2., pp. 256-270. Author: Apollos Nwafor Date: Wednesday, January 8, 2014 9:33:47 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 6: Analysing introduction and purpose statement Article B: Public-Nonprofit Partnership: Realizing the New Public Service The assigned article; Public-Non-Profit Partnership as a means to realising the new public service opens with a statement that captures the attention of the reader; the challenge of governance through interorganisational partnership to public service. The authors identified the problem which led to the research which is in their opening statement. The problem was framed in a way that is consistent with research approaches and uses literature to further justify the importance of the problem and how it improves effectiveness in the public service under the new public service. While the authors cite previous literature, a number of their citations are not within the last 10 years. They seem to recognise this when the use the phrase "current literature" in which they cite literature that is a year old since the study was done in 2009. However, when they relate their study to the theory of interdependence, they cite literature that are ten years (Salamon & Anheier, 1998 and Steinberg & Young, 1998). At least 4 deficiencies were identified in previous studies which include, a gap in the process by which the partnerships are established and sustained, the fact that the interdependence theory fails to explain under which circumstances these partnerships emerge and succeed and the fact that there is no articulation of the solution to government failure that this partnership offers. The authors do not say explicitly how the study will address the deficiencies but they imply it in the introduction. They also argue on the significance of the study to CBNs and their role in making the new public service effective but they mention very little about its significance to the public administrators. Finally, the introduction looks well written but it is 3 pages long. It could have been shorter as some of their arguments could well have come up in the literature review. The purpose statement begins with signalling words which ate public-non-profit collaboration and explains its strategy of inquiry which according to Newman et. al. (2003) the purpose statement suggest that the authors are adding knowledge to what already exists as they refer to other literature and identify the short comings of previous studies. The purpose statement also seeks to understand complex phenomenon as they argue that the complex nature of public-non-profit relationship is complex and challenging. The other issues were to examine the past as a review was carried out and also to inform the constituents. The core statement itself gives a hint as to who the participants are and then elucidates further as part of the introduction. The purpose statement focuses on building trust as the single phenomenon for building a relationship and proving ground for the new public service. The manner in which the statement of purpose is couched suggests the use of neutral language that in my opinion is non-directional as the statement does not in any way suggest that. The authors went ahead to provide a general working direction for the phenomenon in their explanation of the process and the factors considered for the research. Given that fact that this is a qualitative research, would it have produced more convincing results of it had been designed as a mixed methods research giving that beyond trust, the partnership review should have provided statistics to support the findings. References: Alexander, J. & Nank, R. (2009). Public-Nonprofit partnership: Realizing the new public service. Administration & Society (41)3,364-386. Retrieved from http://aas.sagepub.com/content/41/3/364.full.pdf+html Creswell, J. (2009). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. pp. 95-125. Newman, I., Ridenour, C. S., Newman, C., & DeMarco, G. M. P. (2003). A typology of research purposes and its relationship to mixed methods. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and behavioral research (pp. 167-188). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Handout (Annotated Journal Article): Harley, A. E., Buckworth, J., Katz, M. L., Willis, S. K., Odoms-Young, & Heaney, C. A. (2007). Developing long-term physical activity participation: A grounded theory study with African American women. Health Education & Behavior, doi:10.1177/1090198107306434. Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Friday, January 10, 2014 9:07:19 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 6: Analysing introduction and purpose statement Hi. Apollos, Thank you for an insightful post. It is plausible to suggest a use of quantitative data or statistics. We know that the statistics or method alone could not prove positively any thesis or statement true, but may prove negatively the thesis or statement false. Hence, it seems very probable that the authors must have explored its use, particularly provided if they likely were, in some extent, predisposed about the problem of marginalized class and inefficiency from the normal administration or other forms of collaboration. There would also be a concern if the available data are limited or inadequate to be directly compared or interactive among the variables. Given the data play as an important factor to be held by the ground theory, the Article B seems to consider mostly from the qualitative nature of data. The article centers on the concept of trust which is comprehensive in strands, but very elementary or fundamental about the viability of organizations other than profitability. That would particularly be true if it is concerned of public service or administration. We, Koreans, practice a s cope of public enterprises about an electricity, gas, national railroad, tobacco, housing, and others, which likely model after the kind of concept practiced in the continental states of Europe, perhaps mostly in France. This context is seriously recast with a doubt and criticism in Korea since its management largely depraves with some tremendous amount of debt. The problem of this kind seems a good classroom between the social concept of economy and capitalism. How do you see a pro-growth advocate or profitability? If the growth rate satisfies that of populace growth, that would be all for the conscientious consumer? Once Say's law dictated that the supply creates its own demand. But we now may get around the evils of monopoly or waste of excess capital not invested as well as a could-be redundancy of new product. How much do you consider if the public are in any fetishism about the new art concept of cars or improved version of Apples and so? How do you dispose yourself between the developmentalists and environmentalists? Would be an agenda-by-agenda basis? I might be on surmise if the authors might weigh between a viability and profitability in the concept and public value. If we repose between a horse and modern type of cars in view of the consumerism, a profitability, coincidental with a prurient or commercial interest, had certainly increased a material standard of human-kind. But is it so with an old form of automobiles and brand new products? We may also be curious why an antique was sold expensively in the auction of Christie. Trust, in this context, seems a difficult concept to relate with the society distinctively which is expected to play in any consistency to increase the scientific value of Article B. There is also the kind of professional journals involving an ideological propensity, such as the Antipode, Leftist or others. In this divergence, however, the scientists need to constantly neutral and objective. Your thoughts? Respectfully. Author: Page Fox Date: Wednesday, January 15, 2014 5:50:42 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 7 Article A Analyzing & Evaluating Research Questions & Hypothesis ` Quantitative research questions examine the relationships amongst variables. Conversely, quantitative hypotheses are predictions that the researcher makes about expected outcomes of the relationships amongst variables. (Creswell, 2014) Variables in research questions are usually limited to three approaches. The first approach is called group comparisons. The researcher compares groups of an independent variable to study the impact on a dependent variable. The second approach is a survey that correlates variables. The researcher relates independent variables to dependent variables. The third approach is the descriptive study. The researcher describes responses to the independent, mediating, or dependent variables. (Creswell, 2014) For the quantitative article, evaluate the research questions and hypothesis checklist 1) Do the descriptive questions seek to describe responses to major variables? First descriptive question: 'Why do some local governments participate in cooperative agreements and others do not participate?' (Feiock, Steinacker, Park, 2009) (This is a descriptive question that focuses on the dependent variable of the level of local government engagement) (Creswell, 2014) Second descriptive question: 'What are the economic and demographic compositions of the cities being studied?' (Feiock, Steinacker, Park, 2009) (This is a descriptive question that focuses on the independent variables of income and demographics of the communities.) (Creswell, 2014) 2) Do the inferential questions seek to compare groups or relate variables? First interferential question: 'Will a city with a very different economic or demographic composition than others have the same common interests to jointly pursue?' (Feiock, Steinacker, Park, 2009) (An inferential question relating the independent and dependent variables.) (Creswell, 2014) Second interferential question: 'Do heterogeneity differences lead to greater differences over the division of joint benefits?' (Feiock, Steinacker, Park, 2009) (An inferential question relating income and demographic differences and joint benefits) (Creswell, 2014) 3) Do the inferential questions follow from a theory? Inferential questions relate variables or compare groups. The questions in Article A followed the basic theory that the characteristics of a city and its local social network influence its likelihood of joint ventures with other localities. (Feiock, Steinacker, Park, 2009) 4) Are the variables positioned consistently from independent to dependent in the inferential questions? The researchers used two variables determine a city's difference: 1) the absolute value of the difference between the city's median household income and the metropolitan statistical are (MSA) household income; 2) the absolute value of the difference between the city percentage non-Hispanic white and the MSA percentage. The larger the values, the more different a city is from its neighbors and therefore less likely to participate in cooperative agreements. (Feiock, Steinacker, Park, 2009) Variables and Type of Hypothesis Identification Quantitative studies, such as Article A use demographic variables such as income and race to verify theories. These are considered to be intervening or moderating variables instead of major independent variables. Researchers use the same pattern of word order in questions or hypothesis to easily identify the major variables. (Creswell, 2014) A possible example of this word pattern identification for Article A may have been: 1) There is no relationship between income levels and joint ventures of neighboring localities. 2) There is no relationship between racial differences and joint ventures of neighboring localities. (Feiock, Steinacker, Park, 2009) Sources Creswell, J.W., (2014) Research Design, Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches 4 th Edition, Sage Publications Inc., Thousand Oaks, CA Feiock, R., Steinacker, A., and Park, H.J. (2009) "Institutional collective action and economic development joint ventures," Public Administration Review, March/April 2009 Blackwell Publishing Limited Walden University (n.d.) "Research Questions and Hypotheses Checklist" Research Theory, Design, and Methods. www.waldenu.edu Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Thursday, January 16, 2014 11:03:07 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 7 Hi. Page, An excellent post. I share your assessment of Article A. Variables play an important role to characterize the quality of research. Your three ways to discern any most proximate and related variables are impressive, which will cover a group comparisons, survey to correlate the variables, and descriptive study. Can you tell how this context was operationalized in the Article A. Respectfully. Author: Page Fox Date: Sunday, January 19, 2014 10:03:18 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 7 Hi Kiyoung, Thank you for the response. To answer your question, a researcher of quantitive study typically begins by writing the independent varibles first. The dependent variables follow. The researcher begins the proposal with descriptive questions followed by inferential questions that relate the variables or make comparisons amongst groups. (Creswell, 2014) Creswell, J.W. (2014) Research Design, Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches, 4th Edition Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks, CA Author: Marin Nikolov Date: Wednesday, January 15, 2014 8:33:52 PM EST Subject: Marin Nikolov Initial Post Response Article A Class, This week we continue our analysis of the articles which we were assigned. I have Article A which is an analysis of economic development and the transactional benefit for both the organization or business moving into demographically and financially impacted communities Also we find in the article that "While the potential benefits from corporation in economic development can be large, the transaction costs tend to be correspondingly high, making economic development one of the toughest cases for institutional collective action" (Fejock, Steinacker, Park, 2009, p.1). With that we can tie in the research question and alternative hypothesis of statistical hypothesis testing, of whether it is cost beneficial, or outweigh costs, the promoting of economical and demographical growth through the bringing in of corporations and businesses into deprived communities. The authors will identify the strengths and weaknesses of the benefits and costs to such endeavor. While this article has many aspects of a qualitative approach, I focused my attention on its quantitative methods. The authors focused on the benefits, and value of economic development versus the qualitative approach. "The substantial benefits from the project signals potential gains for all participants, plus the ability to attract such a business may require resources or the infrastructure capacity from several local governments (p. 1). Much emphasis was on the evaluation of city value economic development, reliance on sales tax revenue, and benefits that may attract large commercial development, and possible negative effects on some corporations. Variables present in the article are outlined as dependant and independent. Survey questions, such as one "...asking whether the respondent's local government has engaged in joint ventures with other cities to encourage development. Of the 252 respondent cities, 72 engaged in one or more of these joint ventures" (p. 261). Independent variables include the joint gains for benefits to costs gains. "The greater the potential benefits from a joint development venture, the more likely this cost-benefit ratio will exceed one" (p. 261). Feiock, R. C., Steinacker, A., & Park, H. J. (2009). Institutional collective action and economic development joint ventures. Public Administration Review (69)2, 256–270. Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Thursday, January 16, 2014 11:19:53 PM EST Subject: RE: Marin Nikolov Initial Post Response Article A Hi. Marin, Thanks for the interesting post. An increase of corporation benefit and local economic development perhaps would be aprimary concern for the modern administrators. While the authors stripped a Coase theorem down to the floor level of interplay among the cities and local governments, they may contribute to find, for example, "there is no relationship between income levels and joint ventures of neighboring localities," "There is no relationship between racial differences and joint ventures of neighboring localities." Do you consider if the independent variables are properly derived? How much do you assess if the article A confirm or deny a Coase theorem? Respectfully Author: Erica Davis Date: Wednesday, January 15, 2014 7:29:08 PM EST Subject: Week 7 Discussion Post In line with the research questions checklist, Public – Nonprofit Partnerships by Alexander and Nank (2009), is a qualitative study, but could also be identified as a mixed method study. Although this study is qualitative in nature, the interdependence theory is also introduced in the study to show and explain the research questions and issues. It is also used to clarify why the study was created in the first place. One of the questions on the checklist is, do the research questions begin with what or how. In this study, the research questions do not directly begin with what or how. As noted by Creswell (2009) qualitative research generates two type of questions, central and subquestions. The central question is that the article shows that the course of the study was conducted over a ten year span. Public – Nonprofit Partnerships (2009) also focus on the success of partnerships between nonprofits. The sub-question is about the trust and distrust between a public agency and nine community-based nonprofits (Creswell, 2009). The research questions focus on the relationships between agencies and the community and how partnerships are established. References: Alexander, J. & Nank, R. (2009). Public-Nonprofit partnership: Realizing the new public service. Administration & Society (41)3,364-386. Retrieved from http://aas.sagepub.com/content/41/3/364.full.pdf+html Creswell, J. (2009). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. pp.129-141. Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Thursday, January 16, 2014 9:49:42 PM EST Subject: RE: Week 7 Discussion Post Hi. Erica, Thank you for the posting. You may agree that the type of collaboration can serve a public value squarely. It may bring a positive economic impact on the community and mobilize the citizenry to be more concerned of politics in terms of participatory democracy. The concept of social business tends to arise over the decades, but to be seen not so much a bright prospect. It may be pursued in support and collaboration with the public agency. The problem may lie in the redistributive justice since the kind of engagement or structure of public service could well be restrained from the fiscal problem or more taxation. The paradigm seems, however, encouraging as the authors argued, but supposed to make a competitive use only selectively over the sectors of public service. Do you consider if the research findings provide a pilot role for the public administrators and concerned people in understanding the essences within this type of initiative? How much impact would this work bring on the future research? How do you plan on the dissertation work among three methods? Respectfully Author: Jacquelyne Brown Date: Wednesday, January 15, 2014 10:59:00 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 7 Evaluation Jacquelyne Brown HE QUALITATIVE ARTICLE The research study that uses the qualitative approach wants to lead the reader in a manner that easy to understand and simple to comprehend. Newman, Ridenour, Newman, & DeMarco, (2003) state "To determine why some local governments engage in cooperative agreements while others do not" From this opening they lead the reader through the variables used to arrive at this idea. The authors use comparisons quite a bit but it gives the concept of the research to have a commonality with what is important to the reader belief of economic development. The qualitative approach can also be seen in Article A in the usage of one question followed by several sub questions throughout the study. Creswell, (2009) state "Ask one or two central questions followed by five to seven sub questions" The article ask the reader to consider what is the status of economic development and then strings policy variables throughout the study. Newman, et al. (2003) state "this paper investigates transaction obstacles, including bargaining, information, agency, enforcement, and division problems" The research uses the sub questions, although not in question format, to make the reader question the variables and also unknowingly believe in the content of the study. There is also the usage of "exploratory verbs" throughout the article. These verbs give an air of practicality to the reader about the concept. Newman, et al. (2003) states "Given these problems; we expect; the necessary condition; the primary differences; and One final source. The article expands on the "central question" with detailed patterns of the concept that the research writers want the reader to review. Creswell, (2009) states "Relate the central question to the specific qualitative strategy of inquiry" This qualitative passage will motivate the reader to look deeply at the concept of community and economic development. References Newman, I., Ridenour, C. S., Newman, C., & DeMarco, G. M. P. (2003). A typology of research purposes and its relationship to mixed methods. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook of mixed methods in social and behavioral research (pp. 167-188). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Creswell, J. (2009). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Thursday, January 16, 2014 10:41:47 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 7 Hi. Jacquelyne, You approached the Article A in a fairly interesting light. I conjecture that the researchers often practically would be less minded about the inquiry we now work on. Whether their method falls within a qualitative one or not may not be serious. Instead, they would pay more an attention if the research plan can merit a funding or its outcome can be accepted by any prestigious journals. A large number of experienced researchers perhaps could know the ways to deal with this kind of professional responsibility, and be accustomed to perform. They would be intuitive, habitual and seen to exploit the kind of business or trade secret as practiced by many businesses in the secular society. An important attitude or personal strategy of researchers would likely adapt himself to the professional society in which they are engaged, and learn the ethos, tendency and atmosphere in a try and error manner as well as experientially or clinically. In this aspect, some artificial nature of classification between three methods may come less in reality. I also consider that the classification may be a matter of extent, and the Article A may be investigated from a qualitative perspective. The divisive line perhaps lie, for example, on the extent how much the authors take a theory as granted or how much they are subdued to deal with their purpose of research. If the quantitative researchers see the prior findings as granted and became subdued to progress on their research, their domain to contribute logically rests within a why type question. A what type question tends not to be embraced since it has the goal to test an existing theory, not the one to generate a theory. A how type question may be envisaged in the quantitative method if the authors intend to apply an existing theory to his areas of practice and so. Nonetheless, it may lead to some lacking of creativity or originality as a research work expected by the professional standard. The case studies may be friendly with a how type which, however, is often scoped as a qualitative research. The researchers engaged in the case studies generally pursue some orthodoxy to generate their tenet, implications, and theory. How much do you consider if the authors of Article A are independent or subdued from the prior findings? Thank you for the insightful post. Respectfully. Author: Jacquelyne Brown Date: Friday, January 17, 2014 11:33:37 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 7 I actually concur with your idea on finding out if the author answers a "why question" or a "what question". n consideration of the authrs being subdued or independent from prior findings I think the relativity of the variables to the theory would indicate which is in fact the cause of their attachment to the subject. I would hope that a little of both are applied in some point throughout the study the authors have to touch certain areas that require they be independent and as well be some what subdued. I believe that in order to educate the reader and keep their interest any author who writes about research on a suubject worth stands up to inveestigation needs to do this. Personally I have been a member of NIH research studies and the investigator is whothe research all comes down to. Author: Marin Nikolov Date: Wednesday, January 22, 2014 8:54:46 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 8 Kim, You bring up some good points here. You mentioned that readers may not be concrete or merely spin off the context of author's holdings or arguments provided if the survey results are unclear to explain any item of variables most tangibly or as related. What is one way to combat that issue? I would think that surveys have to explain the intent, and clearly relay information or questions sought to be answered in a distinct way to eliminate confusion or erroneous reporting. Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Thursday, January 23, 2014 10:54:18 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 8 Hi. Marin, Thank you for the question. I consider that the research work to be published and shared eventually is destined to make a scientific statement about the phenomenon concerning the nature, humans and society. It contributes to the professional community and enhances a better world view for the intelligent citizenry. I consider the scientific statement needs to have a scope of quality, (i) reasonableness, (ii) persuasiveness, (iii) creativeness, (iv) interconnectedness and (v) impactiveness. If it is not reasonable or moderate, it often could not be that of humans. We can encounter some occasions about the sensitizing articles or political statement, which we generally do not consider to qualify for the scholarly rank of professional article. We also are used to invite a presiding scholar in the academic symposium, often called a moderator and selected from senior or famed ones, who interacts to filter some of possibly radical propositions, junior or vigorous peers, into a humanly understanding. Interconnectedness may play within the literature review or collaborative work in the research community. We can see that the science articles are prepared under many names involved. A correspondence researcher, Mr. Park, for example, is critical in some cases if we confirm in the article A over the past weeks In the decades, the key concept in the research community would be the kind of words, impact factor or citation studies. They rank the professional journals, scholars, and even the degree conferring institutions of authors. It may be coupled with a research volume to shape the picture of research performance for a concerned subject, institutions, scholars, or rarely degree holders. Hence the scientific statement that the researchers intend to convey preferably need to have some quality to impact on the existing structure or professional mainstream. The concept may be related with a creativeness, but can include some of strategic aspect that the researchers bring into count in their professional strives. I suppose if the readers are some of sensed souls perhaps about the whole of these points. It seems regardless of the status of readers, college educated standard commons and research professionals. I mean that this context would be likely although the readers of professional articles dominantly would be a peer of authors. Hence, I believe, as you agree, that the authors are preferred or even responsible to make it more clear or coherently related among the elements, to say, research questions, variables, data and evidentiary findings. This means that, given the scientific statement and overall assessment of articles are fine and acceptable, they need not specify, for example, "what scope of data are relayed with what variable." However, this kind of clarity can well enhance a sensed readership and make an article appealable. This context was illustrated in the Creswell's modality (p. 151, table 8-2), and I consider that would be one way to combat the issue. Respectfully. Author: Apollos Nwafor Date: Wednesday, January 22, 2014 6:30:05 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 8 In comparing survey and experimental strategies of inquiry, it is necessary to describe both strategies. The survey strategy provides a quantitative or numeric description of trends, attitudes or opinions of a population by studying a sample of that population. The researcher then generalises or makes claim about the population. Similarly, in the experiment strategy, investigators also use a sample and generalise but the difference here is that the intent of the experiment strategy is to test the impact of a treatment or an intervention on an outcome controlling for all other factors that might influence that outcome (Creswell, 2009). In both strategies, the components are similar in that they follow a standard format but they differ in their parts. The experiment design contains four main parts; participants, procedures, materials and measures but the survey has numerous examples which provide useful models which typically include the purpose and rationale of the survey, why survey is the preferred type of data collection, whether the survey will be cross-sectional or longitudinal and the form of data collection. Sampling and population are similar in both strategies as they are selected through a similar process. It is highly recommended that random sampling reduces bias to the barest minimum and ensures that every participant has an equal opportunity. They are also similar in the use of instruments as both need to ensure reliability and validity of instruments used. However, establishing validity in surveys is focused on whether one can draw meaningful and useful inference from scores on the instruments used while that of experiment is focused on looking at threats to validity which can be internal, external or threats to statistical conclusion an construct validity. Both strategies are a lot more similar than different. However, they are specific in their own way and serve specific purposes. While they are both quantitative, a survey tends to be more descriptive than the experiment Creswell, J. (2009). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Friday, January 24, 2014 12:46:28 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 8 Hi Apollos. Thank you for the useful points between two strategies. I also share a practically important differences raised by you, Marin, and Dr. Richard. The points to take a most care of would be a meaningful inference from scores in the survey method and defense from the threats in the experimental one. As Marin and you commented, it seems also critical that the truths of response and communicating aspect would be about the value of survey method. I would just add that the research problem and purpose of study may be any prime strand even than the meaningful inferences or reasonable analysis of data. I am afraid if you are interested about this illustration, but I hopefully may go. We know there are many of an annual survey to rank the colleges and universities around the US and world. Their principal purpose would be declared to give a reference to the investors and prospective students by providing the quality of institutions in academics and other factors. In this case, the researchers' principle mindset has to be oriented toward these two important aims. Besides the truthfulness of response or rationale to select a sample size, the selection of variables, value assigned to them, and other aspect of faith need to be ensured in relation with the purpose of study. For example, the investors of national authority may not invest in foreign institutions even the study indicates as contrary. The high school graduates could not comply with the ranks or suggestions, perhaps implied, since they reside in some specific region. They could not move from the Midwest to other regions in the US, and may not opt to internationally transfer to other colleges or universities. For the international ranking institutions, they also face with the problem about a heterogeneity on the important factors involved in the education and academic performance. We may be typically construed about the different lingual or disciplinary characteristics. Korean investors may likely prefer the Korean universities to assign their research funding despite a contrary indication from the research findings. In this option, they may easily read the report and productively interact for their aims. It may not be preferred to study the Korean history or language in foreign countries other than Korea. For the international case, it also poses challenges to generalize the different credentials about an SAT score and national exams of other countries, which often is considered a most important variable in ranking the academic institutions. In some cases, the kind of homeward trend, as said of the judicial institution, in the survey process may come into play which we may possibly consider as one of bias. An intuitive response other than true or calculative assessment is needless to say which, nevertheless, cannot be considered as a prejudice in terms of research terminology. In this dimension, we may turn to mind that the fact-based data other than opinion or attitude may be truer and reliable. In the US ranking, for example, an opinion of high school counselors enters one of important factors, which we may consider as variable in our class purpose, and may affect an outcome. This implies how much variables in the quantitative or survey method would be important. I suppose that the selection of variables is any more important than the meaningful inferences from scores. That would typically be demonstrated between three sources of college ranking in the US, i.e., the US news and World Report, Washington Monthly, and Kiplinger's Personal Finance. The variables need to be constantly revisited to adapt with the changes of society. In case of international rankings. for example, the internationalization index has been one variable for the QS ranking and others. In this e-communication era, it can be inquired of how much an internalization would be related with the academic quality. In the imperial times, the words, "international" or "internationalization" may be a kind of strands indicating the social or intelligent prestige. In this condensed society of communication on the internet and intellectual discourse from one day air travel, what does it mean the number of tenured foreign professors in the national college. As Marin impliedly suggests, the researchers are a principal agent in dealing with the requirements. They may, in some rare cases, even be conceited in advance about the outcome to launch the survey result or designing the research elements. Therefore, the conscience and personal belief or quality would be any more important than technical issues. In addition, the neutrality and objectivity need to be kept within the whole process of research as we learn. Apologies for the lengthy response, but I respectfully consider the illustration provides a good source for discussion of this week topic. Thank you for the helpful postings. Author: Gladys Harris Date: Thursday, January 23, 2014 12:33:19 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 8 Comparing Quantitative Methods The two types of quantitative designs are survey and experiments. Creswell (2009) argued "survey design provides numeric description of trends, attitudes or opinion" (p. 145). Sample results are established through assumptions from the survey design, which identifies the purpose, rationale and data collection. There are four types of data collection methods, which are self-administered questionnaires, interviews, structured record reviews and structured observations. Creswell (2009) noted the testing of the impact of an outcome is an experimental design, which utilizes participants selected randomly. If the participants are not selected randomly it is called quasi-experiment. Clear defined variables are required to determine what is being measured. To establish benchmarks it is necessary to utilize pre-test and post-test instruments. The type of research questions vary depending upon the quantitative design selected for the research. In survey design the questions are directed toward obtaining trends and opinions based upon the research. In experimental design the questions are designed to obtain an assessment of the research topic from the participants. Smeaton (Laureate Education, 2009) explained when working with participants, the experimental instrument should gradually build upon the survey questions to the less sensitive questions. This process develops a comfort with the participants before answering the more serious research questions. Creswell (2009) noted in survey design an existing research instrument is useful in obtaining effective scoring results known as validity. Internal consistency of a research instrument dictates reliability of that instrument. In experimental design there are two specific threats of validity, which are internal validity threats and external validity threats. When an instrument prohibits correct summation of the data collected, Creswell (2009) describes it as an internal validity threat. Where external validity threats provide incorrect summations from the data. In conclusion, comparing the two design components are different due to the intent. The intent of the survey design is to obtain data from a representative sample through interviews, self-administered questionnaires, structured record review or structured observations. The intent of experimental design is to evaluation the impact of a treatment utilizing participants and placing measures upon the results. References Creswell, J. W., (2009) Research design, qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches, 4 th edition, Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks, California Laureate Education, Inc. (Executive Producer). (2009). Quantitative methods: An example. Baltimore: Author. Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Friday, January 24, 2014 1:17:03 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 8 Hi Gladys, Thanks for a helpful posting. You mentioned, "the type of research questions vary depending upon the quantitative design selected for the research. In survey design the questions are directed toward obtaining trends and opinions based upon the research. In experimental design the questions are designed to obtain an assessment of the research topic from the participants." This comment may be received if the survey method may have a weakness about some shallow contact, and the experimental one may be biased from an influence of researchers about the participants because of the relatively strong engagement. How do you consider those potential flaws can be more completely removed? Can you illustrate in what method the research questions may be more succinctly be dealt? How do you plan on the dissertation work in terms of two strategies? Respectfully Author: Gladys Harris Date: Saturday, January 25, 2014 12:48:32 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 8 Kiyoung, Thanks for your question. There is never a guarantee that the researcher is not bias, however, the researcher should be aware of any biases. Potential flaws in the research design should be addressed and eliminated prior to the implementation of the research design. Creswell (2009) discussed the importance of validity and reliability of the research designs. Research tips were mentioned by Creswell (2009) on how to address validity and reliability threats such as documenting the issue of the threat and identifying the potential issue in the study. Gladys Creswell, J. W., (2009) Research design, qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches, 4 th edition, Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks, California. Author: Luther Leak Date: Friday, January 31, 2014 3:55:29 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 9 Kiyoung Kim Interviews and documents perhaps would be a good indication or sources to extract a deeper nature of information than the survey response. A survey is a quantitative method of questioning which garner generalized information from the gathered responses of a sample population (Creswell, 2009). Scientifically chosen individuals are asked the same questions the same way with their responses recorded in standard form. Creswell (2009) explains that phrasing and word choice is vitally important in surveys. As there is no "room" for participant explanation, different questions can present different results. If citizens are asked Do you favor cutting government entitlements to reduce the budget deficit? the results will be different than if asked Do you favor cutting programs such as social security and Medicare to reduce the budget deficit? Qualitative questioning offers that room to explain. It provides researchers the mechanism to explore a particular phenomenon in depth or to present the insights of stakeholders with experiences with that phenomenon. Qualitative questions may even entail soliciting recommendations from those stakeholders, regardless of their public, private or civil society status, of ways to improve on the phenomenon. Also, qualitative research takes into consideration historical context and how current phenomenon is related to, influenced by and embedded in broader social, political, environmental conditions. So while both Ferrão (2014) and Garnica (2014) present findings of school effectiveness in Brazil it is Garnica (2014) which discusses how regional, income and cultural inequality affect the Brazilian education system. References Creswell, J. (2009). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Ferrão, M. E. (2014). School effectiveness research findings in the Portuguese speaking countries: Brazil and Portugal. Educational Research for Policy and Practice, 13(1), 3-24. Garnica, A. V. M. (2014). Brief considerations on educational directives and public policies in Brazil regarding mathematics education. In Mathematics Curriculum in School Education (pp. 143-156). Springer Netherlands. Author: Nkosi Mankenda Date: Friday, January 31, 2014 12:23:34 AM EST Subject: Main Discussion Post Week 9 Qualitative Design and Methods Research designs allow researchers to make sound and informed decisions on the most appropriate research methods susceptible of answering the research problem at hand. Creswell (2009) argued that "qualitative, and quantitative" are the most commonly used, and a research can be one or another, though recently, there is a trend for combining both models into a "mixed method research" (p.3). The three "qualitative, quantitative and mixed methods" have become the most used research paradigms. As to the qualitative design, Curry, Nembhard, and Bradley (2009) defined it as an inductive scientific approach that explains phenomenon by exploring and generating new meanings to it (p.1442). In other words, qualitative research design uses a distinct alternative to arrive at given results. Although quantitative and qualitative are both methods that are used in scientific inquiry, both have similarities and differences. Qualitative and quantitative researches, Creswell (2009) suggested are similar as both necessitate and are based on a "research problem, investigator's personal experiences, and the audience" (p.18). These commonalities are essential and researcher should thoroughly know them before engaging in a scientific inquiry. As to the differences, Curry, Nembhard, and Bradley (2009) indicated three important ones, namely, quantitative count occurrences, while qualitative describe phenomena; the former uses statistics to measure hypotheses, while the latter produces hypotheses about a phenomenon; and lastly, quantitative methods use mostly surveys, and experiments, while qualitative models occur in natural settings (p.1442). These differences need to be delineated before the investigator engages in a research project. As indicated above, Creswell (2009) suggested that one of the main characteristics of qualitative research design is its natural setting which does not require laboratory experiments (p.175), it is paramount that qualitative approach to research is popular in public policy and administration. References Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research design: qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. 3 rd ed. Laureate Education, Inc. (custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA. Sage Publications, Inc. Curry, L.A., Nembhard, I.M., and Bradley, E.H. (2009). Qualitative and mixed methods provide unique contributions to outcomes research. Circulation. Vol.119, No.10, pp.1442-1452. Retrieved from http://circ.ahajournals.org/content/119/10/1442.full.pdf+html. Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Friday, January 31, 2014 4:44:03 AM EST Subject: RE: Main Discussion Post Week 9 Hi Nkosi, Thank you for an insightful posting. You stated that the quantitative method count occurrences while the qualitative describe phenomena. That seems to give us a fine imagery between two methods. The quantitative researchers may appear to act on occurrences with the theories at hand. The qualitative researchers may look like an explorer deserted, but with an inquisitive avidness, into a phenomenon he believes to be unexcavated, at least scientifically. In this case, we can note the phenomena often would involve some of discrete or insulate context from the major standard of civilization. In contrast, the word, "occurrences" are nuanced to be incorporated into the main system or society. We often use "occurrences or occurs," in the criminal or civil law, which most immediately means a system or incorporation. In this context, the qualitative researchers need to make friendly with the research site or participants, and ethics issue would likely get more demanding. Does your research interest come within any distinct context of inquiry, which is matched with the qualitative study? Respectfully. Author: Nkosi Mankenda Date: Sunday, February 2, 2014 11:38:59 AM EST Subject: Response to Kiyoung--Week 9 Hi Kiyoung, Heart-provoking question! It is intriguing that oftentimes explanations about scientific research concerning philosophical viewpoints about the world on "what to research", and how to research" come out in elusive fashion, leaving beginning researchers with doubt and reluctance on whether the research method of choice is the appropriate one or not. Fortunately, beginning researchers still have opportunity to glean from mature and experienced investigators. Holden, and Lunch (2004) argued that reviewing and understanding philosophical worldviews helps investigators gain "confidence" on the appropriateness of the methods of their choice (p.407). A clear understanding on the way different paradigms view the world is key to choosing the convenient research design and method. Public policy and administration issues are diverse so would be the research methods. Stout (2013) argued that quantitative and qualitative research methods are necessary to "make the best fit to the question at hand"...though a public policy and administration researchers prefer qualitative research design and method" (p.21). Consequently, and based on the above, quantitative, qualitative, and mixed research methods are available for a "true" fit to social sciences. Elsewhere this endeavor is called triangulation. However, preference would go to qualitative research method for the field of public policy and administration. References Holden, M.T., and Lunch, P. (2004). Choosing the appropriate methodology: understanding research philosophy. Marketing Review. Vol.4, No.4. Retrieved from http://web.b.ebscohost.com.ezp.waldenulibrary.org/ehost/pdfviewer/pdfviewer?vid=8&sid=fa 5964db-d516-42f2-954a-c20b76f513d3%40sessionmgr110&hid=122. Stout, M. (2013). Preparing public administration scholars for qualitative inquiry: a status report. Public Administration Research. Vol.2, No.1. Retrieved on http://sfxhosted.exlibrisgroup.com/waldenu?url_ver=Z39.882004&url_ctx_fmt=infofi/fmt:kev:mtx:ctx&ctx_enc=info:ofi/enc:UTF-8&ctx_ver=Z39.882004&rfr_id=info:sid/sfxit.com:azlist&sfx.ignore_date_threshold=1&rft.object_id=95492135 7407&rft.object_portfolio_id=&svc.fulltext=yes. Author: Page Fox Date: Monday, January 27, 2014 5:12:57 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 9 Comparison of Quantitative and Qualitative Methods Qualitative methods are similar to quantitative methods. The methods can be viewed as two approaches from different ends of a continuum. Both methods build in protections about bias, controlling for alternative explanations, and are able to generalize and reproduce the findings. (Creswell, 2014) The major distinction between qualitative and quantitative methods is the philosophical assumptions that researchers use in their studies and the type of research strategies they will use. For example, quantitative research uses experiments and collects data by using instruments. Conversely, qualitative research will design case studies and collect data by observing a setting. (Creswell, 2014) Quantitative research is used for testing objective theories. Researchers examine the relationships amongst variables which can be measured, producing numbered data. The data can be analyzed using statistical procedures. The final report has a set structure. (Creswell, 2014) Qualitative research is used for exploring social and human problems. Researchers collect data by asking specific questions to study participants. The research is typically conducted in the participant's setting. The data analysis is built from particulars to general themes. The researcher then interprets the data's meaning. The final report has a flexible structure. (Creswell, 2014) My discipline is public policy. In general, the qualitative method would be a popular choice for public policy research since the topics are frequently about social and human challenges. (Creswell, 2014) Sources Creswell, J.W. (2014) Research Design, Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches 4 th Edition Sage Publications, Inc. Thousand Oaks, CA Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Friday, January 31, 2014 3:10:08 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 9 Hi. Page, Thanks for the pointed explanations. I agree that both methods need to have a quality to be able to generalize and reproduce the findings. A bias and controlling for alternative explanations, as you said, should be the assignment for the researchers to address and defend in any competence and professional responsibility. Those points would be the plane of which the researchers are professionally required. In this aspect, I suppose it to be important the limit of research findings being made clarified in due reason. In complement with the Marin's comment, I also see the research methods to be flexible and evolutionary to the human wisdom. For example, some research work could obtain a scientific truths by investigating six mutually impacting articles of peers. They would not undertake a survey or experimental method, but argue for more useful aspects on the consumer or public with presenting a key information and scientific statement. How do you consider if any issue arise in this case? Respectfully. Author: Page Fox Date: Sunday, February 2, 2014 10:16:50 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 9 Hi Kiyoung, Thank you for the response. In answer to your question, I also view research methods to be somewhat flexible and evolving over time. Your example of 6 different works of research that are mutually independent could impact future research projects with specific aspects of key information. --Page Do you prefer mixed-methods over qualitative and quanitative? Just curious as to your preferences in research. Good post! Author: Luther Leak Date: Wednesday, February 5, 2014 12:02:46 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 10 While mixed methods research entails combining qualitative and quantitative methods within the same research project, it is more complex than putting two halves of two different plans together but rather it is a synergy of methods of data collection and data analysis. The complexity lies in how (1) this synthesis is to be formed, (2) the methods combined, (3) at what stage integration occurs, (4) how the data is analyzed – complexity which is driven by the needs of the project. The combination of qualitative and quantitative in mixed methods may address a research question better than using each independently (Creswell, 2009)and can offer a fuller picture and deeper understanding of the investigated phenomenon by relating complementary findings to each other (Johnson, Onwuegbuzie & Turner, 2007). Additionally, mixed methods can address threats for validity by applying methods from the alternative method (Newman et al., 2003) which increases best practices and enriches research findings. The challenge of mixed methods is inherent in its very design. Because it is more than quantitative or qualitative singly, it will require more – more time to complete, more notice paid to inferences, more attention given to interpreting complex data and more resources, both financial and mental to determine how and how much to "mix". According to Driscoll et al. (2007) there is a loss of depth and flexibility when qualitative data is quantitized because "reducing rich qualitative data to dichotomous variables renders them single dimensional..." (p 25) and a loss of data for statistical measurement because of the sample size reduction "which can curtail the kinds of statistical procedures that might reasonably be used" (p 25). References Creswell, J. (2009). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative and Mixed Methods Approaches. (3 rd ed.). Upper Saddle, NJ: Merrill. Retrieved from https://class.waldenu.edu/webapps/portal/frameset.jsp Driscoll, D. L. Appiah-Yeboah, A., Salib, P., & Rupert D.J. (2007). Merging qualitative and quantitative data in mixed methods research: How to and why not. Ecological and Environmental Anthropology, 3(1), 19-28. Johnson, R. B., Onwuegbuzie, A. J., & Turner, L. A. (2007). Toward a definition of mixed methods research. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 1(2), 112-133. Retrieved from http://mmr.sagepub.com/content/1/2/112.full.pdf+html Newman, I., Ridenour, C. S., Newman, C. & DeMarco, G. M. P. (2003). A typology of research purposes and its relationship to mixed methods. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social and Behavioral Research, 189-208. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Hi. Luther, Thank you for the insightful posting. The Dirscoll's comment about a potential mishandling seems to be instructive and needs to be taken as precuationary. The coding skill may save some bais on this point, but it could not be completely removed. Your mention of complexity must be another point of which the researchers take care in designing and progressing. Can you say how much the pragmatic attitude affects to resolve the points for any better quality of research performance? Respectfully. Author: Sandra Strozier Date: Wednesday, February 5, 2014 1:08:30 PM EST Subject: StrozierSWk10Discussion Mixed Methods Research Design and Methods This week's discussion focuses on mixed method research. Mixed method research combines quantitative and qualitative data to foster a comprehensive "understanding" of the research problem (Creswell, 2014). Drawing from past research; Wilson (Laureate, n.d.) emphasized the "holistic" nature of the mixed method approach. Wilson used the mixed method approach to investigate stress management strategies of "adult survivors of childhood sexual abuse" (Laureate, n.d.). The mixed method design allowed Wilson to explore the problem from "many angles" (Laureate, n.d.). Wilson used, "subjective", "objective", and "intersubjective" data to study the problem. There is some debate on the value of the mixed method approach. According to Onwuegbuzie and Leech (2005), qualitative and quantitative research have "strengths and "weaknesses"; researchers should utilize the best of each method to examine the issue (p. 377). Onwuegbuzie and Leech (2005) suggest doing away with the terms "quantitative" and "qualitative"; the new approaches will be "exploratory" and "confirmatory" (p. 282). They recommend that all researchers become "pragmatist", and steer away from the "purists" point of view. Onwuegbuzie and Leech (2005) want researchers to see the value in both methods; the methods complement each other. I now see the benefit of the mixed method research approach. I am also leaning towards the "pragmatist" view of research; the "research question" should determine the research method (Onwuegbuzie & Leech, 2005, p. 377). The mixed method approach is more than combining "half" of quantitative and qualitative plans. The mixed method approach uses the strengths of each method to obtain a "holistic" view of the problem. There are challenges with the mixed method; research time increases, data collection is more intense, and the researcher's skill and knowledge must expand. Nevertheless, I believe the mixed method approach provides a valuable tool for social and behavioral science research. Student should learn both methods and use mixed method to present a complete view of the problem. References Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (4 th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Laureate Education, Inc. (n.d.). Mixed methods: An example. Retrieved from https://class.waldenu.edu/webapps/portal/frameset.jsp?tab_tab_group_id=_2_1&amp;url=%2 Fwebapps%2Fblackboard%2Fexecute%2Flauncher%3Ftype%3DCourse%26id%3D_409359 6_1%26url%3D Onwuegbuzie, A., & Leech, N. L. (2005). On becoming a pragmatic researcher: The importance of combining quantitative and qualitative research methodologies. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(5), 375–387. doi: 10.1080/13645570500402447 Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Thursday, February 6, 2014 10:41:01 PM EST Subject: RE: StrozierSWk10Discussion Hi. Sandra, An excellent post. I agree that the mixed method has strengths to produce a holistic view of problem. You also mentioned a nomenclature "exploratory and confirmatory." Do you imply that the purists are exploratory and the mixed advocates are confirmatory? You illustrated an interesting study from Wilson, which can be in match among the three methods and three dimensions (subjective, objective and intersubjective. That would be fairly enlightening particularly in terms of the disciplines of social science. Intersubjectivity, perhaps mixed or holistic view of problem, may be a final destination of social scientists. How much do you consider that this frame can be applied to the natural scientists or humanity disciples? We experience or continue to do some representative disagreement of important theme on the natural science. The context would become doubled if other disciplines are entwined. The creationist and Darwinist views in disagreement are notable, which perhaps would be sifted into different minds or disciplines. The nursing or health disciplines would be typical to possess all the strands of three, i.e., humane, social and natural, although we see it starker with natural. The concept of intersubjectivity, in any case, is persuasive that the researchers have to be attentive. Then we may wheel ahead and in circular, which fall within the search for truths, fundamental or extent of disagreement, new demand or initiative for the researchers, and the first in turn. This never means that the persistent stance of purists has to be regarded as a kind of fundamental disagreement. My regards. Author: Sandra Strozier Date: Sunday, February 9, 2014 10:43:36 PM EST Subject: Response to Ki Young Kim Response to Ki Young Kim According to Onwuegbuzie and Leech (2005), the "exploratory" and "confirmatory" methods would replace the quantitative and qualitative terms. The authors suggest doing away with strict "divisive" terminologies. The "purists" believes the quantitative and qualitative methods are "incompatible". You mentioned Wilson's use of "intersubjective" data during the qualitative phase of her stress management study (Laureate, n.d.). Wilson acknowledged her own biases; this enabled her to interject herself within the study without jeopardizing the validity of the data. "Intersubjectivity" allowed Wilson to relate to the participants on an intimate level. References Laureate Education, Inc. (n.d.). Mixed methods: An example. Retrieved from https://class.waldenu.edu/webapps/portal/frameset.jsp?tab_tab_group_id=_2_1&amp; url=%2Fwebapps%2Fblackboard%2Fexecute%2Flauncher%3Ftype%3DCourse%26i d%3D_4093596_1%26url%3D Onwuegbuzie, A., & Leech, N. L. (2005). On becoming a pragmatic researcher: The importance of combining quantitative and qualitative research methodologies. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(5), 375–387. doi: 10.1080/13645570500402447 Author: Apollos Nwafor Date: Wednesday, February 5, 2014 8:28:06 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 10 Mixed methods Research Question: "To what extent is mixed methods research simply taking half a quantitative plan and half of a qualitative plan and putting them together?" and an articulation of challenges to using a mixed methods strategy of inquiry To the extent that a research problem requires the use of quantitative and qualitative strategies of inquiry to address it, then the combination of these two strategies of inquiry can be said to be mixed method of research. According to (Creswell, 2009), the combination of these two strategies of inquiry can be sequential or concurrent. This determines the use of each strategy of inquiry in a research. Related to this is the type of mixed method of research one decides to carry out as this determines the extent to which a mixed method of inquiry is simply taking half of each. (Creswell, 2009) notes that the mixture occurs during the data collection, analysis and of course analysis findings. This is all linked to the design of the research. First one must be clear that using a mixed method of research is seen as the most appropriate way to address the research problem given that either of the strategy alone may not effectively address the problem. As such, the extent will be determined by the design. A Sequential Explanatory Design will use more of the strategy it begins with in data collection and analysis. Using Creswell, 2009; p.209) 's visual model, Sequential Explanatory Design (a) begins with using the quantitative strategy to collect and analyse date before doing the same using the qualitative strategy and vice versa for the (b) model. This also goes for the Sequential Transformative Design (c) and (d). It is the Concurrent Triangulation; Concurrent Embedded and Concurrent Transformative designs that tend to use half of quantitative and qualitative strategies of inquiry. However, the extent to which one strategy is used is determined at the stages of collection and analysis which will differ depending on the research design. Related to this is that the extent to which mixed method of inquiry is applied come with certain challenges. First is the timing. Mixed method of research is time intensive and requires proper planning especially where time lapse changes the nature of the data and my alter the research entirely. This can be seen in health and some behavioural researches. Dealing with this challenge requires proper but flexible planning. A second challenge is the cost. It takes more resources to do a mixed research. This is because it requires more resources in time, money and human capacity to carry out a mixed method of inquiry. A third challenge is with weighting. This is about the priority given to either quantitative research in a particular study. The challenge of weighting can be addressed by the research in the way the research is designed and planning effectively for the resources to be used. A fourth challenge is with mixing. (Creswell, 2009) notes that the challenge is with the "how" and not "when". How the mixing is determined and occurs goes a long way to determine the quality and validity of the outcomes. References: Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research design :Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed approach, (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE. Onwuegbuzie, A., & Leech, N. L. (2005). On becoming a pragmatic researcher: The importance of combining quantitative and qualitative research methodologies. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(5), 375–387. Hi. Appolos, Thank you for the informative posting. Your dissertation work may involve the strong needs of mixed method. How do you respond with the challenges, for example, time consuming and extensive data collection? Do you have any idea to reduce the challenges arising from the use of mixed method? My regards. Hi Kim, The key is planning and this will mean ensuring that there is enough time for data collection and analysis. I also think that recruiting enumerators for your quantitative data may save time but cost more. So there might be a way but the cost involved may be very high . Best Apollos Kiyoung and Apollos, a very good observation about time. Any student contemplating mixed methods for a dissertation should consider only concurrent designs. Doing so eliminates much of the time problem. Rich Author: Page Fox Date: Monday, February 3, 2014 3:35:13 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 10 Mixed Methods Research Design and Methods "To what extent is mixed methods research simply taking half a quantitative plan and half of a qualitative plan and putting them together?" The mixed methods approach does not combine two halves of the quantitative and qualitative plans equally. For example, the data for qualitative data collection is often smaller than the quantitative data collection. This is due to the intent of each approach. The qualitative approach is designed to locate and retrieve information from a small sample and then gather information from this sample. In contrast, the quantitative research often requires a large N in order to conduct meaningful tests. The intent of qualitative and quantitative research differs. Qualitative research focuses on in-depth perspective. Quantitative research generalizes to a population. (Creswell, 2014) The challenges of using a mixed methods strategy of inquiry. There are several challenges to the researcher when using a mixed methods strategy. First, it requires extensive data collection. It is also very time consuming to analyze both qualitative and quantitative data. The researcher needs to be familiar with both forms of research. Finally, the design is complex and requires clear, visual models in order to understand the details of the research and the flow of the research activities. (Creswell, 2014) Source: Creswell, J.W. (2014) Research Design, Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches 4 th Edition, Sage Publications, Inc. Thousand Oaks, CA Author: Kiyoung Kim Date: Thursday, February 6, 2014 10:01:34 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 10 Hi. Page, Thanks for the posting. We are generally under impression that the pragmatic researchers are more a patron of mixed method than the purists of mono-method. That would be principally because the researchers in this method do not begin with the theories or hypotheses nor with no prior perspective besides the natural settings. Theories or nature are fairly either principled or untainted which tend to be distinct from a pragmatic thinking. The pragmatists often see around the things, events, occurrences or phenomenon more realistically as related with their practical consequence or problem. In this strand, the mixed researchers would begin less in neutral stance, perhaps less objectively for their dissidence, but the themes or transformative inculcation forebodes and orients the progress of research work in designing, structuring and presenting. I may say two points in this regard. I suppose if this aspect may prevailingly corroborate with the dualism between the studies of nature and those of humanity or social science. The former could vastly survive with the purists view while the latter might be partitioned into two methods perhaps equally. The mixed method may, in some sense, take a more share typically in the social science. I suppose that the tendency in the current global research community may support this point, but vary in the context of countries. For example, the social scientist of developing nations, if coupled with the strong national leadership, often breed the mind of transformation or some nationalistic themes in pursuing their research career. The theories may be consulted, but with some less impact to characterize their quality of work. The data or evidence, and tone of discussion would be less neutral, but often centers on the theme or propositions the authors emphasized. This can be charted in the Korean circle of social scientists in my experience. The atmosphere or national ethos perhaps would be influential given a personality being adaptive. They may tend to be critical researchers or theorists given its distinct status of underdevelopment and transformative logic or metaphor, which may, in structure, be similar to the critical studies in the developed countries. A wisdom of Buddhism says, "things change in circular." Koreans and Asians once said lightly, "East Asia will be a center of world." It implies that the ages of power between two worlds circulate in change and over millennium. We may see a bud that China now is rising, and the region became one of contentious loci as politically attracted. While Korea turns into a developed status, Korean researchers of social science now expand their views or points of concern being more humble in some sense, yet to be objective and diversified. They like to discuss a penchant of consumers, and become more interested in emotional labor or health policy than the grand theme of national vision. The purists' dealings, particularly the quantitative studies, become more popular even in the social science. Then do you consider if the social scientists of US would become favoring the mixed methodology in circular. How do you assess if the current practice of social scientists in US applies a method among the three? Respectfully. Author: Page Fox Date: Sunday, February 9, 2014 8:30:02 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 10 Hi Kiyoung, Thank you for your very thoughtful response. It's very interesting to learn about how different countries may prefer a specific method because of their history and culture. To answer your question, I think that the mixed method approach is still relatively new and experienced researchers may not be using it as much as new researchers might. It also appears to be somewhat controversial for some of the purist researchers. I think it will become more popular with time. Researchers will probably view it as a practical way to use both quantitative and qualitiative data sources to derive the optimum research results. --Page From Jacques Brown Presenting Your Research Findings STRATEGIES PRESENTED To draw the audience in I would be direct and let them believe that integrating cultures at the workplace is the future of all businesses, and if they are not prepared or knowledgeable about how to integrate that their businesses may suffer, lose money, and possibly liquidate. Another strategy would be to let the audience know that they are in control of making a difference in their businesses and that they hold the necessary keys, if they would actuallylook at the research as a tool to up lift their business. PRESENTINGFINDINGS My three selected audiences will be: new and upcoming nonprofitandpublic businesses, counselors, and company representatives that have successfully integrateddifferent organizational cultures. Each group can relate to the struggle that will come from the integration of two different businesses bringing their culture together. Choosing the right audience who would want to use the research and learn about the idea of integrating culture. Conkright, (1993) state "hey benefit from the in-depth research, additional packaging, presentation support" A counselor will definitely come away from the research with a different perspective on integrating cultures in the business world, new and upcoming business will have the ability of avoiding mistakes in their own companies,and the representatives that have used integration of cultures in the past, who are familiar with integration will be able to contribute to the whole research audience by giving their hands on experiences with cultures integrating in the business world. The author McCaffree, (2002)state "Familiarity with the focus of the research and practice of these individuals reveals the likely focus of the journal readership and its reviewers" The counselor would be my first priority because their psychological background would provide the vitality to the research. The second priority will be the administrators from companies who have experienced in integration, because it will take less time to convince them that the research benefits business. My third priority group would be the new and upcoming businesses because they would have no prior experiences to bring to the research, but they would come away with a mature understanding of culture and how business can be a better company. Hi Jacqulyne, Your post is insightful about the basics of communication strategy. You implied the risks and threats from the lack of information to draw a concern and interest. It seems also important, as you said, to awaken a potential of audience about the leadership. I consider the approach of "appreciative inquiry" could work in this aspect. Illustrating the strengths of organization or leadership into the minds and attention during a presentation or communication can activate their dormant days of management. You also mentioned the context of journalism in relation with the communication of research. It reminds of Nabors' comment on this week topic about an enlightenment and its consequence through the social change, at least within an intelligent and conscientious sphere of person. Without a knowledge, sharing of truths, and common ethos cultivated by journalism and research findings, a despotism or evils of tyranny might not collapse in history. No enhanced concept of nature and society could be shared or exploited. I consider if there can be a subtle difference between the journalism and research society. In the latter, the peer professionals would be a prime target to communicate or present. Nonetheless, the media or newspaper seems to run many of scientific sections managed by the concerned area of experts, for instance, male health in the NY Times, intellectual property and business in the WSJ, and so. How do you consider of their traits between two intellectual sources, journalism and scientific truths from the professional research? How can you exploit if the website "Researchgate" helps to communicate their research findings to learn, share, discuss? Thank you for the excellent posting. Respectfully. Author: Marin Nikolov Date: Wednesday, February 12, 2014 5:08:30 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 11 Post by Day 3, 2to 3-paragraphs with your strategies for presenting your research findings to your three selected audiences. Justify why those strategies would be most effective for those audience Class, I placed much of my focus on the PPA and the Qualitative Method for my research plan. For the qualitative approach, I emphasized the use of focus groups which will be made up of fellow scholars and interviews – open-ended and conversational in style – in a casual setting, tape-recording (45 minutes to an hour), observations, and follow-up interviews will be my mode of research execution. I will use an approach study with the use of ethnographic study. Creswell (2003) defines "ethnographies, in which the researcher studies an intact cultural group in a natural setting over a prolonged period of time by collecting, primarily, observational data" (p. 14). I will be able to witness everyday behaviors that will allow me sight to the organization's norms, beliefs, social structures, and possible cultural conflicts between that organization and one that it works with. On the other hand, ethnography studies usually try to "...understand the changes in the group's culture over time. When it comes to the audience that I want to present my findings and my focus, I would pick three. Since this assignment was on the focus of the public governmental, nonfivernment and nonprofit organizations, I had this as my research problem: "Public and nonprofit administrators must learn to accommodate the organizational culture of their counterparts if the new partnerships are to succeed. Scholars studying in the fields of public and nonprofit administration can provide a great service to their counterparts in practice by addressing the research problem of how to integrate the organizational cultures of their two sectors" Walden University, 2013). Audience that I want to present my research and finding include executives of the DHS, executives of the nongovernment agencies, and other direct executives that work with the nonprofit agencies. It is crucial that the senior level officials are aware of the issues of culture integration and it how these changes and interactions impact their partnerships and ultimately their organizations. Stakeholders are an important to the discussion and will be allowed to be present for the information that I present. A strategy to presenting this information will be that I will get the audience to agree on a date that I can host a miniconference where I can discuss my information. The discussion will be open forum since it will be the best way for each team to offer insight on ways to improve culture integration –it may also require that a human resources representative be present as welland implement changes/offer strategic planning to improve relationships. Since this is a new move to implementing policy and services through this means, the executives should be aware of my findings and find ways to make the changes effective. Walden University. (2014). Research Plan Scenarios. [Handout Course Material]. Retrieved from https://class.waldenu.edu/webapps/blackboard/content/listContent.jsp?course_id=_4 093596_1&amp;content_id=_14731055_1 Hi. Marin, Your post is very informative. I found it interesting to use the approach study of ethnography. Once one junior Korean researcher was heard to use that way of dealings, but in a particular context of Korean politics. He interviewed as many as 200 key politicians in Korea who would be considered a key status to influence a traumatic restructuring of 1980's political frame. If your topic were to be within the American context of public administration, I see it rather congruent submissive to general understanding of theory and the kind of universal tenet. I consider it make a sense if the United states are a country of relatively heterogeneous elements including a race and ethnicity, and so. If you say your interviewees are fellow scholars, however, can you mean if even the scholars are discrete or esoteric among another about the issues of public administration? One point is if scholars could be instrumental through the interview method. They are most knowledgeable to the inquiry or issues, hence, most expensive or powerful interviewees to serve a research work. However, their views are expressed in their works, so that we can cite them if necessary. You mean in this case, the fellow scholar practitioners at Walden? In any case, your vision is fairly stimulating and may come at frontier in methodology. Thank you for the excellent post. Respectfully. Author: Luther Leak Date: Wednesday, February 12, 2014 8:42:35 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 11 One could argue that the first strategy in presenting research is the choice of research approach. Presenting mixed methods research which incorporates findings based on quantitative and qualitative data will appeal to both the numberand the texture-focused members of an audience of think tanks, government agencies and NGOs. Mixed methods research therefore facilitates a second strategy of using graphs and charts as well as auditory recordings and text as a way to, according to Wilding (2010), tailor the presentation to the audience. Regardless of the "bells and whistles" used, the task at hand should remain on informing the relevance of the findings and its contribution to the field of study. Achieving the "tailoring" of the audience will entail a bit of additional research and employment of a third strategy. Whether by in-person, phone, email or skype, true information exchange begins with knowing who is being addressed. Wilding (2010) suggests becoming familiar with the audience beforehand by discovering which organizations are present, their ideological interests and the names of the representative. Wilding, K. (2010). 11 tips on how to present research findings. Retrieved from http://www.socialsciencespace.com/2010/09/11-tips-on-how-to-present-researchfindings/ Author: Apollos Nwafor Date: Wednesday, February 12, 2014 3:48:41 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 11 Hi Luther, Good post and I agree with you that being familiar with your audience before hand is very helpful as it gives you and idea of the kind of language they will better understand and what they want to hear given that the research-especially a mixed one will produce a lot of information and knwoing what exactly to present is key to making your research of value beyond the writen report on the shelf or somewhere on the website. Best Hi. Luther, I agree on your point about "tailoring of the audience." In terms of dissemination strategy of research findings, that should be most key concepts to be attended. Actually the diversity in audience could possibly cripple the wishes of researcher to share, convert, common spirit in some cases, and in the least for the pleasure of truths. Your mention about the ideological interests is fairly practical to locate our reality. In your saying, "more than bells and whistles", I also agree that we could be moved more readily with the words of literature in some cases, and in other situations, we could be more easily persuaded by the charts or graphs used by the presenter. Can you say a little more specifically how the researchers could be friendly with the audience? Thank you for the good posting. My regards. Apollos Hi. Marin, Good question, Indeed. Your view rolling between two concepts is fairly true to locate our reality of practice. The evaluation research may be outsourced from the professional consulting firms or performed in-house context of professionals. At least, the concerned department or unit team will be provided for a scope of public and private organizations. Evaluation research may be one kind of ramifications from the research enterprise, but might pose a more dexterous aspect of challenges. The academic view of methodology may come as a vein to conduct the evaluation research. Nonetheless, the practical context of adaptation, as you commented, such as related with the sensitivity to stakeholders, may play importantly beyond the truths or veritable scientific statement. As noted, the start lines are rooted in truths or scientific verity to evaluate the organizations or suggest any solutions. The American association about the issue of evaluation also impressively emphasized this point of professional competence and integrity. Hence, the basic about the research method has to be kept up since they often are a prerequisite to frame a good scientific assessment. An extent of applied context of research plan, however, should be inevitable for a scope of professional evaluations. Respectfully. Author: Marin Nikolov Date: Tuesday, February 18, 2014 10:56:21 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 12 Kim, Something that I found to be interesting and informative in this week's readings included that evaluation utilizes many of the same methodologies used in traditional social research, but because evaluation takes place within a political and organizational context, it requires group skills, management ability, political dexterity, sensitivity to multiple stakeholders and other skills that social research in general does not rely on as much. Here we introduce the idea of evaluation and some of the major terms and issues in the field" Similar to the three methods, the researcher is defining his base for research, but here he or she is already in tune and associated with the intricacies of the department or organization with which he or she is studying. That can also clarify the differences between that type or research and the general social research executed with the quantitative, qualitative, and mixed-methods research. Would you prefer an evalutations approach or one of the methods that we used in the class for your field? Hi Crystal, Thank you for the good posting. Evaluation occurs usually around us, but the context matters involving the research and around the points of professional merit, ethics, responsibility. Evaluation, in the latter sense, will be serious if to mislead the clients, stakeholders or even the public. Hence, it bears a cause to recommend and oversee the principles and guidelines as we note in the American Evaluation Association. I believe that the evaluators or concerned researchers in the contemporary society are required to respect any public standard of responsibility. The limitations on his or research have to be made clear and explicit. The findings about the evaluated programs should be delivered or released public in due care and clarity for a stable and fair society. As an interesting illustration, I may see the context of college ranking. The evaluators for college ranking, for example, may expressly state the exclusion of universities without the undergraduate programs. In other cases, it is needed to clarify if the on-line universities or small colleges less than 5000 were excluded from their evaluation research or ranking studies. If they purport to evaluate the professional programs, masters only or masters and doctorates in combination, the title should be designated as a graduate ranking. Provided if the evaluation research is exclusively to cover the rank of research doctorate in its educational quality, the title of evaluation must be made clear in that indication, and the methodology has to be made complacent for the audience and client. As you said, this mindset and attitude need to be bred over the learning and training in his doctorate studies of research method. As Osman made a point, the evaluation research provides a good tool to oversee the performance of executive branch by the congressional authority. Now we likely flow in the kind of automated stream of science world, which diminishes the traditional notion of bureaucracy, such as dictate, command and personal or positional loyalty. The kind of research-crats are well-occasioned in our neighborhood, say, independent shingles and in the form of in house units. If you are bought to evaluate professionally the social context of Walden, what do you think in any most priority to begin with? Author: Crystal Benjamin Date: Monday, February 17, 2014 6:33:54 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 12 After completing this course, I conclude the evaluation process is a very critical part of research. The purpose of evaluation is not only to sift through data, it also enables the researcher to evaluate themselves. I think the researcher should evaluate how they collected data, if human subjects were treated fairly, validity, and if ethics was compromised. In addition, the scientist can evaluate if their chosen research method is the appropriate approach. In the public administration field, I observed that qualitative research is used more frequently than quantitative or mixed methods. Qualitative research explore the social understanding of individuals related to human problems and their basic rights (Creswell, 2010). Public administration focus on delivering needs and aiding the concerns of the public; therefore, this method is a popular approach. The data that is considered relevant to a public practitioner in the evaluation process are information that can support a hypothesis, theory or research question. These components are statistics or data collected through interviewing a subject. Creswell, J. (2009). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (Laureate Education, Inc., custom ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Author: Erica Davis Date: Tuesday, February 18, 2014 8:50:25 AM EST Subject: Response to Crystal Crystal I concur that there are many parts of the evaluation process. As you stated the researcher needs to evaluate how they collect data and the processes within. Do you think that the researcher should evaluate the entire process? I believe that the evaluation process begins when the research question is formed. The researcher needs to evaluate if that research question is relevant and does it address a specific problem. From there the research plan should be evaluated and every process in between to the end when the findings are communicated to the participants. Therefore, the researcher will ensure that no biases are found within their research and the results. Author: Osman Shitu Date: Tuesday, February 18, 2014 7:47:47 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 12 Hi Crystal, Interesting posting, just want to present another view point on the discussion topic. Under the arrangement of the US system of government, the legislature has over sight responsibility to ensure the effective implementation of congress authorized programs by the executive. Congress do this by requiring federal agencies to submit documentations or in some cases have heads of the agency appear before a select committee to testify by providing feedback on how well they are running funded programs. The Government Accountability Office (GAO) is the federal agency responsible for providing guidelines and overseeing the conduct of program and policy evaluation for federal agencies and the working group within this agency that is tasked with the responsibility of conducting the actual evaluations is called "The GAO Applied Research And Methods Team". This title for a group responsible for program and policy evaluation is particularly intriguing when you consider the subject for this week's discussion - "Correlations Between Evaluation research and The Three Research Methods". It is very clear from this title and the role of this group for that matter that, the group utilizes conventional research methods such as those three presented in this course: quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods as investigative tools in program and policy evaluation. Though there are some difference between evaluation and conventional research, they nontherless are very similar and this finding agrees with Mathison (2009) when he argued that the two may be different but they are interconnected. The GAO Applied Research and Methods Team also has an outline that serve as a framework for its evaluation process. The outline presents, in a chronological order, how various parts of the evaluation process should be conducted as shown below; 1. Conceptualize the program 2. Develop relevant and useful evaluation questions 3. Select appropriate evaluation approach for each evaluation question 4. Collect data to answer evaluation questions 5. Analyze data and draw conclusions 6. Communicate result and recommendation (GAO. pp. 6) This is the closest an evaluation can get to conventional research, the above outline could be used for any of the three methods. References: Mathison (2009). What is The Differnce Between Evaluation and Research And Why Do We Care? Program Evaluation: Definitions and Uses; Retrieved from: http://www.cesu.psu.edu/meetings_of_interest/Interagency_SS_roundtables/041610/TALK_I NTRO_TO_EVAL.pdf Author: Osman Shitu Date: Tuesday, February 18, 2014 11:14:33 AM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 12 Week 12 Maim Discussion Evaluation Research Although many argue there are no differences between evaluation research and say applied social science research that utilizes the three research methods: Quantitative, Qualitative, and Mixed methods, but Mathison (2009) contend that the two are different in some respect but are more interconnected. In program or policy assessment, evaluation research generally involve finding answers to what is or is not working. Conducting evaluation research, Mathison (2009) argue therefore require some level of investigation which is often done through the application of one of the research methods. The differences and or similarities between evaluation and applied social science research often relate to the purpose and methods of inquiry used in each. Some of the differences between the two forms of inquiry as relate to purpose and expected outcome highlighted by Mathison (2009) are: 1. That evaluation particularize, conventional research generalizes 2. Evaluation is design to improve something, research is design to prove something 3. Evaluation provide the bases for decision making, research provide the basis for drawing conclusions. (Mathison, 2009. pp. 189) Mathison (2009) also argue that any attempt to provide a clear cut distinction between evaluation and conventional research utilizing the the three methods may be problematic. While the notion of generalization may be true about conventional research, some researchers inquiry be to find answers to specific questions and though evaluation may also be about the particular but again evaluation also often provide the basis for generalization. References: Mathison, S. (2009). What is the Differences Between Evaluation And Research And Why Do We Care? Author: Marin Nikolov Date: Thursday, February 20, 2014 5:08:56 PM EST Subject: RE: Discussion Week 12 Osman, Good post. You mentioned that in program or policy assessment, evaluation research generally involve finding answers to what is or is not working. Also, however, there is more to evaluation research methods. We find in the Introduction to Evaluation, mentions that There are many different types of evaluations depending on the object being evaluated and the purpose of the evaluation. Perhaps the most important basic distinction in evaluation types is that between formative and summative evaluation. Formative evaluations strengthen or improve the object being evaluated -they help form it by examining the delivery of the program or technology, the quality of its implementation, and the assessment of the organizational context, personnel, procedures, inputs, and so on. Summative evaluations, in contrast, examine the effects or outcomes of some object -they summarize it by describing what happens subsequent to delivery of the program or technology; assessing whether the object can be said to have caused the outcome; determining the overall impact of the causal factor beyond only the immediate target outcomes; and, estimating the relative costs associated with the object. Trochim, W. (2006). Introduction to Evaluation. Retrieved from http://www.socialresearchmethods.net/kb/intreval.php Hi. Osman, Thank you for the informative post. Your comparison between the conventional and evaluation research seems penetrating. The evaluation research can be more complicated and cumbersome in some aspect to adjust and should be considerate for the objects evaluated. In another response posting, I illustrated the context of college evaluation or ranking studies. I may see that the context involves a quality of evaluation research than conventional one since it requires an extent of formative evaluation as Marin commented. The researchers or evaluators in this case need to be extensively exposed to the objects evaluated. For example, they have to take care if it would be fair to compare the on-line universities with the brick and mortar institutions. It might produce an odd result, for example, in terms of full-time faculty/student ratio, if they consider both on the equal footing. It is also curious how to incorporate the element of on-graduate job attainment if many students in the on-line universities have already been an employee. Even if the full-time faculty members are small, the on-line education often is considered a kind of juggernaut in its educational effect. The students would receive any pressing or quality of instruction through the part-time faculty which could not be directly compared. The curriculum is rigorous and the academic society would be distinct in the mode of interaction or ways to foster. A considerable aspect would make a sense exclusively for the evaluation research about the college ranking while the conventional studies of on-line university can forego. How do you consider the differences in both sphere of researchers in terms of ethics or professional responsibility? Respectfully. Dear Dr. DeParis, About your comment (Week 9 Assgn/Feb 8, 2014 11:52 AM), I may explain for the mishap. As shown below, you can confirm the e-mails and words of comment in this concern. On the resubmission announcement about week 9 assgn, I have attached revised paper in that e-mail (Feb. 3). The rvised e-mail displays 3 pages double space which fits within your direction. Your reply (Feb. 3 hours later)is "This is fine, Kiyoung. Thanks. Richard." I suppose that the confusion seemed to arise from a mass of grading work on your part. You assessed worngly the paper in the Turnitin, not the one attached in my Feb.3 e-mail. May allow me say some point about my week 9 grade. (i) The week 9 assignment in Turnitin (5 1/2 pages as you commented) is not a valid pbject, but the ttached file is the basis of grading. The resubmission was made perhaps one or two days later through e-mails, but this should not be regarded a late submission since you legitamatley allowed to resubmit for your late comment. (ii) My grade, then, should not be penalized on the reason of page requirement, but, of course, can be done for other reasons. (iii) Since the resbumssion through an e-mail is not a late submission, but upon your class authorization, the late sublmission policy about grade should not be applied. Thus, I may be entitled to a full grade, at least, in the formal requirement (page limits and late submission policy) except for the academic merits of paper. I expect your clarification about the points. I always feel deeply indebted to your great guide through the classes. Thank you again for your care and concern